Full text of "A Study of the Iloco Language"

See other formats










.1' I.- L_ --■" -■ 




'JJJ ,1.. 



, 1^- .-F' i:,- — Hr ' 

.;.■'.!. ' ■ - rj :..,'J 




-^li ' l^ri-' L-. 1] Id: 1^--^'. . . , , . ,1. - - -- ,.-. ■ ■ - . ' 1 ' - 

-. . ^.-.-.-"i^fJjfniv!!,..,- -, -.;^ ;r:^ ^=Jl■:.^-..'J^f^:'^'l^=fi■|■^■^r■ ':5-i ;. ,i';r, ■ ,.::';^",', ^■^^:;■;l 

. . ■ '.JirJ..: -."i;-.'-'!;'-'"': 
'■■ ■'■..:---'--.'!fii;^l'-i;H:"'--'':!.! 



.- - .■■i-N",iri:'i'i ir-i, 



1. 



JI-1 II" 

flE. 



Jill 1 1. r. 



,i| , .nil.. :j . . I — P 
ii'i-r'.M-:" ir..,:, . :i'., 



;ij:i^ 


'iifi . 

!i'' 


1 ' 


^3S 


1 .1 1 . 


.r.- 

i: 

ll'l 


-;.'ij''" 

'B 


'.,'f,f 

-ii|"- 
- I. |. 


ly.i 
J, i 



:fri 



:... iii<.|Li ;, ^-■J 

:!.•' ' ..:!*■.■■ -k ■_' 
i.i'. ' '-.I 



^.i-h 



l,l:li;-:'\-^'-'-'--"'^U^.i>\ 



'.irllfii 



"-'-H- 



''■N»i']llJ::-j^|=;:;. - 
:=^rjJ.^ ■lEJ-L V;.;i: 






^' 



rJ -,-- I- 
■- 'Is I IJ 









.^. .■.SrJ:,-Jd'lrv:;. .- 



;■' - .- - ir.-*!.. J'; '-= ■.■.:J'J. .br-:i|Ml.-i';rnprirutT>||^':i'7r-'--Ji! 



^:?'«r^^'i.:-.^:-:,-:^'^^ 



y. '.-.:;. 



. -:^"rr,r|/r:::i' hi^r,?;r?^'i]ii_-.v-,....|ij,.;ri.ji^ 






Sm 






I'l 



;#^ 




mu^iL., jr. 3. 



WAR DEPARTMENT : OfFICE Of THE CHIEF OF STAFF 

St^iLJ St^Non, C-Hjral SliFf, jJc. \i 



A STUDY 

of the 

ILOCO LANGUAGE 



Based Macmlv oft teig IrxicD- G»4uhar of P.Fh. 

Jose Naves 

/. Unien Pro^'tce. Luzair, P. I. 



HENRY SWIFT 

■=-- 

Manila, F. 1.^ }9ff7 



IVIUM S Aa'ui, PllHTEl 



WAR DEPARTMENT 

Dacuutnr No. 327 
<ifTi« of ihe t:hi<* of Si** 



. j.i_-,^-^__^ ,^.. 



V.S 






c o W-T K N '1' a 



Preface Tl 

Inlmducliou . . , - , 13 

OT[ho^raphy , . . , i^, . .i± ^.. ...... ..±. ..... .±.. 15 

MutBtions of IcElcrb . . 16 

Accents, radkal, aL:(:i[Bcji[al 17 

OJ [he GramniAlkaL Slruclure IS 

I. The Lj^alurc. 

[JhciE wLlh lujlifyiujj dil|cc[ives / 19 

With Tipiiri^ dfmtiJi]^ TnaEcrial 19 

With "Iniaqai" or "babay" lo indicfllc •^ex . 19 

Willi demojislcsliTes, optjoc^al ^9 

B<;twc^:n numerdl^ Slid iJln^-ir nOLLni 19 

[n ihc iiM-maiitin of numerals 20 

Aljf r "iflflfi" , ,, 20 

, As 3 rcJslive 3i 

** Btforc dcpejuienl verbs in some instancfa 20 

II. Th^ Jrioua. 

("cndcr, no Inn- farmi far, sei how dJsliiiauJbhcd 21 

Nliuilicr, pLiiral hy rcHupH^ialinn, irrepuL^T and rrgulai 

^ plitr^Js in some Z3.sts, llic dual 31 

'^. Cases of iiojns dtlermined by modifiers 22 

I AdRmentflNvcb shd dicnindlivts 22 

^. AhElracl nouiis in "cO" or "qriina" 22 

Nn^un.i in "a,jiiin" fir f>wnerihip 23 

- L' nils of Eneas uremenL by "sonRa" 23 

^ Kwenliiifss by "(a"... 23 

Vctlial nouni 2A 

III. The Arniflcz. 

TTir comnion firEiclc , ipcrijil a^f. of "!i" ; pTfpo^irioiLS 

Islfrit in the obliqLie casea of itie irticle 24 

TJie proper an ide, uses of, jsed only in the singutar 25 

!V. The Demon ^trativn. 

One fprm for "iKii," two for ■'Ihflt" 2S 

Df^lfmifln of; pTcppsitions IflJnH in [hf ?blL<^VQ Cli^S. . 25 

LlgacuTe oprionaJ iviih the demcusirarEv^ as i cnodififr. . 25 
Note on the occiirrenee of The sjlEables "rfo" and "frfo" 

In Ihe pluraL , ,, . 26 

V. AJ ice lives. 

Ttuc jd]c<:[ivep,, li^t 0"f 2G 

Plurals, how lornifd. iTTcgular plurals 27 

Position of 27 

Derived adjedii'ea ; in "na," in "ma," in "rra," in ""lat^a" 

exptel-zive uf ernoEiuu, ^yncopalion wilh adircdws in 

"ttaca"' rn ".^i" with ihc irfra of being aiFecled'bj or 

tyi cqjipmeni 37 

Use of "napalalo" and "nalabt^' lo indicate esccu 29 

"Only" hy the adv*rb "/a-^J" (t^ntracl "ii-") 30 

Ejiclatnanory form in "nas (ff") eB," alliched 

In f nc OT tnn words, "an" being optional 30 

ConpsTiaffn ; cn^mparative by reduplicariDn ; use of 
niem" or "em" for "Jhari," "^eJ" used in certain 

instances imtead ai "n£em-" 30 

Ccnditrnn^ pnmpsii^un; UM 0* "sumanipo" Jl 

Spanish "- — isimo" ej:pre.99ed by "inggHel" JI 

Superladve defirse; iiW ol "ufl-ov"; rnie auperlalivf tx- 

pressed hy Ihc idrliclc^ "m an" 32 

Paijdi^ of coni]jariwn« 32 



4 ' CONTPINTS. 

VI r Numerals. 

Miiiucral ayalem decimal 3J 

Cardinal mimbers^ "/ucja" frnni Ihp Sanscrit ; a!:e nf liga- 
lure ill the fonnalion of certaiti immerals; use of 
"."iiiH^a" IG indifatc even Ifns, hundr^da^ etr.,, , . , . . 33 

Use of lEie pariicle "sn^" in bargain jng 34 

"Miifvia" u^ed -with nuiTK^rals to form mimer&l adverhs, 

"numin" pr^lerite of same 34 

Numerals used in verbal furmb. 35 

Apckui U5? Qi ihe panid* 'sarti'Ca' in DiimcTmion 35 

OTdinals . . 3S 

Di^tnhucivfs 3& 

VII. Pruiiouiis. 

Pergonal prouauiift, ihre? persons and thrte nurnbers, 
oi>e a irut dual; ^'we" cxcliiMve or iiKlubive of ihc 
hearer 36- 

DfdcEisiun of the personal pronouns jfr 

Pr<>nQun? eilher free or atlache<l 36 

S>nc-:tpaiion£ oJ pi?fsj>rtal pronouns 37 

Suffixta, uics n-f, muUliuns of 3S 

Free forms when employed. 38 

Pus&<:iijivt pruiLUMnia^ u&t vi Ihc wurd "fftn" 39" 

Impersonal pronoun*^ . ^ .. ^ ........ ^ .... ^ 40 

Rchtivt prunouni, a^v of the ii^iJture for. 4[> 

Jnterrogalive pronoun^^ ""rum" coul-raclion of ^'asino" ; 
"ansa" not always used for *'what" ; "asiw" used -in 

asking for the uume of b person 4(^ 

'^Adino" a irsie pronoun, Iranslated adverbially as 
"where/' eotitraeCcd generally to "ndin"; "ad in ti 

j'Ufl" used jn its place 42 

"Cmaiio'^ a I rue prunoun, Jffin&lfited adverbially as 

'"bow" 42- 

1ndefinil<: procioiins 4? 

ifilCTJiive fonufl, mi'seli, etc 43^ 

VI IL Adverbs. 

Adverbial meaning ?iimetir»!fl ennveypsi by llio verb 
itself; adjectives used inslcaJ of as qualifiers for 
uer1>?; use nF tlie particle 'Vi*' for [hp Spanf&h "ya."; 
adverbial sense in certain panicles; ''roccntlv," how 
expressed \ "only," expressed by rerlupticaljon ', Ijst 

of true adverbs , 45 

Negative adverbs, "siiiin" requires the lig'alure except 
when used alone as "no"; "di" always a prefix, re- 
quirti a euphonic ■""" before certain suflixes ., 46 

Adverh? of time - 47 

Aiisiliarjcs ]i,sicd wiili ihe adverbs,,. ..,...,,, 4Fr 

IX. Prepn.'^itirjns. 

Latent in oblique ca^es <>f the artiek?, demon st rati ves, 

personal and impcTsonal pr<>noung; latent in certain 
verbal fornaidas; independent preposilions; latent in 
certain verbal parlielea; expressed by WTt?UT] 
nouns _ 5^ 

X. Conjunctions. 

LtsI giv-en 53" 

"Quen," usual neaning ''and," somelimes used diajunc- 

tivelv SC 

Use of "da" and "cado" in the same clause when emiiner- 
aiing individuals^ "iiJten" always before the lasi; the 
personal pronoun with "rfo" always in the plural S* 



CONTtPfTS. S 

"'Quel" used tt conned clauses and prrdicfltLona wilt 

ni-raninit "^nd^^ m cainjiarJaona mes,ns "than" 55 

XT, Inter jcclioii^r 

£ iMJania [tsry phraat with Hit panidca "nag (anj 

en" SS 

Tjuc inlccjuLion^. IJbl qI ,,,,,,-,- - -,,,-,-- 5<^ 

XU. Th* Vcih. 

Vecbf hoiv OfS^^^'^. iliviiiiDn lat^ tctift vd passive 

verbs 57 

AcHve verb? with, nomiiia-llves for auhjpctft, charanr-lcr- 
xitics of, subject principal d-elerminB.nt of active 
foTin'^ nbgcci rn the accUSAlivf 57 

FoTiruia? of active vrzha ino.'.tLy pa&aivr as lo safc}F(t, 
nol ag lo obj-ecl, aubjccl in the genitive, nbjcci iti 
rhn? accusaiiv* 5ft 

Active veThaL particles listed SB 

Acliv^^ vrb^ mociilicil in diardcCet by furmula^ lc ex- 
press certain ] imiff linik^ in Ihe action oi the verb... S^ 

Passive ^erbs, object principal deimninant oE [hc^ 
lutm^, subject in che genilive, objecl in the noniin^- 
Ilvc, passive patliclea listed 6C 

'N^Uinl>CT and jiersinn hoiv indicaCrd, prunoCilinal SuSixrS 
eniplojcd, mutBllons of willi llic vcriiai suffixcH "fh" 
and "an." these laller how modified 6J 

Mnde? and len^fi of v^rbs, inHnilive?, impfriElvea. prer- 
cntes hnw indicated, pelUiLdiui^, auxiliaries, lOcatiiJII 
of ihc auailiarifs in (Tie *;rnlcTice 6? 

I>ependence fil verbs, whfn of the gsmc cDass, subjunc- 
lives dependent, verbs dependenr on aiij^ adjective 

but tbijse in "naffT," dependent on adjcdivr? in 
"tratiT." on idjcrlh'Ci used impcrsonaliir. arlivc dc- 
pendeaic on passive verbs, drprndenl ofi- eirher of Ihe 

verb* "en." "mapan" or "uittay" 64 

XlTI The ropylacive V^rb 

N't) word for ihc Irur c^^pvLdLivc, prcdiuliDn how indi- 

calcd, "if 0' "dagftili" iTicif wLih ihf prcdicair when 

the subject h empb^iki predkate first if (tie tiefii- 
live "maH" l£ nied; "ijflu" ut "di" cm|)loycd ifl 
nr^lLoni j "iaa't" aluuays leqUlreS the Li^alnrr \ 
anicie u^cif *i|h the predicate it the subject IS al- 
ftcled by a posse^'.Lve 65 

Fotma gi-ven where [lie subject is, or the predicate is 
affected hy, a possessive pronoun ■ farnis when llie 
proposition Ti negative 66 

I7sea of "edda" and "floan," "ooan" the negation of 
"addaj' used to eiipr^^ss posirion, existence, pa^scE- 
sioii; Hhen only temporary the person posui'^ing is 
put in the ddtiye^ nUE Hied nhen the ohjcet possesae<l 
Ts turalificd by a po^vssive- "U" used instead of 
"addo" wtien tbc idea oi guanlity Is associated with 

the ihina possessed 68 

XIV rrrcfiuiar Verb^. 

"Clio" Tcieaninfi "|fl My-" piiteriK "fKinonji"- iiaed 
whfn the actual «.'ords arc quoted ; with the passive 
particle "i" means to imitate the molioi^a ol another. . 70 

"t'dflj" meailitlE "thfy 33^," 40Jll*lirti*« abbi'eviatcd (o 

"can"j it aa^uciatcd with, r| follows "fctta" 71 

"Ammp" meaning "lo Itnour" 7| 

"Cayal" meaifiiig "to %vill, desire". 71 



* CONTENTS. 

"lied" meaning "to give". ^--, -.....- --. 72 

'^Ay" meaning "lo come"; only irreguUr in syn(ax 72 

"En" jrregijlar, takes, its pTtltrite fTom the regular verb 
"mapan"; "in" used ins-lead of "en": if prelerite and 

wiih a verb in the pn^tcriit dtpcnditig on it "'en" 

relaJns Us present form; Tiserl to- indicate that one 

goes for the piirpos-e of buying something. 72 

XV. Active Verbs, in "/ls'\ 73 

M^ain use to express aclion undetermined by an object, 
except ill case of the formulae ; u^e of the gerundive 
frequent - 73 

Preterite particle i? "nag". 74 

Fomrulas. given and iiliistraled of; 

Instrument , r - - 74 

Place, cause, or person afltcted by th? at^tit^n ,t, . 74 

Person commanded 75 

Time and manner cf the aclion; sub^iidiary expres- 
sions required to indicate manner or time 75 

Verbal nouns , / 76- 

Olher Uses of "Aj-"^ 

(1) To fieeli or hunt what is expressed by the root o-f 

tSlC vtrb 7^ 

(3) To have a sickness or disease / . . . . 77 

(3) To vtse a tool, artn, or itnpleTiieTit 77 

(4) To play a game 77 

(5) To put on Biiv article of attire or adorEiment 77 

(6) To act a part ,.... 77 

(7) To cjipress niulual relalionsliip, ....... ., 78 

(8) To express cquipmtTil ; Ihis also cKprcsscd by the 

particle "fl£^«f *j" --. r . 7S 

Olher Particles Grouped With "A/': 

"A^sin" lo denote reciprocity of action , 78 

Mulalions of the- verb "Hvith "fl^jrrt," reduplication of the 

verb , 78 

"Ag-inn ," prefix and intertalaiion to denote reci- 
procity; with reduplicatTon nf the verb it ci^pres^es 

the rivalry of ihree or more 7S 

"Aguin" denoting pretence of h^'ing somellirng 7? 

"Wffl" 10 denote how far on the body somethins rta-chci, 

ai water in a stream, or clotliing en the person ; 

al^o means "lo ree"k or smell of" BO 

"Paga" with the fir^t meaning of "aga" 80 

"Agca" indicates tlie possession in common of some 

eitialJIy or relation by two individuals. . _ SO 

' "Agcana" denotes the same as the preceding wich refer- 
ence to Ihree or more. ^ 80 

"Agpit" to denote (he commanding of the action of verbs 

in "of"; distiTiotion tiolf^d brtwcfn eomnTanding a 

person and commanding an action; used also lo in- 
dicate ihal a person goes in a particular direction . 81 

"Apag" to denote rccenlnesa of ai:lion, , » ,,,,t ■ , t- , .,- . , Bl 

"Fag' to express that a thing is intended for a cer- 
tain use 81 

XVI. Th* Panicles "Mang, Man^. and Man." 

These identical in power; difference in form caused by 
the initial letter of the root; main use as a true 
active transitive verb, , . - 8J 

"Maag" used before all Icttera but b, d, p, z, and / B2 



CONTENTS. ? 

ForniLilas ol "mans"; imtrumcTit, place, lime, wirt verbal 

ILQUn , , , , , ,,.,,.,.,,,.,,,, &2 

C^run-^ivfs In "mang" hOw loriBfd . 83 

".Ifant" uacil L?E[^r<: weirds Firglnning in b Of p, tOJinulAi 
^icniFai (1^ ihiTij^*: tif "tnan^," Euppic^Eion gf the initial 

l*!(£r of ihe rool titer "ncdm" - . , r r &4 

"jV/jh" used beJore wordi beghining wilh d, i, or /; 
iLiiclfl] letter uE che ruci suppressed or rlided allrt 
"wfiin," fnjrmulai aimllar lu lhu:^e ad "wiani" ... . B5 

Olficr u^cs of "ifiuiffi, rmfN, and man" 

(Lj Tn icarch nr go "fflr gra^;,, cane, etc. - - 86 

(,2) To go to bu^ geiieTally, as "He ha? gon* ^ huj 

Iflllle" S6 

XVll. Rdnaining Active Panicles. 

TSicsc [o include "f/m, \tii^a, ^acafa^ Macapag. MoifUl, 
Afaqvtpag. MoifH'— — kih, Mamag and Afoma".' 
grouped under four subdivisiniii^ namely, "E/hi, 

Macfs^ Maqiii, Mama^" 86 

The Particle "^'m." 

U^eil wilh neuicr and Tfciprn^JiJ or reflexive verbs, iJic 
lAFt^r sf, di&ifz4 from lilt sraiidfjolhr uE iht i^psnibh 

gr jlllinarian, ATHEUcriiiq lalher lo uui cEaa&ilicalLori 

0+ JTirraniiitLvc and rru^ paiiivr vrrh^ 86 

"Uit" inifricif in tlie rool, i« prelerile 19 ihe prefiiK "i" >^? 

Used tu irdicale i]w atqjirJng uE 2 gu^llly, 2)^(1 pi^i- 

foritliirg an aclion or doing sciTncthiTig for a brief 

interval . -...,- , , . . . . 87 

Formula; ol ^'wta"; p^tc^. linne, and -verbal; with Ihc 
loTnijla oi time and [be verbal Ihc 1ir»il sylfafilc nf 
ih* ruol is re*iu|jlLca[c<lj (^accilcncc implied by iho 
v(; rtial ......,.,. 87 

The verb in "aim" rppoBl^H with |lie adverb "fa" incct- 
vcnjng- g]vt5 llJt mcanjii^ -ol an iiitrta^ng or of a 

coiistamly r^tumnd adiun 88 

The i»a[[ii:[e "Afara." 

With Ihi^ arc a?^i.rialcii ■■ma,/ij-a" Jind '^macafiag" . ^ . . SB 

Uscil III fxpresE can.ijitioiii abJitj -or inabiliiy; inadiMty 

Irom exrriiisii suuci-e call; i«i the use nl "mampag" Sfl 

roriinilJ<S ol iTli? ihnc |iarliclei ^icnilaij formulas only 

of I'iscc, lime, ami verbal ^ ..... . _ 89 

The;r parlLcle-i efltfd the change of ihi.- nn^aninin of lhc 
rcioi, fros" I hat oi atttiii]i< lo nhai of accompli ah- 
meni ; aa from '"loolt for" in "find," nc 89 

Jipecial JStS of "maca'-' arc: 

(1) Tli exprei'i Fomc natural want.... ., ,. 90 

(2) To esprfss rke ^^5ll^lln^a[lcc at an ael or state 

for a given pni^riuJ i (JQ 

(3) lo dcnolc capacity or han many persons or 

EhinRb will fit in a eiveii space 90 

The Parliclc ".Vfafl-i " 

With I his to be catiBid^ted "mo'^ipits" and 

■ ''rtSd^ifj frn" go 

"Muyifi" dcnijtc, arliori [n cOLIcetl with anolhcE 9Q 

When anothfr jojii? hint^frlf it, the others, for concert 

in said aclioiL then "ma^nifas" ii, used . 9Q 

FjrmuJas -if these are sirnilar; tormiilis af pldee, limc 

and verbal 9^ 

Sffccial L.ic^ of "tnagvi" art 

O) To a^lt for Jruils, cle., sr.BiL^ the thing a»ted 

(ut bcirift Ihc rool .....,,,_.... 92 



8 CONTENTS. 

(Z) To 35k for vjmethiTig olher than fruits, CTCcns, 

etc., graHs; verb "daottt" or "rangcaf ' u&ed 

in such case with the particle 92 

(3) "Matfui iriff" is used Vo cupress a grpat 

de&ire 92 

Tht Particle "Mamai^r 

"/Wotna" cflnsiderfd with ihis pjrliffe, difFcretict: matiily 
phonetic; "mama" ^^Kes idea also of briefness of 

the aclion 92 

Formulas of (lie Iwo similar; formulas sre of inslm- 

mcnt, place, and lim-c 92 

P^rticks llf^iply den.^[e f:cn|p?l|ing- or otfSigJng another 

to act . . _ 9J 

XVni, The Pa^^ive Voice. 

The object the dcleruiiiiiiis element in passive verbs. ... 94 

Passives sometimes revert lo aelive lorms 94 

Formulas largck laclfinK. or borrowed from aclive 

vecb'i 94 

Forni? giv^n fjf pfl&?-ive^ ^vhcn boih sybjeci pnd object 

arc pergonal pronoiini, forms nf same wilh nega- 
tive?; with the negative "Jj" ilie subject b^conipt 

itominattve when tht ubject i^ of Ihc third pcraon. . 94 

Particles considerecl 3u four grnnps : " — — cu," " ij'i'' 

"ir and "ma".. 94 

XTX, The Parliele '— -^fjj.'^ 

Panicle a suffix, sometimes confounded wiih. '' fjrr," 

prcterile "in" eiiher initial nr intercalfiled .......... 97 

For the formulas " ^n" passes lo thos<? of "a^," 

"man^/' or "um'' 97 

Priuckpal use as aclive trausilive verb 9? 

Sptdal Uits arc: 

(1) To fee! symploins of a complaint 93 

(2) To sialt thai jiti object will fiervt fnr a given 

purpose - 98 

f3) To liavt flntjthtr in n parlicular rdatinn 98 

(4) Tn consider or Eiold the objecl as being of scune 

especial charaetcr 9fl 

(S") To cc>nvE'rt cme (hing [ntcs another,,,,,,,,,,,. P9 

(6] To use bonie pari of Ihe body in iitrfnrming 

an ariinn - 99 

(7) Of ihinss being ealen by itisecls or animals, ... 99 

[8} Of falsing a qUdnlity lo a certain liirrit W 

Tht Particle 'Pa." 

Used 10 denolt eommanding of aclinn 0^ verb.s in 

"^f"" m 

Prelerile is "tints" lOO 

The Particles "Pag^ — ei" and 'To en." 

Differ only in phunelit (i!>e 100 

Indicate pefsoTi cGmmSnded nf verbs m " en". 100 

Preterites are "pintfi" or '^pin^".. 101) 

Sometimes, pasi to iartns in "agpa. mamag. or mama".. 100 

Special usts are; 

(O To. make a person or animal do somelhinff 101 

(Z) With the &en&c of "Do you ihink I hav* nn eye^. 

ears, etc." !CS 

(3) To be treated like an animal 103 

(4) To wail for a cerlain period 1112 

' The Partitleg •'Cfl— ^«" 

increase or diminution e:fpressed by 102 



CONTENTS, g 

Preleritt expressed by "quina" 102 

XX, The Particle " an." 

Somelimes confounded with " -ejt" 1-02 

Prtfmtf T5 "hi" prefixed, or "iV prefixed or interca- 

lated ._ 103 

Used wTiere an indirc-ct object ocatrs 103 

Special usuii arc: 

(1) To plEice one object wIlli reference lo anoTher.. 103 

(2) Tu ch-ange, increase, or diminish an object, ,,, 104 
(J) Ti> indicate the kind of seed planlc-d 104 

(4) Wilh "man**'"' Gr a numeral v.'ith (he sen^e of 

'^to Kive" 104 

(5) To- express the number of piU:t& in Eharing or 

diatribmioit -. -. .. . 104 

(6) To snare, Irap, or calch aninial^H fish, etc lOS 

(7) To indicaie profit or ra-iti frotn work lOS 

The Particles "Pn an." 

Used lo command the action of verbs In " at" ]05 

Prctcrile i:^ "f'jna an". 105 

Special use lo indicaie ihe tyinft oi man or animal by 

some [tflrt nf the hisdy.. 105 

The Panicles -Ca ^>f." 

Used III Jcnolt the acompli chilli: lit ilf A pUfpJ^S*. ...... lOS 

Prel^riie ':n this case ""Ja- — —on" -....- .., 106 

To Mgnify ihe raising of a tiumber of individuals to a 

f^erlflin lin»il . . , , . , , . , ,,,,,,. , , , , , , ^ . , , , , , , , , IQS 

PrtI trite id ihiii case "quina utr" lOS 

To form a collective nr ina>;s noun indicating she 
abundance of iht objecr in a certain place, as 

cane-hrake, etc ^. ... -^ ........ f06 

The Panicles ^^Saitga ai." 

I'n fnrni a collective noun indicative of a group of 

Lndividtjals , , 105 

Trfalerl of alsn under "Kouns" 23 

XXI. Tilt Partick ■■/■" 

Always a prefiit 107 

Somtlimcs (ised where " j"jj" or " hh" might seem 

to he indicated . . . , ![>7 

Pret£?ri[e before all leuers hut vnwels, f, and r, is "f'n". , , 107 

Prelentc before z vowel is "it" 107 

Pttleritebefore ^orr is "iT'or'-fV 30? 

Used when ihc mcflns of :iii aciioii are ljidi*:aied 107 

Sjiecial place for sn object i? indiraterl by this parlider. 107 
The "["" h nut dropped when Ihe verb assumes an active 

parEkle 10? 

The Panicle ^Ifa.'' 

Preieriie is "inpa" * 108 

Useit lo esprc^i "lo Kive,"" as food to a horse 108 

DistinclJon between iliis and "f<ag——eii'' when kind 

of fond ib Tiitiilioised "ipa" is used. . . .- 108 

To allribufe, s^uspectn accuiip 108 

To put IT] a certain place or directiois 108 

When one of a group is different iaied in placing 

"paqMtn en" is ttsed instead of "ipa" 108 

Special use is lo indicate that some object was put to 

a purpose for which it was not intended 108 

The Particles "E — -a«," 

Denotes that the action wps done in place of another 

person -- 109 



10 COMKiVTS. 

The ParEicles "Pai, Paipa, and Pai an" 

Used lo command the action of verb^ in "i. ipo. and 

i- — -an" H7? 

XXJI, The ParMde "Mi\." 

"Ma" both active and passive 110 

Passive wlien transiliv^H aclive when intransUiv? 110 

Preterite is "no." 110 

This particle ireqgcnily causes syncopalion of ihe raol. . llO 

When frcqiitniaiive or neeaiivdy imperaiive the pariitle 

is reduplicaled - - 110 

Pfindpal use is to denote abiliry nO 

To express thai oue has ot has not accumpliihcd ih<: 

result aimed at . , . - - Ill 

Effects thai th* meaning af the root becomes changed 
in niilure from whal is allempted to what is accom- 
plished So "ihooE ai" bccoities "hit" or "miss" as 
the case may be Ill 

N#(ii*r and reciprocal verbs (according to Spanish 

classification) expressed [>y "tna" Ill 

Tha forniulas are the same as ihow of "maca" Ill 

When the parlicle "mi a" is uaE<i with verbs in " e'f" 

the latter disappears.- .,..---,, 112 

When affecting verbs m "— -a«" or in T' these are 

retained - 1 12" 

The Particles "Ma ofi." 

Denofes Ihat an action has reached its limit. 11? 

Prclerile is "na an:^ 112 

Yocabul ary 1 ' ^ 



PREFACE. 

This wTHk makes no prelence to pnginality. It is simply, as is 
shown by the liEle, a Study of Ihe Ihat language. The basis (?f this 
13 Ihe Grammar of Father Jose Naves, of which book Ihere are abauC 

three copies iti (he AttfiiiBlinian House in Manila, atid these not for 

ialc. 1 was fortunate enough to secure what the Falher in charge- 

of Ihe Bihhoteca assured me was ihe last copy that he should sell. 

Father N'aves beFungs to a long honor-roll of Spanish Priests^ who 
ill four hundred years have done spkndid work in ihe catise of sdertca 
and lilfralure in the PhilippiTie Archipelago. A careful compilation 
and rearrange mtnl of hi:^ hook, wilh the aid of other inforrnalion 
gained from Narrows Vocabulary and from living sources, will, it i& 
hi>i>ed, be of Some iissislancc lo the tludent of the tankages of Worth 
Ldion, (o ih^ Malaysian sludem, and be of some -vahie in ihe seience 
()f comparative phiiijl^gy, 

Hekby Swjft, 
Chapiain islh Infanlry. 
Mamia, R L, Mjsy S, T907. 



I N T KO D U CT ION . 

The Malaysiati group uf langua^-s, almost endless in their variety, 
is the dominaiii typ* in (he Philippine Islands as -well as in Borneo^ 
Java, Micnmesia, among the Ma-oris, and in the Hawaiian Islands. 
They belojig lo the Turanian familyj Ihat family which i5 native to 
both Americas, (he whole alrelch of the Arctic Ocean, large potlions 
ol Asia sTid Afr]<?a, induditig the gryat chain of Islands that auanf 

the coa^L oE ihe Orient, and Ihe Islands of the Soulh Pacific. In 
ihc Philippine group there ats about thirty languages ?p-oketi. This 
woTfJ "liingLiaK?'" is ii&td advisedly, foT tht diffcitnce between them 
Is as great and greater than belween any of (lie Romance languagi^^, 
and lh<:y arc ai^i^urcdly much more than dialects Among iheni three 
occupy posiliojis of tin? firsl importante, namely the Tagalog, the lloco, 
and the Mi^iayan tongues. '1 lie latter are exttn&ively employed thrcni|^h 
[Ihj Suulhtrn Inlands. The Tagjlog is oi political and commercial 
value as heiiiH spoken m Manila and the regions adjac^jnt theri^to. The 
Hqco is the principal language oE Norihem l.Uion. With a cuuipe- 
t<jiit kiio^v'Tcdgi: of itiesi: any individual, wKclhcr in the employ of t)»c 
K&cleral or nf the OvU Government, or engaged in. eonimerc*, or 
casting iit hii lol as a ittller cr miner, will be all the !>etter titled 
(0 make his i%ay and perform his duties, wharever they jnay be. The 
English and Dutch, m ma^Lvrii in the art *)i co^onjf^jiig, make the 
kn-tfwiedst oi Ihc langiiaj!<?s of the natives a necessary part of the 
curriculum for sludenls in the civil servioe. The Bureau of Qyn- 
Alabulary offers incenlivcs to its ufficeri to spur them on to the mas- 
lerv of die varicsus languages of die Archipelago. The Spanish lan- 
guage ha^ ntver been^ extensively known by the Filipinos. In ihe- 
towns, in the '^Cicntro dc Poblacit/n," where the Priest, the l^residente, 
and Ihe beUfr and more well-)o-do are to he mcl, there more or 
less .Spyni.sh is spofeen, but nulside of these the vast inajorily act 
limited tu (heir own dialects. Tt is true (hat, thanks to the efforts of 
the Hureaii of Kducation, the younger genera(ion is rapidly acquiring 
a knowledge of English — and it li no uncommon thing, tsow, (o find 

children who lan readily under^tartd and talk Eng1ish^ while Spanish i^ 

entirely unknown tq them — but these even cling to (heir own lan- 
^uap?!i, and ufill for &1I intiTcours.e among fhemselvcR. T]^c TagalOK.- 
the lloco. and the rest art^ not things of a day. Four hundred year? 
of Spanish dnmination find them as virile an-d roo(ed as when Lega^pi 
and Urdaneta first landed, and ten or twenty or a hundred y^ars of 
American occupancy will no( suffice to stamp Ihem out. In the mean- 
while those who have lo do with them are handicapped by iBnoranrc 
of the language spoken by the people about t!hem, while he is besc 
equipped and prepared (■o''do his work", especially a government oflicial, 
who can meet them on their own ground. 

ft may be observed that I have jKcep(ed the Clergy from the hst 
of (hose who need to luak-e a study of native languages. As a rule 
the Clergy have been pioneers in every path of philological expiora- 

tion. Especially ha? this been tlie case among the numefous and 

obscure tnnguei of these Islands. The fir.st prerequisite for work, 
(hat deserves the name, of a priest in any of these tritvs is the great- 
e?it industry Ln acquiring ila language. The first place must be given 
to the Roman Catholics who have left many noble monuments of 



14 ILDCO LANGUAGK 

llieir la[ri)ta. With iht fnlranct in of American missionaries we 
axe |ii.iH(iu[ in cxp^cling Tnuch ncn and KDod w'tli, a^i?Cilij{ ilsft witb 
l}if ren^tnc advances made in iirigijislic aludica, 

Thii eiiky, whlnh ii f,fkCii<:i\\y llEEk m^r^ Ehah 3 rrill^kTl^. will 

adhfrc Cn llic orthoaraphy o'E earlier [imps, which iir llic wlilcr's judp-- 
tnenl h« much To h ^s-H in ir^ tauor. It wJlJ aUo, f-crhapi riAt ;fl 
closely, adhctc to Hit Scholastic araitiinalicfli [erminoLoey employed by 
PaJrf NavPS, even vhcTc the. J*rm^ uiicd vary frnm our pre-c[>n(."er>- 
i'lons. It is not believed ihat uiy greal advanloge »i]l be gained by 
drp^rliiLfl frum iTiem 

Th< Blruc'lfrr o' th*: Malay rfifllocC^ in ({ihlinpu.i.ilic'1 by several 
pMuliariliii*. Thesi? kHI be bristly noled now, %^liilc Ihrir di^cLi?«on 
and iiLu!.lraliim -will he Jelcrr^d, ab any present elalxrralLoci would swell 
ihe iiilTodnclLOii Co Chc sijf and character nf 3 gramnur Tlnrrc arr io 
be -especially iioled: ihe u&t oi the ligature; tf»e p^rt played by Ihc 
drlxlr- the rtdup]r(ji[ioit3 whh gramm-alkal si^nLlifanffi other ih^n 

mcFf iTileii'iily en Jn cxiiic?': Jhc plural, allholiEh Ihcfit UiCS also Oc^.LI^ ; 
[he larg* rsnge of prtftHt&i sullixcs and intficaLln^n^j I3it pictl^mi- 
nanl suL^tanlive character of the clause, ihe poverty In prrpositjonal 
forni^p -and aIiili Lhi: iJiPitabLlLLy itf Lhc rtiatj ibicLnsclvra. The rule2 J^ld 
down for l3lis Jasl fn^aHirc serm ■.icnplc cjinugh anjL arc very neces- 
sary to acjuire in iitdet lo make it possible lo liiid the word (root) in 
the d ictinjnjl ry, F.vty 'trudrnt of IT'ico shoulil iiOsacSS J cthpy of Narro's 
Vocabutario lloiM-Eapaiiol| which ma^' be profiirtd at the AuRU'iCiTiian 
Convent, Manila, and al slic-ht cosL The \ocabulary ibal forms a part 
■of chjs vnrif ii rars*ly confined tu such words as may occur in bJaves' 
Grammar, II I'^.iuflidrntly H^cipiou.i to^jr^r an abundant an J usefuT vocab- 
ulary, but lE is fsri from fand ia nol imcndcd lo be) ewhflu'.tiye. Indeed, 
TIE. Rrauimat nor vocabulary can lio morp than prppare ihc way to a 
maalery of any lanqua^fe: Ehal mUst be ^ino^ by long aitd pergonal 
contact with the people w]|h> apralt it. 



.t 



ORTIIOQRAPHV. 

IcL lh.u wrilmg of the langua^s of thest: Islands as wis in use at the 
liint of ihe American occupation, more especially in the Ibcn, certain 

IcICir^ had httle or nn general empluymedt except as found in a few 
i-xolics. These were /, A, j, i, v, w, x, and s. T3ie letler k, while 
having a proper place iji ihe Moro fjr Mahometan languages of the 
Snialhern ArcliippLago, wa? not fou'nJ in the Tagah>g or lloco origi- 

jialiy; bui since the year i8g8 has come to be usc-d as a substiiute 

for c before n, o, an4 w, and for qv !>efore e and f. There is a good 
flfal ia he ^aid in fiivnr nf thi^, eapeeially where aecordmg- tei 
(lie older usp it becomes necessary to change, in tlie fluctuations of 
derlcnsion or conjug^ation^ the c to qu (or vie-e versa) in. order to pre- 
serve (he liard scmnd of c or to restore the root; a^ batac^ baSaquen^ 
The leSier / Eialurally gravirales to a kindred labial, generally lo p; 
-Ab, f'cchti frr "feciia^' (Spanish for "tiatc"). In the Ignrot, however, f 
lakfs (lie place of b: as fafey for tabny, female; facho for badOy gar- 
meiit or shirt. Another American use is to emp-Joy vj instead of 
the diphthong ao, and even for u m the d[ph(honj{- r«; as ainan for 
auan. not or no. The necessity of such substitution is que s( ion able. 

A is (he mo&t frequently Tiaed and most 5[abfe of thf vowel sounds. 
.rf'^" It is generally pronounced as a in father, and sotnetimea haa Ihe sound 
tif a in "fat/' L'st and (he edufalion of the tar mus( be the student's 
guide. 

B iin the Mrtie as in Knglish 

C is always hard. If it should happen in the course of inflec- 
(ion that an e or i should follow c this letter, in eonformity with the 

rules of Spanish orihography, is changed to qu. On (he oiher hand. 

if qu followed l)v either e cr i should, in the course of inflection, be 
separatetl by a eonsonant from its L'Owel then it changed to c Ex^ 
amples; abac, ahaquen; hariquirs, ftonrsen. When k is used instead of 
c or qu these ehanges do not tt'come necessaryr The Moro dialects, 

emplflyirie the Arabic cbaracteff use k instead of c. 

D hai (lie same sounil as in English, In Tagalog; and in Tloco the 
Idler r ofien takes it place; as ffurisit, {ludao. 

E has generally the sound of a in '^fale." It is often replaced by i, 
either being used indifferently; ah j^cddaao or siddaaa. lamesaan or 
laviistian. It is occasionally used iti place of a; as nana or nene^ tnaysa 
or mfysa. Before a final guttural it sometimes has a sound resembling 

The French «, as in iitief-. i 

F is not native to the Iloco, although common in Che Igorot. It 
occurs only in eKOlicSn as in Hesta., Hrrna, faffiHws, ete. ; or in proper 
nouns, as Federico, usually pronounced PederUo. 

G is always hard as in "goat." If f or i follow, a euphonic n is in- 
sened to preserve the sound. So in inflection,, whether there be a 
siiJ^x or 3n intercalation, a u is it]ser(ed whtn neeassafy; as gubong, 
guifntfiMhaft^; imbag, naim^agiienda. 

H has no place in the Iloco. It oceurs in 3' few cxodcs-; as horar 
(hout), honras (obsequies), etc, 

1 has the sound of e in mete. Properly it is employed in roots 
before consonants only, y taking its place belore or after vowels. It 
i± uftcd^ however, before vowels Ln jufleclior; as asidtg> iasidegrao; 
uli, iulim; uiug, iuiugda. 



l6 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

J has no place in tBe Iloco, except as it may occur in exolics, when 
it has tht sound of h Tocalifed; as in Jixnn, Jacinto, foio. tic. 
L, M, N : these arc sounded aa in English. 

Nfi has a sound r«s.embling thai of n^ in sirfs- ll it employed eiiher 

initially or as a termiiial. ]n the syHabic division of a worci |he ir 
should -not be sep-araled froin thu g: thub PanRasinan would be Pii- 
nga-^i-nan; Balangas-r B3-)a-ng3S, e(c. In the Bicol il ia often re- 
placed by j^n, the ^ (itccording tn ihe Spanish u^age), having" the "tilda*' 
placed over ii. In Ihc published works of iJic Philippint^ Civil (TJov- 
ernment a long "tifda" i^ pUceri over rhe two lellers. 

O hfii tht iiOUnd ilf o m "note " Tliete n s fonsidprablp freedom in Ihe 
use of o and tt, one beiriH iiidiffcre-nlly lidded in p-larc of the other a?; 
manu UtT tnatic^ iupot for Input, etc. 

F has tht same soitiid afi in English, 

Q has alivay^ a silent u attached, and has [!ie E;oiind of liard c or of 
k. Whfn In 111!." ccurbc cif inflectinn q^ ocrurE^ before a, j^ or t, il iii 
changed to f as: qunnut, cumimat; Queliunl, cjiminnl. Al&o when its 
fGllnwing vowel i? (Iri:>pped and iju Is direclly fol1o'^''^d hy a consoitnii^. 
The same change OMurs. I-'or example: quesSfC with the prolix ma 
becomes m^ics^l. 

R has Iht 5amc sound as in En^liiih. 

S has the sibilanl bonnd of i Jn "sin." Tt ncv':T has the soniid of 
ff nor of jk. 

T has thf ^uund of f in "timf." 

U has the sound of oo in "'hool." Il is frequently used instead of o. 

X diies not occur in the Jloto. 

Y has Ihe iame sound as tht IIolu f, and ii used before voweh. It 
i? oflfn used, before con^onam.', as in VnoceKan. yfuKsylorjs, etc.; but 
ihe u.sc i& beginning to be archaic. The diphl]i4>i]g ay hm the suunil 
of I in '^'pine." 

7. does not occur in the Hoco. 

MUTATIONS OF LETTERS 

No nolc will be take]i nf mulaiions which occur ilirou^li slovenli- 
ness in speaking, which ii a common fault in Ihe Archipelago, but 
(here are ter|iiin [.hanger lllill flre regular and sramniatical, ThcSC wil! 
be iioleij more [>arlicu]arly in the grammar. Sume of llie^e changes 
leave the rool in &iit3icien[ inre.Hnly to make- ilp. dJEicoviTy eji^y; but 
in other cases Ihe root becomes so mutEfateft lha( considerable difficulty 
is found in recovering il. 

ft will be necessary al this point !o anticipate Ihe use of some terms, 
which will requirf? a fuller explanatioit further on. Such anlit^ipalion 
is deemed besJ, even ai ihe cost of possible ob&curity, in orJer thEic 
the present subject niay be properly Ireattd. 

When the verbal partickfi m, mn, mficj. or j', are prefiyed to rorit^ 
beginning u'lh a consonant 'Ms leSler aliacbes to Ihe prefix, and the 
following vowel is dropped, ff such vowel is follnwe4l by a douhfe 
consonant one of these is also dropped. This rule is true of the 
prelerites of the ahove particles, which are (fnr ina and nini^ii) im an<C 
nam. E)tatnpks: dei-iao, cudlao; seddaau, -miisdaixo; dccifvet. naif 
qitel^in, etc *i- ^ -'..-.. 

The diphthongs cii? or U^ aro changed to (; Or e when ihe verliat 
suffix liH IS appended, as: ibbuel, ibbotftn; singpurt, jingftetmi. 

The leller n. when it belongs to a prefix^ i.s converted tn jn he/orf 

b, p. or m. Examples: patoc, impatoc (for inpatvc) ; bd-lsni^ inibd- 
teng- 

The verbal parlidr^ fn or ah coalesce n'ilh Ihe genitive siifliTies cu 
Cmy) or mo (thy) To form ^c, iic^ em, or f?m,' and with yo (ysiurj to 
form eiyo or atyo. 



ILOCO LANflUACE. IJ 

ThU portion does nn[ precemF to exhaust the subject of mutalions. 
The abuvt instaucci; arr only illustrative. In Ihe course of the gram' 
mar these ctianges will be more iuUy discusseri. 

In some inslances an e^^entiat part of the root disappears, in which 
case: it will not always bt easy to find the foundation wordr Enamples: 
fnntiHait from dait, umquis from icquis, matapaglen^ from daieni, elc. 

ACCENTS. 

Accents Eire of Iwo kinds, radical and acddental. 

The radical accent j^ (he acceiU of llie coot, unaffected by prefiKeSn 
sull]>:es, or in general by inflection. Thus the accent of sural or of 
quit^ i& on the penult. This accent is radical. If the verbal suflix 
en is appended the pemill is 5lil[ Ihe accenlecl syllable {sw&ten, 
QuiioiTi'), but [be Bccenl becomes accidc-niah 

RADICAL ACCENTS. 
Tlic following lulc-i are ^\\ex\ hy Narro for the radical accents: 

(A), The accent is on the penult: 

1. In quadrllitt^fals which have the ^Eimp vowe] rep?^al«cl belwPfti 
the Jiiilial and final consonant, a^ ■ dduH, sJan, boorigy b6ac, elc. 

2. In general, words eomttostd i>f two parts (^he parts beine usu- 
ally di5sy]labk&) repeated Uke this atcfut, a^, pai'jn^pdhni, cudii- 

i^udit, paiigpahg, yfanxySanf;. There are several exceptions to Ibis 
rule, as; viquelritiuef. soSi)i:£Otdi:. etc. 

,1. Where Ihe i^ame or a similar syllable is inilial and final, Ibesc 
being connected by a vowel, bmh contieelive lakes the accent. Ek- 
amples: bisibis, Bitlbid (proper noun), buquibm. 

4. Where Hie anlepen-ult and the uhimatc are the ,same, and ihc 
penuJl i^ a vowel, as- arimofiidmong, ar{miir6-m/tc . atibuddbttd, etc. 

^. hi trisyllables where the antepenult is separated from the (wo 
following syllables by a liypkcrt, fts: S^iU&^b, ^Ui%-^oa. ar-Ayac, etc 

(B). The accent is on Ihe ultimate: 

1. Where the word i* composed of a reduplicated syllable lerrtii- 
nating in a con&oi^anc, as ; bacbdi', crt^ca^, duidul, elc. 

2. hi words whose la'^t two syllables arc alike, or tha( differ only 
in the inidal consonant, as : atih^cbuc, aripaspas, palispis, sa-rots6t. 
etc. 

3. In dissyllables where there is a reduplicated syllable In ay or ifo^ 
a^; friTjifrJij, tayidy. taocan, cle. 

4. Where the nl(iitia(e is separated from the body of the word by 
a hyphen, as: cay-o, sam-U. i-it. etc. 

5. Where ihe Towel oi the Liltiinale is preceded by two conson- 
anls, a!i : apld^. iiff^dn, bonloi. bant6i, elc. This rule is -universal and 
applies also to words where thi: conscLUtion of conionanls is caused 
bv conjugation or hy inflection. 

These rulcii are not affected, whatever may be the number of sylla- 
bles iti the is'ord. 

The folltl^^infi rule? are given as to accidental accents, thai i?, whrrr 
the radical accent i^ affecled by prefixes, etc. 

1, Most roo(s having iht accent dn the pentilt hfltff the acwnt 
rem-Dvcd to the ultimale cf the root when -eilher of the verbal suffixes 
en or €11 is appended, provided there be no syncopation caused (hereby, 
as: qvita, q%it6i\H, iimtofn, etc. 

2. Roots thai are accen(ed on th<; pcnutt, when th^re is a ayntopa- 



T8 ILOCO LAN<1L'A^E. 

tion cau^^d hy affiying (he verbal panicles on or en, lose the accent, it 
falling on the ultimalt af Iht word, aii : hariquesr haric-i-en; babd.se!. 
bciba^len, etc. 

> ^._ The words amd, rtia, apo, when preceded by (he proper article ni. 
-, hgve the accent thrown tek from the iiLtimatc to the penult, as: awd, 
^ ni ama: in&^ ni I'na; a^d, «t fl^o. 

4. Roots with th(* accent cm the penult, when either of the verbal 
parlldes ca, ma, «a, fnacn, or naca, is prefix-^d (the vowel nf Ihe 
penu!t being- dropped) take the accent on the petniU. For ilhislra- 
tioii see verbs in ca, ma, or iiiaca. 

No complete rules can be laid down for accents. Many wordi 
thai arc identical in spelling will vary in merinii)g', as the acceiil may 
delermine. Examples: arac (wine), nriic flo gather for a feslivaf) ; 
bagui (pftft or podioTi), bagih (iKidy) ; busd- (wetness^, bdso (to 
read) , ofob (a .^mall apcrtiire), i>!nb (to consider); e(c. It is eyident 
that IT] tliiB, as in olber lan^tia^e^, the acctnl of many wurds can 
Only be learned hy ^tLi]y and c^b^ervcLlio]], 

OF THE GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURF OF THE 
ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

The old division uf Plymolngj' and .Syntax will not be followed in 
this eisay. In considmiiff th<? etymological relation? uf wonh their 
synlaclical rnnnerlion is sn iiitimateij- a.s^ociated lha( a formal divi&ion 
has nol seemed iitceii'^ary. 

Tiie ri*>co .language j^ particiilarlv rich, as are all the \ra[av^ian 
laTigiiagfh, in litib^lantivc root?. 'I"he?e are ei(ber coTicretc or tiass 
names or arc ab&traction.n' rf-presciitinK some quality, condition, nr ac- 
tion, Examples: ubing, hoy; imbag, ^o-Jdnes^; basA, the condition of 
Iwing' wet; hasa. the ac( i>"f reaihng Willi ihe eKceptmn nf the cnn- 
crele nouns these are UBiially found in combination with siimc parliclc. 
Example: imbag. the mot meaning goodness; nahnfjiig, good; I'aitnba^ 
ur 'jniiKtitnbiiKi goodnt^Si in the abstract; imbaguen, tn jppnn'c fholri 
good) '. >Tahnimh<igy beder; uwimifag. lo pet better, improve, etc. /\ 
thnroiii^h acquaintatice with the nature an^l power nf Ihe^e v^rinu^ 
pa.rtk-les is necessary, as well as Ihe abilily to' detach ihc roift word 
from lis aFecling particles, or adjuncts, inasmuch as in ihe Tloco, as 
1^'cll Etii-iii the several Malaysian vocabularies published, the rchotfv nnlv 
are givenr The laws of change are so clear, Eiowever, thai much of 
thp rlitflcnlly wif] disappear a? ohl' pTi)grcs&e^ in hi^ researches. 

The verb is fortned from these various roots. It will not bt ncecs- 
?iary In enter on jhe subject at this p4>int, as llicy flhe verbs) will be 
fully Ireitted in their place. It is well, however, to state here that 
there i-i 3. great latitude and (Texibilify in the formalion of verbs from 
almost fvrry class of roots, from nouns^ adverbs, numfrtih, elc Rv- 
amples: moysa, one; f*amaisa^m ifa Jioijueiniito^ fix it ^cU in your 
mir>d; da»um, water] danutnati, tn pnur water (on qoiiiell:iTi)f ) ; dilit. 
Iherc, dJTuca. he there; ditamy stay ihere; mo. do^j inaso meteti, tht 
dug has already eaten it. 

The first thing- to be conaidcrcd wifl he the ligature {5,0 catfed) ; anH 
after thii, in their order, nouns, the arlirl^s. i.lenionstrative':. adjeelives, 
numeral*!, pronouns, the ariverh, preposition, cnnjunclinn, inlerjection, 
and finally the verb. This is treated b'-t a.'i it requires the most eit- 
teti&ivt comment, amJ will embrace Ihe larger porlion of this essay. 

I 

THE T.IGATL'RI". 

ThJ? Hg-Jilnre i^ a nii>*^[ di:Lr^c!<^rj*:(ic feature in ^11 or most of the 
Mslaysiait languageSr In rhe Ifocn there i& hul one. It has, however. 



two fof-ms "a" and "nga" There ia no difTerence in the use or power 
of thes£ gramma) JcaLly, Just as In English there is no difference in 
m^Aning t^tw^en "ihe iinlefinitc arlicle forms "a" and "an," 59 in IJoco 
ihere ia no difference between "a" and "nga." The laws of euphony 
determine which of ihe iwo it i& proper to employ. 

The jiga-lure is not translatable. It has a purely grammadcal 
ai^c, which is to bind {ligur) tof-cther certain closely connected ele- 
iticnls. I[ might well be called an enclilic. 

When the word preceding- tht ligaliarc lerminates in, or when the 

following word begins with, the letter "a" then "ngut" is commonljuscd, 

Jf the last leller of the preccJing word and ihc first letter of the word 

followinfr is a (Consonant, th-en the Jigaiurp ts "fl. " h-\ other eases a 
■wide liberty is aflowed. 

hi vapigsa nia cabayoc. With my sturdy horie. 

Jli tnaicdpiio nga aldau. On the seventh day. 

Cuam Iny a budo? Js lhl£ shirt >ours? 

Cada^uiti natadem a imucoc. With niy sharp knives. 

/li aracyo a nasat^-it. Yonr sweel wiTiCr 

AgiOtiisViubcayo ngu nfpatT Ar? yoy four related? 

The ligature ?s used Eo- denote the followjn>^ grammatical relations: 
r. Between a bubslantive and its qualifying adjective^ as for ex- 
ample: 

3U naifi^el a ara^. 'Ihe strniig wine, 

Jli Hisin^eS a vbin^mo. Your iliirdy boy. 

Codogmti EiumbjiKefgda nga ho- Wijh their dull boloSr 

2. Between the noun and the material of which it is composedf 

fti balay a cayo. Til-.' wooden (frame) house. 

rii {■Uffiurnc a pirat:. -My silver spoon, 

3. With the word iniicaiing the gender ol aminate beings; i. e., 
ialcQvi, male^ habay, female: 

Ti pvsa hga babay. The (female) cat. 

Ti vacn (baca') nga babay. The row- 

Ti bisca Jfga hhtjiii. The bulT. 

Ai'i amcco a babay^ Mj' daughter, 

4 Between [he demon si rat ivd and the noun which it defines; the 
rule, however, not being invariable, as Ihe ligature may bo omitted if 
eupliony cleniands: 

Deytoy n aracco. This wine of miner 

Deyta uga al-lidmi). Tliai wax of yours. 

Hi cauar la Qjo. The chain of that (ia) dog Cmo). 

fta ^mbaan. In that {ita) church, 

Naluciucnfrni; toy a Unapay. This bread is Wftet*^— c , J j, 

5. Between the numeral, ivhelher cardinal, ordinal, or diaiributJve, 
and the noun it defines or limits; 

F«nem o palimgca^ SiK chaira. 

Iti wakadua nga silid. In the second room, 

Dagatili dua Kfifi annacco. My two sons. 



20 ILOCO LA^GLTAr.E. 

6. Belwcfii thf cardinals ioicr (iufi^ot), six (ftietH), and nine 
C^siyum) . witii tens (poh), !iui»dred? {gajnl}, thousands Cvihn from 
afiba) . lens of thou^^nd^ (^lacsa) jud Enilliun^ (riurtv) : 

Vpput a polo. Korly, 
fn7iein a polo qvet pita. ^iVu— i »ii¥ u nt j '-&c:vtii. 

Siyam a polo quel dua. ^ Niifelj-twOr 

Uppm a gajiif. Fi>Tir hiindred. 

Fnnem a ribu. Sin [huii^and. 

Uppjit a tacsa. \-m{y ihons^nd, 

Siam a riariu. Mint milHnn. 

7. The ligfllure is u5,eA heiweeii [he aclverh ioa'i (not) and ihc 
word to which il perlains^ whelhcr noun, adjctliv*, v^rb^ etc. This 
is Irue even when aibolh^r ^uord may inlervene, 

SaoH m^t a Huruguii. It is not dirly (tf ail {met). 

Saai\€o a balay ^^yloy, Thi5 i^ iiQ\ iijv Iiom^p, 

Saan a nainipis lay a f'Hslutj.^ Is not thia cant slender? 

Saan a nasani-it fiasnitoy a sabof Ar'? not rhe&L' bananas sw^'cTT 
Apayapuy saanmo n pinaitii idaf WJiy did >i:iii not tell ihena lo 

e<imt 111 (up) ? 

8. Tho liK^Eilfe "u" ^ir ''ii^u" ia prJcliraHy ^ reljlive. The reason nf 
Tills steins to be [Eiai ihi' rclaiivt tlauac is rtally an adjt^ctival ckmcni. 
In Hie lloco. ailjeriiv'es with ifie lig^alure are cmplo^'Pfl wlipre wt would 
list a rt'larivf {^laut^t. The j-ovtrty ab; rt'jrard^ Jiit ri^jpulative vcrh wifl 
account for [liis. The sdhjet-t is Imt briefly nuCed lii-re in order to tjn- 
hrJcc all nf the u'les of the ligaliir^, 

iii rabff^o tisa addfi (ju^n^o- The horse wh>e!h you hav^. 

fit chocotnti.- n niri^jruo daqrtes. Chncoljle ihat is thin (cFaro) is 

bad. 
/lacayo o inaiii^ei, Yr^i "wli'? fl'-e br^V?, 

//i' l\[»-o ir^'J uiidii i-iTilaiiiadii. The tumk that they hjve. The 

book thai (n^if) is {udda') lo 

ihtrn icadiicuadu '] 

p. TTie Ji^atLire i^ l];^*lf in ?hrtw ["he ilependcnce' of nne vprb on 
anolhi-T wliej) 

a. The dipriHJem vrrh I- an inJiiuLi^e ai:id cfldi is iji the same >oke, 
*. r.. either yetive nr passive ; 

h. When fhf dcpendetit vtrb is iti Iht' tinbjnnctive mood whaLcv(?r 
may he [lie vnifes o( the verbs, 

{al C'lyolco ir quitnen ida. I lA'ish to see \\\<m. 7'^' 

Iferc The two verbis art dabi^ilied a^ pa5:;i\e, 

/Sagaguelcii nga agctdal. i am diligenl lo sludy (-n my studies). ' 
Heri' (he Iwo verbs are dassified S'. acljvt, 

(b) Ciiyafro n^a alaendnn. I wart them to fake il away now. (I 
want that they may lakt il aw^y now ) 
Soaiicfl ngii amma a immayda. I <iid mil "kno-w Iliat ihey had (may 
have) cnnie. 
TJiCif, the iircscnl and the fulLotving, caseii will be trcalcd laler ort. 
They are simply inlrodured al lhi?i point in nrdfr (o ^^ive a compklu 
view of Ihe II5CS uf the filature. The tcrminoIoEy mu&t appear nbacure 
and even mi^ieadine. P^ptciaTly ihe namcE "active'"' and "passive." Thfir 
<liscussJoii must be reserved, however, for a siibseqiieni section. 

lo. When a verh in ihe ijjfinitive is depen<lent on an arfjective used 
ampersDnaily with Ihe copula, or on an adjective formed ivich the 



ILOLO LANGUAGE. 31 

prcfi-K "naca" the ligalure sho^vs their relation, provided ihal the de- 
pendenl xerh is in ihe passive voice. 

\l Naiaca «£» quitaen. J[ is fasy to see him. 

N acoiadladAngii a denggi^en. It Ma& maddening to hear him. 

Note. — Before pioceedjuK 'o I'l^ further consideration of the several 
pares of speech It may be well to speat nf the use of particles In this 
language. The use of parlic3ts attaj^htd or embodied in the words is 
a very -ihiiracterJstic feamre of Turanian languagre?, e.sprcially of Cht 
Malai^sian and American type. A i^iv: txampffs from the Sioux or 
father Ihe Dakota laiisH-age may serve as illustrations. The wufd 
'^cya" moans '*he sa>s." From these may- be fotmed othet citlCCptS 
hy aggfutinalion, as, fur cxanipk- : eciyd, he says to; ceciya, he prays; 
ccitciyti, I pray to yon; JvictrnkUiyoffi, we pray to thexn. K^a, a root 
LioE i]S<rd [iidfpcnd^iilly but signifying a rutting action; kaksn, ht^ cuts 
with s.n. axe; iglaksa^ h-z rut hims<:lf; hayaksa, you cut (as with a 
saw) ; icaks;^. ati axe, cUi. So in ihe lioco Ihere are a large number of 
parljcles attached to or inlerralated in rtiolSn whethi-r nouns^ adfectivea, 
or verh?, giving a widt vark-ty of meaninns or reslrlcleJ appllcstions- 
Thi:bC must not be confoTUided with other pgrticle.s whTcti, whilt? used 
only as affixes, are really indepcnilcnl words, ai* pi^raonal pronouns for 
instaiUfC, or Ihe sisi's of the futi:re or the subjunctive, 

IL 

THE WOUtJ, 

As has been previously elated, miuns. form a vfr>' great proportion 
of thf Iloco rt^ot-words- Many of ihe&c, es^p?cia]Jy n^mes indicaiivt of 
aclii>ii or stale, are emplo>ed only in cninpo&iliut], other* Jescxiptive 
of qiialtlie? ar-e u^ed sometiniJi'S ^func, bui more frequently serve as 
ihe base of adjtizlives, w-hile cjass-iiouns are used as they stand, as 
for -example; nso, dog- pirai, «[ver; da lun , field, etc. 



ffrrJnn, field, etc. . , ^ 



CENDEP 

Thohc 15 no terminal, nor any pronominal, distinrtion of gender. 
When it bpcomes neccb&ary (o dlsliriKuish Ihe sex: of hving creatures, 
Chis ii don-e by usin^;- the w-ord? lalaqus (male) and hahay (female) 
ivith the ]ig"alur?, Ki^amples' caldin^ a lolajjui, he-goal; babuy a babay, 
sow, etf, A few woTda indicate the gender, as: ma, mother; ama, 
father; iquil, aunt. ere. There are rto ?fparate words for boy and girl, 
son and daughter; thest requiring the use of the aforementioned 
w-ords when ihert? must be a definite statement. 

NUMBER, 

Unle^!^ e&iiecially required it i? not nece.*%j%ary to give a plTiral form 
to nouiis, the number being sufficiently signihcd by the accompanying 
article or demonslrati-ve, aa: ^i or j^i, the (singular); JflgmVr or cada- 
guili, the (plural) ; diieyj this; 4a§Mitoy or cadagMiioy, these; etc, 

It\ btjbt*y. '^••-^f^'\ The pig. 

Daguiti ninmg. ^ ^ The carahaos, 

iti cafwn d(jg}fiti tnfftof. The chiclcens'" fo^dt 

Dtiguilo-\' gayan^. These spears. 

DaySoy pirac. Thi? mojiey. 

If, hnwever, it is coniiJered necessary, the plural is generally formed 
hy reduplicating the first syllable of the noun witli the following con- 
sonant, if one be contiguous. 



22 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

CadfigHiri balhalay. In ih-e hnu^es, 

Daeuiti siisilid U ivnvauoyo. The a^jarinK^nti of jout convents 

DaguUi Sailao. The mtn (people). 

Daguiti nurtuutii li cmsrubantn. Tht c^rah^oA of your neighbor. 

tti ruguil doguili ^inipinggan. The dirly condiljon of the dishes. 

Cadaguifs fauinuti ii simbaai. Throueh the church windows. 

In this lait instance the diph-Ehon^ "au'"' is reduplicated. Tbia may- 
be considtTdd a general law for diphthongs, wliich are "ao," "au," 
"iu/' -ay." 

A few nouns have an irregular plural. They are given bciow: 
UiiUg, uncl"^; uuliSeg, undes. 

/^:7.aunl; iiquit, aunts. 

Ubinj^, child; H&-w*6?'«|, children, 

C^ibsul. brother (or sister); {acuhsal, Lrnlliers or sifters, 
Casmiib, relation; cacasucub, relalions. 
The following h^vt: both a regular and an irregular plural: 

Anac. son or daughier; rrnwac or an-annac, sons, i^tc. 

Ama^ father- amma or am-apiviii, fathers, 

/"fl, mother; inna or I'lr-ijino, int>lhcrb, 

Apiy, grandfather, master; appo or ap-appo, grandfathers. 

Asis^ta, b-pDu^e (whether hui^band or wife); assaaa or as-^ama^ 

husbands, wivesj the married coupli-, 

CASK. 

The Spaiai^h eraniiiiarianq, dinging In ola^E.ic pr^etdeiil, eive as the 
casts the nominatiYe, gcnilivun dative, accusative, vocalivej anil ablaiive- 
This ela&sification seems cuinbersorne and iiriiieoessary. Tliert \\^ no 
iiifleclron whatever of the noun. There i^o aippear, however, ci'riajrr 
inflections in the article, the demonsttative, and in the personal pro- 
noun, whjch would ju?lify a distinction of casps. But for all prairiicat 

purposes it wiiuld seem thai the nominalive, genitive, dative and accii'^a- 

live wonld suiliM. The con aider at ioii of case will bt tlcfi^fred unif! ili«- 

article and pronoun are di^cus^ed, 

SfECJAL fORMS, 

There are no sptdal forms for aut-mentatives and dim in u lives. Ti> 

dxpnjss these ibe adjectives dacquct (large, big) or bussil (littlCr 
5-mall) are employ ecL 

Ti pusaj- a bassil. My kitly fSp. ^alffo'}, 

Ti asoy^) a ba^ssi/. Your little dog ([loodle, ^jrrf/fl)- 

Ifi bninym tga dacqtti^!- ili^ rnansion. 

CcrUin £p*cial clas5*s of nouns are formed by affixing partirlc^. 

wrrH CA OP Qum^. 

AMrad nouns are formed frotn roots by prcfixiiiK ihc parsklc- 
ca or gui'iSr 

Iti Qui^mrmha^ l! DiiTS. The goodnes.s of God, 

^faip<?u•i Si ijHi';flj^Vir^*J'i, By his shrtwdnebs. 

[ti naiidngtjyaij a quinoiaingfia. Her exlraorrliisary beauty, 

Casann ti can^ato Si bahymof What (rfljjfun) ii rhp height 

icafigato) of your hoiist? 
Gapo fi guinaiilvrntimay daguiti sa- By the Eweetnes.s of his wofds. 

Iti quinodaeg ti Dios, Tbe majesty of God, 



:/ 



- ;L(jco language. 3:3 

Tlie patEicle aquin prcfistd (u ,1 noun iiiat:e& the word to mean the 
owner, proprietor, or author o-f a )hing or work. 

Asin ti aquinbaliiy daytoyf Whc is ihe master (dueno) of this 

{dayloy} bouKl 

Tl is (i» bp obser-v^d tlial the iktnonstralive applrps only to balay 
(hi)use) and not Ici Jht maiitGr of il. 

dsin ti aqiii'jcuii dtiyloy a rtios. Wlio in tht -OMicr of this i%aii:h? 

Cvac. It is mine. 

This aiiEwxr is yivtii in ordi-r to show x'ht peculiar and idiomatic 
placing of ''ati'iiii." ''Cuii" is llie root forming llie base of the posses- 
aiut pronouns, and iliii ii ffc<jiiontly used, divtrling ihe -particlt "aquin." 
from ^he objtcl, ajid makiiis ■wilh the panicle the meanisig "master, 
owner." elc. 

^J-/"^ fr Gqvintaa i'*} a, calfnyjf Whc? i^ the own^r of (hat horse? 

Aquinaramid or aquin^a^uaiiiiK. Tlit author or doer of a work o-r 

act ion, 

FORMS IN SAHliA. 

When the nnit of measurement or form in which an article is 

tra-dcd, handltd, ri^fcned lo, ttc.^ this has prefixed to the root ihe 
word sanga. This means one, but is used only in combination, and 
therefore mav be regariled as a parliclc. 

San^azura. A "Ejirn" (Spanish yard). 

Sangachupa nga ma^teca- ( Abuul a) pound of huttcr. 

Satsgahuquel a iiuiip^y. A loaf o-f bread, 

SdKiaftuquel a itlog. An egg. {Buque! means any 

roimd objecij as a bead on a 
rosary, li>af nr roll, et^:0 

Sangarepp^et *fiii TOOL A btinch of :;aiiru., 

Sansaili. A ^Irangpr, a Kue^l from aiiothtr 

lown (Hi'). 

The meaning of this is obscure, unless it be that thr stranger i^ a 
represcntalive of (he town from wliich he comes. 

Tlier? H another form v'hich indicales Ihe solidarity of a group. 
This is formed l>y prefixing s^nga and affLXing the tme parlide an. 
Sanga ]£ EomelJiTifs abhrevialed tn saa^- 

Siirifiti'lia"^ A town, 

Sansupuliitan. A fa.tnily (fiuiat or f-ufot mean- 

ing d^fcenl). I 

SaniiilmlayaM. The inhnbitanla of a single house^ 

Sangaasauaan . A married couple. 

Singiipafasan^ A pair of shoe?. 

The particle "co" prefixed to a root, who^c first syllable and follow- 
ing consonant is reduplicated, i^ives th.e idea "recently accomplished oT 
produced." Il is more commonly employed with adjectTves, 

Aromid (work), Catitaramid (work: recently com- 

pleted J. 
i^log (ega)- Cait'illng (a freah-iaid egg). 



/ 



24 ILOiLO LANGUAGE. 

The passive verbal particlei "ca — — an" iinilcil lu ihe simple root 
make a noun cj.i^nDling a group or a place where there is an abundance 
of the thing represented by ihe lool, 

Baqttir (ba&que^ gtovc brush). Ciibuquiran CJur^S^O- 

Danit Csand). CadnratQn (^and-pit), 

Hayo (tree)r Cticnyvun Ifurtst). 

Rtioi (grasd, zScAt*), C^fiyoiaa (ruf^adowj, 

Boio (t-amboo). Cibolomi (h^arnljoo thicket J. 

The s^ubjecl of verbal iininii vill be reserved unlil we come to the 
treatment o-f the verb proper i tin: verbal bdiig an citiiieni in the con- 
jugation of [lie verb. A Eew examples are here given wichoul com- 
ment: IH ■moiysmatsua^ tlie erealor; dutiiadtitiio , a tine singer, prima 
donna; dagtili manan^Iulo, the cooks. 

Ml. 

THK ARTICLES. 

1j) iht IIccOh a?, in other Eanguagcfh ai the Philippine ArehipelBgo» 
lliere are Iwu chiticii of definite articles. One i^ used for aub^tantivea 
in gcLietal, wilb a few exceptions that wij] be noted; and this will he 
called the Common Article, wHcn it bctomcs ncctrssAry to make a dis- 
tinction. The other is used with proper names of persons and a few 
other \vords; and we will call this the Proper Article. 

THE COMMON ARTICLE. 

The Common Article has two forms in the siiiguEar and tuvt in the 
jiliiral. In tht lingular it i:^ "its" or "fi" In the plural it is ^'iJasuiti"' 

or "tada^Hiti." Ti is used with the nomiiiaiivc and genitive, iti is 

u?ed wilh the iiominalive and with all other cases bill the genitive, ili 
also tinbraces within itself th-e meaning!; of "to, for, wifh, by, etc/'; jt is. 
also to be observed that it contains the meaning of ihc Spar.i:^h a when 
tliis indicatea iTie accusative with persons, wbelber nouns or pronouns. 
The context msist dtlc-rniint the particular relation. Usguiii i^ used fi>r 
the nominative and genitive plural, while cadaRititi is used for other 
eaw^, and aliu embraces within itself ihe prei>o^iliofial powers oi iii. 

EXAMPLES. 

Iii oia li bislay. The roof of the house. 

[ti rtquictji biikiy. Through the door of lh« house, 

7": catdrng a habay. The she-^oat. 

Dagviti t\uang ti caarchocm. The tarabaos nf your tieighbor. 

CadaguiSi baihulay. In the houses. 

DtifiHili tuucau^s elagtiiti babbay. The garments of the women. 

OTMEB USES OF TT. 

The form or word "fj" or "daguiH" i.s of extensive use in the lloco,. 
espeeially '*(/." It has in many iniianccs the force of Uif cOpulalive 
verb, and will he treated of under that head. It also enters largely into 
the i:onatrm:tion of sentences., being associated directly with verbs and 
with verbal clauses, these beitig treated in cff^t^l as aiibstanlivc contcpts. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 25 

To dihcu^^ thcic in detail al present would involve a recapitulalion 
under Ihe proper headings, -or an anticipation nowt necesaaTily obscure, 
of a subjert that can be more inldligi?TLtly treated In ifs proper place. 

A icw fyamiilt!!; only will Be given al. preset!!, 

Sku f'i ^ciijP(TtH*H[- You arc our frietid. 

Deyiiry li nasudi a iiHUCO. This is a heauliful knife. (Em- 

phatic^ ) 

^'atjMifiiig daguiti sapitimo^ Your pants are shQri, 

Cnyotco a a^paspostar. I like walking (for cscrcise). 

Narigal ti agsurat. Writing is diflicull. 

Mii'ii^ li dinnifatidaS' How much do you earn Ly sew- 

itig? 

THE PHOPtB AT<TlCLt, 

Tbi?re is in the Jloco, as weU as in other Filipino languap^es, a form 
of ani-cJc that i^ uatd witii nouns in ilie singular number, these b^ing 
proptr isanies oi persons or terms oi relationship and affcclion. In 
the nominative il is "ni"; in iht g<:ni[ive, "mi"; m ihc oblique cases, 

and with a jircpositionai force, ' ijiien." In tht plural the common 

arLicle is emplo>ed. 

Ni Pabio. Paul. 

Ni AtrtOHio. Of Antonio (Antoiiio'a). 

fii ruuttgan li siFid us /!udres. The enlranct to- Andrew's room, 

NaQUisariiacam ^uen BasiUo. We were talking to Badl. 

The proper article is also employed with names denoting kinship 
or the tiet nf affection, when tlicst hyvc yllachtd to them a pronoun in 
[Kl- possessive or gt^nhive -esse, whetlier ihe pronoim te singular or 
plural, and if in the first or the second person. Mote thit with fh^ 
wi>rd!i for father or mother ihc poshtssivc pronoun, in the first person 
singular, is nol expressed, b-ut is inipljed by llie use of "m." 

^'f unmm, ihy father, A''i \na, my mother, QHfrt uliiegco, for my 
uncle Ni apo Padeiyo^ jour paslor (Padre). Qicen gayyemtiiij for 

our frdorid. 

IV. 
DEMON STRATI VES. 

The demon St rati vcs are dayt^y (deyfoy or loy), dayia (deyia, diia 
or ifiT, deyd\ {da^ti or rfi), and dedmy. The first mean^ "Ihis" and 
correiiponcla lo the Spanish "eite." The second means "ihat" and 
corresponds to the Spanish "ese." Esch of these hSi its Own pliltal. 
Diiydi and dediay correspond to Ihe Spanish "aqHeiiif," thai. They 
have c-jie common plural. Oaydi referi to an objeet pointed out, d^iay 
to an objecl prtviously fipolien of. These dempiislraTives, as in Eng- 
lish, may serve eilher as definUive adjectives or as pronouns. When 
used as adjectives the ligature may or may not hv employed. Thtir 
declen^iion is hercwilh given: 

DAVTOV. 

S3NUUI.4B. 

Daytijy, deytcy, or toy. This, of this, 

/ftpy. P'or nr to this, 

lt\ di^ytoy, or itoy. In, wilh, by, etc., this. 



26 



I LOCO LANGUAGE. 



PLTIRAU 



C tsdo-guiioy. 



Tbe&e, of these. 

To, foe, with, tf^', ttc, thtSC. 



SINGULAR. 



Doyla, deyla, tista, or ffl. 



Codaguiiti. 



Thai, uf thai. 

I''or or to ihaL 

In, witVi, by, ^ic. tJiac. 



PLUPAL. 



Thoa^:^ of Ihosc 

Por, )o, in, with, by, tic., |hc&e_ 



Daydi or rfi. 
/di or jfj daydi. 



JJAVUC AND DEDIAY. 
aiNGULAA. 

/f; dediay ur dediay. 



That, of Ihat. 

For or to that. 

In, with, by. cit.j that 



FLURAIh 



Daguiti or daguidiay. 
CadogMiti or cadtigMsdiay. 



Thu^c, of thos*. 

Jror, lo, ill, with, r^lc, ihoiie. 



EXAMPE.FS. 



Diiyia lao a huiding. 
Tay dacquei a icon. 
To tamisoan a bujsi!. 
!tay narugitU baso. 
Deyia datium a naiamiis. 

hi d^ydi a baiay. 

Hi dediay (or idiay) a dalan. 
Nadaeg a cabayo da^Miioy. 
DQ^uitvy ti ttaimba^ a jacufue^gos. 
Cadasuidiay nga ub-vtbing. 



Thai deformeid (crippled) man, 

Thih large li&h, 

Th^[ ijulc tabic. 

Td Ihia dirty glass. 

Tlial cold waltr. 

Jn that hou^e. 

On ihal road. 

Thes*' 3.re fjne horses. 

Thcic Eire gGn-d matches. 

Wnh ihoso children. 



III the pluraL of the arlide and of the demonstrative the use of "da" 
and "cada" sliould Ik noltc^. "ZJa" indlcalps the plural, ptrhapa coming 
from the plural of the third person of the per^nnal pronoutl (dfl or 
ida). The "ca" of "cada" in the oblique cases will be found not only 
with these, but also l^Jth all of the peninipl pronomis. 

V, 

ADJECTIVES. 

Mosl adjeclives are ftirmed Ironn root? by meana of a-djimcl particles. 
There are a few, ho-wever, that aT<r u^cd directly a^ adjectives, thai ar? 
simpTe toots. Some of the^e are also employed ai ncmni without under- 
going any change; as, "biind, deaf, hirnchhaeM/' efc. Others need the 
aid of piirlideA to become nouns; as "deplh" from "deep," elt. The- 
principal of these (trup) adjectives are hereivi^h given: 

Ahiihfi, Short, Daan, Old (things). 

Ababao. Shallow, low^ SU- Dacquel. LargCj t^ll, 

perlic jal , Daqaes. Bad. 



^ 



iLoco language;. 



27 



/ 



Acaba. 


Uroad, 


Lohang 


Dappled (as tiov^. 


/Jdjilem. 


Dfdp, profound^ 




<1 g , «iUco- 


Adu. 


Much, inaify. 




Jiorse, etc.). 


Aquiquid. 


Strailened, ■ 


Lacay. 


Old (males). 


Atiddag. 


Loin?. 


Lo'lpOKg. 


Lou ft-h aired. 


Aiiddiig. 


Long. 


Lugfi- 


Infirm, 


Baac. 


Sour, rancid. 


Pagvyvd. 


Lonif-haired- 


Bac in^ii£. 


Nohfe, iilL3srrJ- 


i'angquij. 


CroBS-eyed. 




ODi, 


Poif^. 


Pure, un mixed- 


BalasaJig. 


Yo u ne, un m a rried 


Fuios- 


Pure. 




(females J, 


Fulfai. 


Bild. 


Baquet. 


Old (femalea). 


Fuquis. 


Bald. 


Barenghareni 


;. Vain, frivolous. 


F'udao. 


Willie. 


Baro. 


Ni^^v, youngp un- 


Furao. 


White. 




married (males) 


!^isay. 


Wilh Ih-e ears- 


Bassit. 


Litlle, short, few. 




lorn. 


Biis. 


Fure, UTimiKcd. 


Sahali. 


Other. 


Bin-ig. 


Pure, unmixed. 


Sapasap. 


Gjmmon, for pub- 


Bircug^ 


Vagabond r 




lic II ^c. 


Bugagao. 


Blue- or green- 


Tui^Kg. 


Deaf. 




eyed. 


TuppeL 


Toothless, 


BuJdin£. 


Deformed. 


Ub-bao. 


Vain, unstable. 


Buhgc. 


IRImd, 


Ulild. 


Orphan. 


Coiot. 


Curly-hcajed. 


UmeF. 


Dumb. 


Cub-ho. 


Hunchbacked. 


-L'Tniso. 


Just, reasonable. 


Cvppit. 


Ffat- or Ejrgad- 


O'r-ifray. 


Vile, low, despic- 




no&ed. 




able. , , , 


The plural 


of lllc^c I'i formeil by 


redupliealJRg 


bulsec, bububec; pangQuis. f-apaniijuiji ; etc, A few form Their plurals 


irrtKUlarly, and arc here given : 






SlKt-ULAR, 




PHTB^L 


Bar Or 


Yojtigj 


Rab-bato. 




BaSiisan^. 


YoTini^, 


Bab-balasan^ 


7 


Lac^y'. 


Old (males). 


Lul-la^ay. 




Baquel- 


Old (females). 


Bah-baquft. 




D<s€quel. 


<ireat, talL. v 


Dad-dacguel. 


Elders, parents £n) 



TTie adjecfiye in fieneral precedes the word which il qu^ifies or 
di'fi.nt!i. Qualitative adjectives may, however, follow l!ie noun. Ex- 
cept wlien u&cd aa a predicate the adjective al^ajg requires tbe liga- 
ture. 



Cadaguill nalaua nga tiltuiojma. 

Cadaguiii pHsam a nasayaat. 

Hi nalsheg a danum. 

Hi uaifKbug a balay-yo. 

Ill tabaco a naingel. 

Hi colol a booitia. 

Da^uiti'.pircuQ a tao. 

in cau£s~Sag\tHi hub -ha!a sang. 



\n his broad fields. 
For your pretty CSt^. 
The (urbid wat-er. 
In ynur goo<I house. 
The iitrong tobacco. 
Hfs curly hair. 

The tramps (vagabond men). 
The dresses of the voung (wom- 
en). 



DeKIVITD .\DJECriVES. 

The greater porlioii of qualifying adjectives are formed from roots 
by the use of particles, The particles employed are na, ma, ca, nofa, si,. 



and nag 



(an) en. These will be considered in their order. 



aE lUKV LAMGLAHIL 

Adjeclives are fc-rmed from abfvlract and cimcrele nouns by prefix- 
ing iJit' partidfi na. The&t fumiS do not adinil of a plural WUh 
-atiblracl nouti^ Ihe meaning of life adjective ig readity apparent, A;^, 
for exaniple : imhag. gooc^ne&a; naimbag, g"ood. 

Wllh concrete nomis or names of objects (his parlide gives the 
idea td abundance of the thing nepre&tnlud by the root; as tianua^^, 

having many carabaos; wofifo, thickly populflied; nabaliiGi:, abounding 

or rich. ill gold; nadavat, sandy; nasaiapi, rich or having much money. 

hi 7taing€i 5 arac. The strong wine, 

Cndas^ili bicmbunen^da n^a tiala- With their sharp bolos, 

dim. 

Ifi naluctne^ a asoc. My f&t dOg- 

Dcylay nastiyaaJ a ubinida nia This [jretty girl of lliclrs. 

babay. 

Ti?j' napudiff a dig(f. Thij? bcit ^iiup. 

Hi a napagay. A town abounding in (rich in) 

rice. 

A'iibalo a dalan dayloy. This is a stony roa<C. 

M'amanfeca uga babuy. A fat pij; [of niucb fat), 

!\' aboi}C a lao. A man with a gcwd hea-d of hair. 

FORMS IN MA. 

. The foUo^iin^j roflh are converted into adjecHvc^ hy thp prefix ma, 

, Iheir plural being formed by the prefix o^caca. Ml* same plural being 

i^ ^ aho iised as a snbslantivt : 

^, Sirih, wisdom; inasifib, wiw: da^mti a^acasirih, the wise; higd, 

s _ ^- valor, jipirilediae^s I maiH^ei, valiant, spirited; a^cacains'^l, Ihe 

valiant. This is also expressed by tlie ordinary form nssngi'l. 

' ^ ^'<jqil^Hl, prudence, jlidgnient; tnanaqucm, prudenTj judicious (ihc 

T -s quality having been acquired throush experience) ; a^cacanaquem, 

^ "-^ Iht priidom, the judicioii?. There h a1?o a form manacman for 

the singidar formp-d hy eliding "ue," converting 'V' '"1^ "'^Z' '""^ 

a"ffi\ine the particle "nn." Nanaquersi or nanticmaii means innately 

, prudont. 

- ^ Uyong or uyung^ madnes^n forslishncss; mauyoii-i, crazy, silly, fool- 
- " i&h; agcaaiHyoni, Chf (rssj, ihe fools. 

i FORMS IN CA. 



V 



The idea of being recently done or accomplished obtains in the 
ai^jectiv^ th^l is formed from a root by prefixing the particle ca and 
rcduplicating^ the first syllable and the consonant following-. Sometimes 

this assume? the fnrm of a nonn expres-^ine rc-centness; a? fUos, egg; 
caitillog, a fresh-laid eg:g. 

Luio, the acl of cooking. Calntittlo, iuat coiAed- 

Aramid, an acl, work. Caararamid. recently dont. 

Anac, a child, Coyananoiry new-boriir 

Sangpet. arrival. CasaiiMiait^pel. jilsl cumc. 

Idda, thi^ act of lying down. Caididdn, ju^t gone to bed, 

FORMS IN NA-CA. 

Adjectives iniJicative of the causing of some emotion, as dreadful, 
horrible, laughable, etc., arc form.cd by prefixing the particle nfica and 
reduplicating the first syllable and following consonant. This form 



\J 



Eomedmcs finds no cquivaltnl in the En^li^h, and it becomes necessary- 
tn tran?larf by z phrase or even r relaTiv-e davse.- 

NacaptinipHiiitof ti cfiiyi^pj a His bad habits iliai exciie (our) 

tiuidio. indignation, 

Niica^urgura li im-i misna, lin trifling ivhich CiiciItS ulie'S fttt-* 

ger (or disgusl), 
Naralitlva daySa nga dnmng. Those tear-rau^ing new?. 

SomeEiniPS the pr^fixin^ oi Ihe pariide causes s ^yiicopalion, ihe 
vowel ai the fir?it syllable being rlroppK?d. In ^uch i^ase the ^a of warcr 
ipVith Uie first consoJiant of the r-ooE is reduplicated. 

rroni Teddaao : 
Daguiis immsctisilaan a aj^Qi»id- YoUf wi^ndehful WOfk. 

ffl0. 

Fnim Icddaan^i 
Ti tacaicaldaang a dn^^a. In lEiis nielanchnly (depressing}- 

region- 

II will be observed ibat in the cnurie of iivncopalion one of the 
dijuble letters is dropped. This occurs Through the ii.a1nral laws of 
euphony. The discovery of the root in this case pre^enls it? difficulties, 

FORMS IN SI. 

A. 

By prcfisiriK the parlick ja to Ihs root wit^ it:- initial .'syllable reriu- 
plicrHed an adjeclive is fnrmed indicating" that tlic siibpcdl qualified is 
(0 an extreme dtgrti? affceted by that whkh the root represents. 

Siruruguil dayioy a vast?. This vast is all covered with dirt 

(exlrinsic dirt, very dirty) , 

}iftl»\ba^ ?<J5i a dahn. frgetn .vifn- This road is good, but it is alt 

mot. arown np in grasSr 

SililJ7i^-c!e:a tnan? Why are ynu so sweaty? 

Siieseddaaoca. You an: amsfcd, (Full of aston- 

ishment). 

Sililidav cani. We are overcome ■with sadness. 

Sibnbaioca. Vou are all wet. 

Siaaytilda Knay. They arc very well satisfied, 

B. 

The same form is used also to indicate that one Js supplied with, 
equipped wilh, clothed in, tfte arlick indicated by the moj. 

SipQp<in^i<ayo? Are vou in mourning? 

SibobotilQ-'^da, They are wearing boots. 

Sipsffandilins iti nokbisga dayta That woman is dressed in a red 

nga babayr skirt. 

Stpapnltnogda. They are armed with ruiss. 

Ap-ayapay a sibubwien^cayoT Why are you equipped with bolos? 

Addocay diioy a slsaiagcysay nga You are (plural) attired "wilti 

balitoc. golden combs. 

t'S^ OF WAPALALO ANH WALABPS, 

The adverbial conMpt "tao," "exeesBtveLy/' etc., Js f^Lpressed in llof*> 
by the adjectives napalolo or nalaheSy which mean excessive, abounding. 



^ ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

-clc„ ihfi AdJFCliv? as Jr would be in Hn^li^ Ij^Iiir a '.ub^tdnlivi^, and 
Ih* £Ub|n:[ qlialilxcd hfinp pul m tlic Rcnijivf. ThilS "Siie ia extKIDffly 
bv^UliJut" wouFd be rendered "Her beaul^ is ^KTreme." 

fJapalaia U sayaaito. Slir rs cxtrem-elj beautiful. 

^Thc aullix na with jojiaaf (heaiil^} nutans "her."') 

.Ntiahei ii taftat^o. V-on are eitceeiliiiK-ly cowardly. 

Napaialo li iaadda. Thty are awfully homtly. 

fJafiaSaia ts Hgtnada. Thry aro excessively Je»r (bigfa- 

-Nalyaiaio li pigsaia. lie i^ very slrong 

A'rt^j/o^Li HifL Very ('■[rongj iTiiJ(*cd. 

Thf adjciiivc "onlj" (Spaniab rutu or iiwjfu J is citprcssed in Iloco 

by the aiiverl* "tOrfig" and will b?; urtalcd under the head of aHvrrba, 

Example: Dayl/7y Hoft^ li jiaquei. Thi; only i^ bad. UllL it i? also 

■c xpTci^cHi by rfduplicallr^ ihe fir*.! *i>llabl*? uf tlic word defined wi|h 

'[he f»LJoviiiig coiiKonatiE: 

Deldnvy (i dcquts. This only iz had 

^isjor ^1 nacacaasi. I njili^ am rn lir piljfd. 

J'fVjrcj ^j' naS^ngiil. YoTi oiilj are proud. 

Lim'hmQ. Yivt tuily. (This is pro|H:rly an 

adverbial ui,* a.^ tlac ca'dipal 
"ftdw" ia the word q.[iahfic:t[.> 

F.vcLAiiflmFV ■iJijfi^rEve. 

Adjfclives in eh^lamalory iiTirases. ^heltier *uniicr ii. cxijrci:,cd by 
5^n* 4^U3lily, 6^ for nibcr rcflsoni, have Ike parllffe "img" prrUxcd lo 
ihc aJjcclivc, whiLr rhfl parijdf V'l" OF "«" L& appended to the last 
^vOrd 0( -Thf fpJiraS^. Th* al]]i-|'cv[kflOn "«'■ i^ uicd when Ific Konl la 
Lvhich It ii alRxcil [crminalc!; in a vnwrl. If ibii; word <nd& in *'g;" lhe 
"krrrr "u'"' ig irsfrKd before ihf suffix _-K llif wacd n^ndfi in ''c" Ihia 
becomes "q" and "uen" is appended Tf Ih^: lyurd cndi in "if^." which 
■ii a sitih]* vfMjaliiatinn, Thf fiiffiT is i^ot sff-fCTfd. 

A'ffpaJH ij bainn' WhaL a (juanJily n^E Toclrii! (Ilnw 

iTiaiiy rocl.&') 
^agadv ti nuanej^n' What a li^i oi caraLaos! 

Thcrf ii no IraC Tnflrctrpnal cdnipariSon nf adfc^ives B^ ncCTTT? tn 

laiifttiagfs of ih* Ar^faii family. TJie flsgr^es, ihnwever. ar*^ e<f.fc^«d 
b> various melhods so as ro fndicale the same dislinctiijns. 

THff COMPAPAriVR PfiCiKE. 

The ramparativC degree 1^ Hcncrally cx|"rcii.itil hy rdiiplicating |lic 

fir&l -ayllable of l^e r^ipi a.z,^ ^iiVing ^ptli il ihc toii^,>Liarit *}i the fol- 
lowing Syllabi*. Tht plura.1 of noucis is formed In iIk; same v^ay ^]<par- 
fiUly, \ivX i[ in (5 T>e nh^crvcd that in ccimpariiicin it i^ Ihc firil syllabic 
of [he rod chal ia reduplicaled. The irnc or rool adreclives In form- 
injf [3icir plural fcdiiplicale only lhe first syHafsle, not tailing the cnn- 
sonaiaC oi (he siiccefdjng HyHahlc. Thuh, bulfi:^ (hl[nj[), bubiiifr^ (the 
■blind}, buibulj^e (bliiiderj ; hate (^lone), bolbato, (^toiiesl, nisbnibafa 
(mnrc ^Eony] . 

nacda^fjad daytrty. This i^ hrfpie 

Nadalda!us daytoy «Mi atac. This, wine t, clearer, 

Ji'alii£ivt%eni toy a tinapay Tbli bread is sailts. 






ILOCO LANGUAGE. 3 1 

"Die conjunction "ihan" ii Kse-m or ^m, "em" twing u&ed after the 

labials b^ ni, or ^, 

A'ff;iH-imftfl|" diiytoy Hs^m dayta. Tius is boiler Ihan th3t, 

Nasrrsrnb em sica. He is wiser than you (th.ce). 

Ad-idtihm ti carayan n^emidtcal- The ri-ver is deeper than it was 

mitn. jeslerday. 

h'a-iic.dcapca ngem -liac- You arc shrewder than I am. 

Nahiiingpis soy a pini^an ngem This pJaie h finer (more delicate) 

day tit. than tha"[. 

Maugugaoca u^tfrt «i (?fl&*diwfl. You are iMor* cjttravaffant than 

your bralher, 
Mo'iaaaquem em -istida. He is more prudent fjudicious) 

than they are. 

The conjunction qncf is used instead of igem when in conversation 
a comparisnn is niade with a pTCvioua alatemcnt of quality in ihe 

jw^itivc degree. 

ji^u t^ijgMti tg^acQni, A^adu 4uet daguiSi iabacom. 

Yuii hav<: matiy cigars. And ydu-have more. 

Naaiseni toy a arac. Naalalsem qui^t daytoy. 1 ,- ^ 

Thiii wine i^ sour And this is more so. '"- - '^ / 

Masirib ni £0^yemv\o. Majirsirib quet ni cahstitco. fy ^ 

Your friend is wise- My brother is wiser^ 

There is what may be called a conditional comparison. The sen- 
tence is intrncTuced by the coniunctiun "no" i'li'i. i\\t adjective i.n tile 
lirsl clanse has its ordinary form, while in the cojilrastrng clause lEie 
adjective loses its characterialic particle, if it have nne, and this is 
replaced hy the particle sumangca: fallowed by "pay," which tnay 
lie rendered as "still, yet, however," etc., sometiniea by "qMft." 

No sttisayuaS Tri Dolores, ssiman^fonsyaaf pay iir EncanmciciH. 
If Dolores is beauciful, Incarnacion is still more so, 

A'a yrtrbacTtunicoyo, surttanicahacnairi pay Jii jt^2,'yfmco. 
M yoa (plural) are ivealthy, my friend j^ eveu wealthier. 

A'l" fuietii dayroy, sunxnsxgaut'leu^ pay drditiy. 
If this (man) is deaf, ihal one is still dea£cr. 

No nudaroy toy a chocalaSc^ svmangcadarfty pay li chocalaUm. 
Jf this, chocolate i^ <wcak, yours is still more so. 

I 

There is a form of comparison, wliich by Nsvcs is placed with the 
siipcrlativo, and by bim and Spanish lingui^t^ rendered by the (Span^ 
isJi) forms in "ui'mo," which is a survival of the LaCin superlative in 
'iS£"'iUSr" fn Spaniiih it might he callcJ the exaggerated superlative. 
]( doi'^ not indicate a judgment of ihe relative merits of more than 
two concra&tcd objects, but may be applied x-iy a single thing or circum- 
stance, *i[h ^vhich there i'i nothing c:o^l^a5ttd, Thu9 we aay in Eng- 
lish "He is a moit deliHhtiul companioi*," without Lueaning that there 
ifc ti6l others equ.al to or even superior to him. This conception is 
rendered In lloco by the use of the independent word "inggue!,'^ which 
is thus defined by Carro : "Adverbio que unido a nombres abstractos 



32 ILnrO LAKCTJACR. 

Its hace significar siip^rlativanifiU?, v. ^,; in^s"^' sain-'f, duUisimo, 
. . ". As sam-il ii a nnun meaning "s^celntsfh^' it mi^ht be mrrc 

proper lo spa-ak of ia^^ui'S as an aJji-ttive, tTanslalinj; it by "siiptrla- 
iKe, eff3'- exceeding," etc. The &sine idea of excellence is equally 
expressed in Ilofo hy the u^e of the comparalivc (reclTipJiciilion) form. 
TTius wf^ caj] say "ll is t-xtrcirif^Jy sweet" in two ways: ixisatnidm-ii. 
or in^gufft satn-it. Tlif abscncf, hois'fT^r, of th? lipsritre places the 
cf assi fication in some {loulil, and if iti^guel he rtgariit<l ai an adverb, 
sam-il (or any other abMract Jioun) must be regarded as a quality 
adv^^rhiaHy modified, As the other comparaiive Ity^ra may replay this 
we have put II among the comparalivcs. 

[ii in^guet sa«s-it a mnsrafclnin. Yuur very &ivi"<:l raiding. 

Ill in^guet sayaiit a siHdmir. In ^our ewlremely btauiiful apart- 
ments. 

isi luihec ti ing^uct paSeg a reios- Tho key of your very precious 

mir. walch. 

?\'ifliimJatnus toy a dajmrn. This water is exceedingly coH. 

,\'asiiniiam-il. It Is vtry sweet. 

The SvpriT.ATJvi-: Decree- 

The trTie ^lupcrlalivc Cda^^ifiod hy Naves as a coniparaiive) is 
formtd by t^refixing to the rool the parlide ca and afflning the iiarticlc 
ai. This iiidicetes tliat the t^ing quaflEleil hag ilie highest degree of 

that iinyhty a^ cnraparcd ■with others. 

Daytoy It icsayaatanda amui. Tbii \.^ (lie prelljeBt of t^em alt 

(Thf suffix" d<s afttT the >ul!ix 
an mraii^ "ihcm/'J 

Sif^a ti casaldetanda /imiti. You 3.n the rno&t intpHigcnl of 

W^ ihejii all. 

Dacayo t! caulfitanWirguiftiy. Voa fpliiral) are the crueUst of 

1^ ttiese. 

Uediay Ii cQividonda nntin. That man i;* (ht braYOSf of aTl. 

Dayloy ff CGmiitsn. ■ This i.s the rriost difTiriili 

Ti coi:h£roc ii mliMUyan. My cnarhman ii the nioiit care- 

l*ss )i. *., of my servants), 

USS OP UNAV. 

The imen^ive suptrrative (iisiially expressed by "ver-f') is denokd 
by the udvqrb unnj following the adjcclive in il^ simp]e or positive 
form. 

KasuduUa unay. Yuii are Tcry indolent. 

Uray, la nabacJtafg n'Jfy, diguif' No ntaKer, ior my parenlfv are 

dadficqueUo. very weaUhy. 

A'agiiguet ufstsy Ii iibitf^yo' Ts your toy very acti^'e ? 

Haimbafc Urt'Ty loy a bnga.'i. This i*i very good rice. 

K'alad^m unny Ii imutotn. Your knife is virry sharp, 

If there be any decletision at all of the adjective, that is, 35 hv as 
degrees are concerned, the reduplicaled form for the comparative, and 
the form in ca an for the superlative, would approach mosl nearly 

--- ^uch an idea, 

POSITIVP. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

^i^aimbag (good), ^aimimbag (belter), Caimbtisc^i (best)- 

>"' Adalein (deep), Adadaletn (deeper), Catnialfman (de*p- 

Masirib (wise), Masirsirib {wiser), Casiribitn (wisest). 



iJx)-c6 LangCagP- 



33 



VI. 

The Iloco nunifra] system, in common with all Malaysian languages, 
is decimal. The Malay <:ounled with his fingers^ and his word for 
hand and livd is lima. In the Filipino langua^ this "limt^' (Hv«) is 
always present, but the word ior hand in lloco is ima, ihe 1 having dis- 
appeared- In the languagt^ of the Bocitoc IgoroEs lima m^Ans arnj. 
An exhibit is here given of the lloco cardinal numbers-: 

Siam a polio, 
SaTrgngasttt, 
Song^igaiut^ soHgapQlo 

qttet tal-to. 
Duaga^vi, 
Uppat it susuf. 
Innem a guiut, 
SiofK a gosui, 
SvirsarHiH. 
D^ongaribu, 
Vppai aribu, 
Limungaribu, 
Innem aribu^ 
Siaii aribu, 
Saaia iacsii. 
Uppal a iacsa. 
Sattgapolo a iacsa, 
Inn^m a polio a lassa, 
San.ga riuriu. 
Siatn a riunn. 

The word "Iacsa" comt:s from the Sanscrh, and^mcans in India 
one hundred thousand. This word is the root of the exotir English 

word "lac," a& in "a lac tjf ruppfs/' 

Note the a&t of th^ lisature wiih uppat. innfta and siam, before 

tens, hundreds, lens i>f ihousands, and millions; also its use between 
sayigapiiiif, duapolo, ttc, and Ijicsa. 



1 M^ysa, 






/ 90 


2 Dua. 






V lai 


3 Tat^io. 






113 


4 Uppat. 








5 JJm-a, 






2O0 


6 Jnnem, 






4IJ0 


7 Piio, 






600 


8 Voiv. 






/9U0 
\/l,000 


9 Siatn, 






10 SanMaptfto, 






2,000 


11 Saniapoh 


ifuct infysu. 


4,000 


12 Sangapoh 


quel 


dua. 


5,000 


20 Duapolei. 






6,000 


Z8 Duapolo qnet volo, 


/ g.ooo 

J 10,000 


m Tai'lopolo. 






50 LimapoJo, 






40,000 


60 Innein a pi 


jt-h. 




100,000 


70 PitGpaio, 






/ 600,000 
J 1.000,000 


80 Ualepoh, 












9,OLI0,OO0 



IISE5 OF SAMdA, 

The partidc ianga (one) is prefixed, as has been shown, to unils 
oE t^ns, hundreds, eic It appears m Tagalog ".rnmpu" (tenj, elc, 
II is aUo ust-d to indicale units of measureinenl, weight, and even 
more widely than our ideas of unils would go. A few examples will 

illustrate its uiie in this particular; i 

Saagadeppa. 

Sangavara. 

San^achttpa ni^a THuKicca. 

SuKSfi<Tiup a ba^its. 

Uray sangamursa^ nga linap^iy. 
Urny t^agaigMp a dig*). 

Sangabuqaei a ckfict/i^ile. 

Sansabufmei a ithg. 
San^ppsadd tiga root. 



A '^braaa" (arm-slrel-ch, about six 

feet) . 
A (Spanish) yard. 
A pound (about) of butter, 
A ''^fJH/d" (about Iwo quai^ts) lif 

rice. 
Nut a crumb of brea.d. 
N'ol a mtrnthful of soup. 
A lablet af chocolate. 
One egg. (For meaning of "bu- 

qucl" see the voeabularyr) 
A bundle of sacale. 



34 



llXyCO LANGUAGE. 



iraE OP 5AC. 

In trading v^htft sointtliiiig of viliic, as a hofic, w^itch, house, field, 
etc, is in question I here is nolhiiifi especially idiomatic in (ht .scnlciicts ; 
but where ^m^EI articles are sdld hy the piece, as b^nanaSp sanaf^^ man- 
goes, e:c., [he custom is lo prtfis Ihc particic jh^ Lulh to Iht numeral 
or ulhcr term of price and lo the i me rrog alive "tnanu" {whal)h each 
g( these having it;; first syllable rtduplipsted The exampki; given will 
inclurie, noE only numerals, but other moiitj icrms, I his being an 
ap[>rupriaic pl^ce to inlroijuce them. 



j-ibiri a naingpis dayloy. Sagtna- 

Sagbtbiniing. 

Sagmsmano daguilny pinaf 

SagisSima nga ceniimoj. 

Sagmamano daguiloy a maKgaf 
Diiguili hubasiii Saggaysa nga 
bQsstt (a cuarLo, half- a ccn- 
tav-o) ; daguiii dacdncqvel sag- 

suipii£ {iifitng, I wo cuartos, 

one ctnlavj). 

SagmamoHO daguiti burnay? 

Sugsasalapi. 

Sas^Hamano li meysa nga bateJIa 

SogiTsicapaL 

Afatsu ti ngina toy a cahayof 
Sunguf-oto que J dua ng-a fiiioj 



Thj? is fine cloth. How niuth is 

it a yard? 
Two reals, 
liow mucd are ihese piffcappiei? 

Five cfiiljmus (ii|iiccc)_ 

How much are these manHoesi* 
The little ones are a cuarto 
apiece; ihe lar^e, a cecitavo. 



Ilfvw mnch are these jars? 
Medio peso (fiftj cents Conaiil)- 
^l(iw much i^ ihat^wine a boltle? 

On-e real (worth ahoat six and 

3 (fuartLT cents). 
What 1^ Ihe price of ihis horse T 
Twelve ptios and fifly cenlimoi 



t.5e OF MAMIN. 

The cardinals are nsed with the prefix nrunxin (prelerite. namin) lo 
indicate once, twice, etc. It also has Ihe form tnaminpin {naminpi'n), 
meaning "only so many times." Thiii pariidi: is used aho with the 
subject of the verTi (iu inquiries) as a siTffix nieadin^ "how many 
times,'' 'yhe siiflii^ sdrntliiiies riliscs ihe iync-opalnln of the numerair 
The preterite form of ihe panicle is a ^very tharacterislic feature of 
Ihe Malaysian languages, 

The^e words should be treated of unJer the head of adverbs. They 
are referred lo here (as will be some CKamples of Ihe incorporation of 
nutnerals intn verbs) in order to )^ve an ide-3 of the uses to which 
the numeral tnay bt put. 



Maniffsaa, maminpiKsan. 
XfuMindua, matninftiTidua. 
\fa*nil-la. maminpii-io. 
MamiHpatjtn/prinlitnti^ m-iminnfm^ 
matfii'tpilif. nmjrtijt-uoh, mamtH- 

iiam, tnaminpolif, eU. 

Natnin-anoca n^a nagialat}? 

f^aminpirtpai. 

Niimt*i-a»o o naglaray li 'uaea? 



Oace, only once. 

Twice^ only twice. 
Thrice, only three times. 
Four times, etc. 



How many limes did you slip off? 

Four times, ilq more. 

How ntany times did the cow stray 

3way > 
It strayed away live litnc^. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



35 



Li££ m V££BAL J'CrftUA. 

A few examples only will tw given now of ihe use of the cardinaU in 
verbal forms. Thttr present exfhIicAliojk would be premature. 



Into h-ow many p-arts is the world 

divided? Inlo five. 
Into how many porfions shall this 

bTea-d be divided? 

Into sevtn. for there arc seven of 

us, 
1 am going to buy thrte only. 
How inan.y eggs are (here? Only 

eiglit. Make them ten (i. e,, 

make them up lo ten by bring- 

ing two more,) 
How many mangoes are you buy- 

iaig? SiJ^feen. Get twenty- 
How much are you ^vJn^ for this 

horse? Fifty pesos. 
They gave only ten pcioa for it. 
Let Peter be the eighth (l. c 

make up the parly or number 

lo eighty. 



trsE or CANicA, 

'An ancient and almost obsolete (deservedly £o) method of counting 
is by "sing the particle canica. By this system the numerals from eleven 
to nintTeen, incJusive, would be considered as belonging to the second 
group of Ien5 (twenty) ; the tens between one ajid two hundred would 
belong to (he second group of hundreds ^two hundred); etc. So 
twelve i^ould be ranicadaapolo qu^t dffi. AitC hundred and sei^nty 
would be {anitaduagasut tjuet pilofiolo^ etc. If the second term should 
lie midway or about midway belwee-n it may be omittedr So canicat- 

iurib^ might Aignify two thousand five liundrcd or four hundred or six 

hun^Jred at pleasure. Of this system Naves says "El modo de contar 
Ciin la pariieula fflnifo se usa ya muy poco" 



Uma- 
A^iatnanonto toy a lijmfayf 

Agcapflvnlo, plfocami. 

Pagcatlo^cts laeng. 

Maiiu nso ittog daguitaT Uaiua- 



Manu nga inangQ ti guinaiangwio f 
Sangpol-l^ guet innem. Dua- 
pttl-iueiHr 

M'jnuaiyj toy a cabayo? Lima- 
pi^i-foanmi a pisos. 

rinifl-luafida n^a ffisoj taenia 

Ou<j/i)fi«ffdCflHt m Pedro, 



Cankaduapijlo quet meysa. 

Canicaflopolo quet lima. 
Conrcadifogosiit qurl canicatlo pa- 
le quet uppat^ 
Canr{{fdMafoh. 

Cafiicadaagasut. 

Ci'iicaduaribu. 



Eleven. 

Twenty-five, 

One hundred and Iwenty-four. 

Fifteen, 

Ore hundred and fiftyi 

Equally "one th0U99nd foirr hun- 
dred," "^one thousand Gvt huo" 



dred." etc. 



This use will not be referred to again. 



THE ORSINALS. 



The ordinals, with the exception of "first/' are formed from the car- 
dinals b/ p-refijtiuft the parlide "maka" WiCh three, four, and si;i, 
there will be noticed a syncopation of those num.era!s. The li^turc 
is always used between the ordinal and the noun which it limils. The 
ordinal precedes its noun. 



36 

Iti emena* 
Hi maicadua. 

Hi mmcailo. 

hi makapaU 

Iti maicalitna, 
Iti mmcanein. 
ill ftiOKapito, 



I LOCO LAN'CU;\CE, 



Firsi. 
Second. 
Tiiird. 
Fourlh. 

Fifth. 
SijLih, 
Seventh, 



}ti maicasiam- Niailh, 

III maicQfmio. Tenth. 

Jti nsaicaputn qurl Kievenlh^ 

meysa. 

Ifi maicaduaptilo. Twenlielh. 

!ti tnaicagasut. Hundredth. 

iti maicaribv. Thousandth. 



DISTRIBUTIVES. 



The use of thc&c sctms to c^iiat in certain idioms. For oicLmple, iir 

tr^ading when Ihe arlLcle is sold by Ihe piece, as egga, mangcwsj etc.. 
or by the yard, pound, etc., we have the ust of the particle sag with Ihe 
reduplicalion of ihe nujnera! lo show hoMi much a piece, or a yard, elc. 
This has aJr-eady been treated ot 

There Lb another Ldioni tu ht: foun.d among the pa^siv^ v^rb^, whkh, 
indicates how many in a di5trib^atioc^ comes to each individual. This, 
will be explained in its proper placer A few cKample& ari? here given : 

Afanuancanttif Pitoanacto. What ^ill be your share? Seven. 

Afanuanlo a soba ni Juan^ Lima- How many mang-ocs will Jahn re- 
onnanlc. cdve ? Five. 

VI r. 

PRONOUriS. 

THE FEPSONrtL PPONUUN. 

The persoTiaJ pronoun in lloco has three persons, three nutnbers, and 
three easts. It has no distinction of gender. The p-ersons are a£ in 
English, first, second, and third The numbi-ra sj-ngular, dual for The 
first person, and plural. The plural of the first person has abo twn 
foTmh; one iticlndiiifi ihe person or person* addrc55cd, Ihe other ex- 
cluding them. We shall call these for daslinclion ihe /irs! person. plu rat 
exdwik'e and tKctusive. The cases are the nominative, gtnitivt Of 
possessive^ and an oblique ca^e which includes the idea of ibe accusa- 
tive, dative, and ablative; this case, like the article and demonstrative, 
containing a preposilionai power, in, tn, by, etc, which the context 
must deleriiiine. In their inflection it will be seen that many cases 
have two ioimS. &iic free, the other used only as a suffiv. 







BECLEJJSION OF THE PH0>'0UN3, 






FIRST PERSON, 








£|N0U1AR_ 




Gen. 
Ace. 


Free, 

Free, 


Siac, 

Canine, 

HUAL. 


Suffix, 

Suffix, 


Notiil 

Cen. 

Aee. 


Free. 
Free. 


Dala, ^ 
Cadata, 


Suffix, 






FLU»AL IfJCLUSiVE. 


Norn. 

G-en. 

A«. 


Free, 
Free, 


Da'ayo, 

Cadatay^, 


Suffix, 
Suffix, 



-ac, 
-co or 



-in, 
-la. 



-layo, 
■tayo. 



-c^ 



ILOCO LANGUAGE- 37 







PLUBAt ETtClvUSIVE. 




TJom. 


['tee, 


Ducami, Suffix, 
SuHix, 
Cadacatni, 


■ 


CeRr 
Ace. 


mi. 






SECOND PERSON. 








BtKGULAK. 




Gen. 
Act 


Free, 
h'rec, 


Siia. Suffix, 

Suffut, 
Queiica, , 

PLURAL, 


ca. 

tno or 


Nom, 


Free, 


Dacayo, SufiiN, 
1 Suffix, 
<;adacayo,l^,_ ,^ 

THIRD PERSON. 


I'ri^-^ r^ 


Gen. 
Acc- 


CEJVOh 

yo. 






V- 



Nom- Free, /jw, 

GcTL Suffix, — -Ha, 

Ace. Free, Qumi'\tQna or 
cmrrTfin, 



V 

PLU&AL, 

Nom, Free, huda or Vf^j, Suffix, du. 

Gen. Suffix, — ~Ja, 

Ace Free, Cjvrfacuaj/iT or 

SYNCOPATIONS. 

The independenl pronouns datayo. dacami, and dacayo. and The suf- 
fixes layo. ciimi. and ^fljio, lose their final vowel in thi* bCily of a seh- 
tence; wbtn Ihcy occur at the end they are not sync<M>aled. An tx- 
ceplion 10 ihis rule i? to be noted in the examples itnder section "b" 
Independent Nomi-nativCS- 

^Datay goyyem ida. They art not our friends. 

Dacay li nalvred- Vrni are brave. 

Cacabsotnatami. We {com\) arc his fno) brothers, 

i'aaffnncflffl a caarroha. _ We are not hi& neiifhbors. 

^ddarflji dilDu f^ inalddo. You are here every day. 

Dacatn ti nafa^roi. We are the cowardlv ones. 

) 

IHOKPf-MDEKT NOMINATIVES, 

The Independent or free forms of the nominative, as well as ihe soli- 
tary form of the third nominative singular {isu) are employed as fol- 
lows. 

<aj When used alone as iTie answer to a question: 

Asitfo diyiaf Siac. Who is tlial? I, 

As'no pay? Isuda. Who else? They, 

Dediay ti ubingmoT Isu. Ts that your boy? ll ts (he), 

Aiit^no da^uiiayf Dacami. Who are these? W*. 

(b) They are employed w!ien used with emphasis as the subjects of 



38 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

the vfrbs "to b«!" and "to have/' and afao when used as suTijecls of 
active v^rbs (whos^ character will be explained under the taplioii of 

Verbs) ; and in biich cases [hey must precede ih-e verb or predicate, and 

be jointd to the same by the article ^i, 

Sica ti napis^. You at^ brave (valian!) , 

Dacayu ti naimbag. , .You are the ones who are good. 
Daiayo ti nalacrol. Wc (i, e., all of us) are cowards. 

Isu H naiaad. Ht: i^ *^S^y- 

Dacayo ti manvtacogaud. You arc able lo row. 

Sunc ti n<^miigi^s<^o c<\dacuada. I made th?m ^it down, 

Sica ti HaHolus iti ^altoogco? DiJ you clean tny gun ? 

U£E Of THE EUFflSeS. 

When there is no especial stress oil the subject, that is, of aclne 
verbs and of predicationi with "|o be'' or "to- have," the n^Hninativc 

suffixes are used, appended to the verb or lo some other word of the 

dsuser The genitive &iiI^n: is employed to indicate possession, and also 
as the suhjett of passive v^rb-i. This lalEor can not well be explained 
at present, lliough a few examples will be given. Of (he^e Bufirxe? co 
and mo arc subject to certain mutations; 

(a). When i word ends in a consonaEit or In one of the diphthongs 

ay, *iy^ ?m, or ao^ there is no cliange in these pronouns- but if the word 
terminate in a vowel th(?n "c" or "m" are u&ed inttt^id of "co" or "mo" 
(my or Ihy). 

(b)r When t^ese possessives .are appended 10 the verbal suffixes 
"ok" or "gn," th.e n of ihc suffix and the o of the pronoun arc dropped, 
and ijislead of o'Jfu, anmn, eitco, fumo, these beeome ac, am, ec, em. 

When the^e verbal sul^ixes "an" or "en" precede the pas>e9«ve 
"yo" (your), the "n" of the verbals is changed to "i" ; anyo, enyo, 
become changed lo aiyo, eiyo. 

The other possessive suHixes suffer no change, except as ha? hten 
previously noted , 

There h no suffix for the pronoun of the third per:inn noniinatJve 
singular. L'niess as previously noled, there exists some especial neces- 
sity, isu is not e>?pressed. The other persons always need to be eK- 
pressedr 

Dfiguiti hotQfisco a hht. My- leather bcots. 

Iti ca.l'li}gonsJfio. Your hat. 

Jt-i halayco. Jn my house- 

Agpamgadca !ti siiiti. Have the rooni swept. 

AgbadaH£badangcami. We help each other. 

ManginanntH-aac iti naimbag a iia- I rely on your good judgment 

quemmo. (discri^tion). 

Ania ti pinangttramidyo iii waja- How (with what) did you make 

milf the ^Mulce," 

Asin ti tttaHait cadagwti badbo- Who makes your shirts? 

dontf 

Adin ti parfQiSnn iti ba4ocF Where is ahc (rrj) making my 

shirt? 

L^ppajeniapay li svrai. Let us first finish this letter. 

Fainumeiyo aaguiloy. Give them some water to drink. 

AdtK li nagusnggaayn a na^ha^a? How far have you read? 

Apayapay layatannacT Why do you threaten mc? 

Asin it nangiiqttis quenca. Who brushed yuur hair? 

Aoan ti ammoc. 1 know Eioihing. 

Sabatec coma ida. I sliould go to meet them. 



|LO<.g I-A^GUAGE. 39 

THE DUAL NUMBLB. 

The pronouns dulii and — -ta are true duals., meaning "we" and 
cnnipri^jing: only the speaker an"J the person addressed 

J!i arada. Our wint (your and niiiie^, 

lis badij li ubinK^a. Our servanl's shin. 

inia tncttfuipanfuiag (tsdacuada. Let up go with them lo make the 

compaet. 
Deydi nga ur-urayeniAi ids. 'I'hai js the man we were -cspi!!:!- 

ing. 
SiKiiiia u^a sMtvtni ida. We do iiol follow Ihcm. 

nrtC^Wl, DATAYO. 

The pronouns of rhe first person plural, dalnyo, diicami, differ lu Ihsl 
dahtyo includes thi i>c:r&ini cir persons addre?,sed, livhtle diicawi cx' 

dudes them. 

S<i<i'i a dcySoy fi fuihnln. Thi.s h not our carnage. 

i'llo'io bigfit H pmians^asfarfft. Let us take a walk tomorrow 

morning. 

/Igc-acniliCiimi a ihru:. We five are neighbors, 

Agcacadtiiaiicami. We »ri^ sehool-malcs. 

I'Hi'Hi'itiu ti puiniituioluf When shall we pfo to ^1 bamboo? 

i!a mangrifrootcami. We arc going after zarare iiow- 

N\i€^Uso€}iiam\ sadi Mamla. We were in Manila a year 

Ma'ina(fuipagdf>ina(is mel ciida- Would you like (0 join us? 

camit 

Sitis'''£""'i ti uSiiii^nic. We (will) pay your bill. 

.^iiriSairm ti bidgiU-o aidit^iijui. Tell us the story of your life, 

Unjfiujuisfayr. Lst us rest for a momtnl, 

r05iriOIN OF THONOMiNAL "^I.Fl-TXFS 1^ NEGATIVE DECLARATIVE 

FENTENfE.-;. 

Tn negative sentences The i>ro nominal ^uflixes of any case are at' 
t-afihtd to the negative term. 

Saanyo a talSnhn daguitoy? Ath not thei^c your field?? 

S/nsnco a j;ayyejH ida. They are not mv friends. 

Saanco a baiol dayla. That is not my faulL 

Diocltt vgjubli diian. T will no( return there again. 

-^aaiidor'jm a puguiddufisf Did you not bid us retire (go To 

hcdV 

Dinacay pitia^iapui^ Did he not lell you to search (for 

Saanca tiga nacudah I'di calmn"' W^'re voii unable to sew yester- 

day?" 

PO'-S.R.SSFVt: rH0M0IT?i5. ' 

The ^>fi!i!^c5!^ivc pronnun^^ are formed by addinj? the genitive suflixe? 
to the root "iuo", whieh niean^, thing, article, chattel, ete. 

They are as follow*: cuac, mine; (unm. thine; fuaua, his or he"; 
\y^ CMaS-ayv, cuiims or cualij. ours; cuay^}, yotirs; fuada, theirs. 

^tjji It a-juincva daytny a reiosf Whose is this watch? It is mine. 

CUQ(. 

Sanfico nga ata dtryta mna\ That knife is not mine, (In this 

sentence the suffix is attracted 
from the word "iua" to the nepf- 
ative "sutiir" and takes its full 
form 'cfl,") 



40 



lL0i:O LANGLJAGC. 



Cuam foy a bado? 
(^ua ti ubing, 
Cuadii toy a caieiaT 
Deytoy tj cuada. 



Ts ttiis shirt yours? 
Lt bcloiiKS 10 th( t-oy. 

li this c^le^a theirs? 
This, h iheir^. 



lUFERSONAL PHOWOUN, 



I/" 



To corrcsfiond to Ihc irnpcri^onal 
"tlity iay"), the Grrman "man" 
Vn- (a^ in ''on dit"}. elc, th<: 
cudaiao). 

Ntt nagaguel tiatac, adda U^iii 

pir&c. 
No fi-abaimog datao, nadagi^n ti 

Naragsac dcf^c, «Q adda iti balay 

da^-uili gagayyetn. 
No annn ff pirat: cadatno, nalad> 
tigit ti Tup a. 



RnglUh "they" (as jn the phrase 
(as In "tnan scgl"), Ihe French 
Iloco Uai dataOy (Oblique ca^e 

If iiwt \i hidus-irlous. one has aN 

ways money (silver), 
Whtrl one i^ tlfcd one tcels 
dragged down (the body is 
heavy J, 

One is ^iad. to be in the houac of 

friends, 
When one has no monoy (whoti 
there is no money to one> his 
face \^ fhaJ. 



HtLATivE paoNoi:ws. 

For the relative fcirms who, which and that, the ligalure a (or ftjoj 
IB employed in Hie lloeo. Thcfy \\i. indted, wa fmc rclafive in the 
language. We find the relative idea contained in many of the adjec- 
livc fornix in tiucti, as has Inrtn already shitwn face forms in naca') . 
The relative expressions "he ihat," "thi'y that" or the compound rela- 
tives "who" or "what" are indicated by Ui, doguiSi or h; at the be- 
ginning of ^ sentence or datise by ili ur daguiti, in the body of a clause 
by ti. 



Dediay caldmg n adda idiay. 
Iti iitro nga adda c^daiuada, 
Dacayo a tnaing^L 
DagurU hjibuy a naittrm^s. t-'-' 
Oacayii a nalamiis H daraffa. 
Dagurfs nocapuy a cos cadacami. 
Dayltiy ti Qdda caniac iiii. 
Que! duguili odda idiay. 



That goal uhich is [here. 
The book that ynu have. 
You who have anv spirit. 
The pigs that are" fat 
You v^ho are cool-bluodcd. 
Those who are weak as we art 
Thia h vih'±t I had bcfoTc. 
And those that are there. 



TrJTt:RHix;ATive i'rowoons. 

The interrogative pronouns are asin (contraction of ayi'io or asiimo) , 
who; iJiin, what; adint* (translated a^IvtTll^ally into English^ but used 

as an adjtciivv in Iloco), where; mano or mmtt, how much, how 

many. Adino is. commonly and correctly contracted to adin. 

ASIMO. 

This interrogative is usually found, in its abbreviated form "asin," 
It is used wilh verbs and predications, and in such cases is foLluwed 
by ti. The forms asmo and njmno seem to be used indifferently with- 
out regard to number, Tht case of the interroftalive has to be deler- 
oilned by the conlest. 

Jn the question "What is the name of ?""flji»f is tiied when indi- 
viduals are referred lo, but in the case of animals, places^ thing^:^^ etc., 
the pronoun ania is employed. 



ILQOT LANGUAGE. 



4" 



^.^i'lo dagnitoy? 

AstT! ti adda idiay situlagaof 

Asinio dediay a naaacray ii boot:- 

no. fi-^ 

Jlsin It aijHrn^uQ ngarvd? 
Asin H ttagdfi/ ubingf 
A^'i ft nagon ti Padi ti ilimT 

^4iH li ogfuc<;ao? 
Asifs ti pa^tamedamT 

Asin ii paquisasa-naiyoT 



Who are these (people) ? 

Who is ihal persoji sittiJic there-? 

Whu 15 Ihai woman with her hair 

down? 
Whose is it ihen? 
What is yoOT name^ boy? 
Whal is. the name of yotir paslor 

(Falher oi your ptiebh)^ 
Who IS that caMing? 
To whom were you bowing? 
WitJi whom are yoa talking? 



AHU. 

This inlerrogaiive bas a re&irifted use as a retideririfr for the Etighsh 

*'whal?"; for it i^ iloI uiecl in asking fiJr the name of an individual, 
djj'n being employed instead; nor is it used in asking- the price of a-n 
Ohjei^t, iJie proper word for thjs tfeing t»("t<> or mn^H. It 1^ u?^d in 
ordinary queali^rns a& in English, (Except as n-ifled. With verbs it play^ 

an imporiam part, and is often rendered by "why?"; oiher times with 

prepo&iiionb, the form of l3ie preposition being largely determined by 
the characlt^r of (he verbal parlidc stiached to the root. This will be 
■fully entered upon under the head of "Verbs," 

What are your duties here? 



Auia Ii araifidmo ditoy? 
Aftsa ii mjgiiii daytayf Tv-ihec U 
noj^iin ddyfoy. 

A'lia fi nagan- It adda ili olomt 

Ama ti nagan ii asomf 

Ania ti gaputtii tiia agsiinx'l !i 

ubingmo? 
Ania ti pa-gladin^siaiyoT 
Anifj Ii pvg^adaittna f 
Ania fj pmoigatepda ili simbami? 



A"ia irga horas H panagmiia 
Pedif 



ti 



What is. the name of thig? It i? 

called a key. 
What is the name of that thing 

on your head ? 
Wbal IS your dog's name? 
For what rt-asan is your boy zty- 

ina? 
Why are you fiad? 

WiLh what ^re you sewing? 
With what are they roofing thfl 

church > 
At what time does the priest say 

mass? 



MANU. 

Man-u or tRano means "how many." Its use in trading has already 
teen spoken of. (5ec uses of stig under the head of "Numeral?/') In 
the qui^atioii '■'Ho-w old are you, is he," e(c., this pronoun is used with 
ii and ioocn (year); a? for example, "Manu ii laoenmo?" "How many 
jears have yuu?" 

This numeral is used with cerlain verbal parlicles to form a verb with 
the sense of division or parlitionj the signification "hov many" re- 
maining. 

l\\ the idiomatic use of Ihis pronoun (gji the examples will illuslrale) 
the translation may iumttime:^ be "wjhat," "how," dtc. Its meaning, 
however, is aufTiciently obvious. 



Ma^iM H taoi^n ni awam? 
Manu ti tangdontHO? 
Mono Ji n£inaf 
Sagfnamano tiaguitoy fl jultnf 
Agcamanoftio ii baca? 

Mono a quita daguili pinggun? 



How old is your father? 
Wbal salary do you receive? 
What Ili its price? 

How much are these bananas? 

Into how many portions shall this 

beef \k divided? 
How many kinds of dishes are 
there ? 



42 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 



^faKlyKSa li niinn daguili alfotn- 
braf 



How miitli mifilit (so) lliesc rugs- 
be worlh? (A euphonic n i* 
tnlercalalcd b*:lween niano aniL 



ADI^"t^. 



This pronoun almost always appears in its abbreviated form "ndm.'' 

It Ls a true pronoun, bui iia rcndeting inlo En^lisJi is alitiosr invariably 

by thy aJverb "where/' Th-e phrase "atiit ti yan" ("what is tbe place 
of") frequeiuly occurs and i& t>csl translaloj aJvorbially. It occurs 

withoui the "jvfFj." jn cer(flpn mtfdificfltioiis (fi til? v?rb, and has ihe 
sartit rendering. 



Adii\ ti yannaf 
Adin ti pisgurayanda caniacf 
Adm fi pagiMrungan toy a daion? 
Adm U pan^Sticuanda cadaguili 

Sadin li tumgelaan ifi a^^g? 



Adin fi imnacaoannaf 



Where is he? 

Where ary thty waiting for me?" 

Where d-oes ihis road kad? 

Where do they ?e]l msTigots? 

Froni what place did you ^t the- 
sajid? (Siidi or sadin. probably" 
from ai3 original sadino^ means 
always "from what place,"" 
"whence." 

Where did 3ie conimll the ihe^l^ 



CAS A NO. 



In making inquiry- as to dimeit&ions the interroeative pronoun cajano- 
is employed. It is most couveniendy translated by ''how" wilh Ihe ad- 
jective of the dimeniiii^n in que^Liun. Literally tlic phra^t: wuulJ be 
"what is the lieifihl, widiEi, e(c." 



CiJJtfHO a can^ato ti halayin</F 
Casano it catayas {iayag, heigbl 
i>f human beings and vihct ani- 

maJs) ti ^abayom^ 



.How lii^h is yotir houic? 
How hie^h i^ yniir horse? 



How wide ii that doth? 



Thf most important of thf indefinite pronouns are: adx fiinicb)^ 
bassit (little, few), ivhich arc used either as adjeelives or prmfonn?;- 
aoan (no one, nothing;), and tidda (some one, somelliiiiK}, whith are- 
used also as \'crhs and as adverbs; sabaii (olher)^ maysa ft 

maysa li Cthe one (he other), daguits dadtlujnii (some, others)^ 

amiii (all). 



Adu caiiti. 

ddvda nga laa'tguHr 

Nabnisit acon^ 

Aciun ti aetda. 

Aoan ti KJipafi. 

Adda agivrangr 

No i!a aoan li agcurang. 

Adda sabaii ditoy, nil 

Maysa li agdait q\cel maysa ti 

agfiaxa. 
Agbasa ditguili. dodacqnely gvet 

daguili dadduita aglualoda. 



They say ihsl (here are many. 
There arc many to eat. 

Lidle remains lo me now. 

There i? nothing, ^ 

No on« has gone. 

S'ltnelhinR is lacking. 
Now nothing has been omilled 
See, here 15 anQlher! 
One is sewing and other is read- 
ing". 
The elder ones are reading and 
-the others are at prayer. 



iLOCO LAMGLTAGE. 4J' 

Dagnsti daddurna addadaj! siroc, Same ary below, ihc oThcrs are irv 
dQ^\ti{i daddHm-a addada idiay y^vr ro^^m. 

Addada amin JS^oyn Arc ill here? 

Addada atninen. ^ All are here now. 

IMENSIVES. 



For the iuiL'Tiiivt^ forms of the personal pronouns, myself, elc, the 
Jdverb msT Wi^g is employed. This ft-rm h also used for "the samt."' 

Siac met faeng H agsural. I shall write myself, 

Jjit mei ta^ng. He hiinSflf. 

Dacay wci iaeng a dacayo. You yourselves in person, 

Da^ia *iiet I/J^ttg. That i5 Ihe tame. 

VIII. 

ADVERBS. 

In Using the word adverb w<? arc spt^aking from our own point of 
view rather than from Ihat of the Iloco. While (here are a number of 
true advfirb:^, there ar-e iigam adverbjal ideas e^pres^cd in vaii<JU& ways, 
as for inslancc: fA) by the inherence of the adverbial element in The 
root ilself, whow best translation into Engli^li wiiE gEnefally be by a 
verb with i|s c|U^lifying adverb; (B) by a true Ilodo -verb form with a 
■qualifyinji -word, whii^h may be rendered sometimes as a tiouii Quallliei! 
bv an adjective, the lerb assuming a sahstantivc character in transla- 
tionj (C) by the power of some parljcle, whether affix or intercala- 
tion; (D) by a nonn qualified by an adjeclive, where we would employ 
an aiijeclive and lis a^lverb. 

Sotnciitiies the advorb, tvi\) when tt is al other tjm^? used inde- 

pendencfy, i? embodied in the word -qualified. Among these arc sdverat 
auxiMarie^, and it has. been though! well to introduce here as a dislLnct 
sub-dass all of these under that heading (Auxiliaries), 

While certain negalives will he treated el&ewhere as verbs, they wilt 

alio be tr^'aied of here, a& having 3 di^titicl adverbial character. 

The dividing line between the adverb and the eonjunction is, in some 
inslancci, rather shadowy and arbilraryr We shall endeavor to place 
them where they seem to belong logically , 



A verbal rofit may ^^orttai^ wiihin itself the idea both of 3 verb attd 
adverb, and in renderm^ into English these must appear. A few ex- 
amples are given for illustration. 

Agaliiadca. Go carefully. ' 

Aguinayadca n^a a^surai. Write slowly. (The root ina^ad 

signifies ".slowness," For the 

us^ of the Ijjfattire between the 
two active verbs Qguinayitdca 
and a%iurat &c^ Article I (the 

Ligature), Section p a.) 
Ag-tiRlat (also Agcarling). To Jij anything Tjriskly, eflicienlly- 

Ag^ii-i'iot (from ittoi). To do anylhing at intervals {poco 

a pocQ, as one has opportunity- 

in the mtiliiplicity of dtilie^)- 
Aguin-inoida nga agalad. Lei them build the fence {agalody 

at odd tim«5. 



44- ILOCC LANCUAGE, 

B 
An adjective is used to qualify I he verb, which then ajtpear^ to 

assume the character of a substantive. 

Naimbag ti turog(a iloy n fa^i'i, I slept well tonight. 

Daqucs unoy li pannuratJa cada- They write <the letltrs) very 

guiii siAisiAvat- badly. 

Naimdagca Kga dumait. Yoit art a good sewer. 

F^'miaco ii panagala Hi darat. Hauling: sand is es-'^ily dune. 

-NapigsQ ft Ivdo. Docs it rain hard. (Liieral]j<: 

*'l5 the raining: hard,") 
NaUbcg pay ba^sil ly danmn. The w^ter \iiiA cleared ^ JiltJe. 

Adayo pay bassit ti fiesta ii Hi. The lown-feasl is rather {bassit, 

a [JtlU) disUnt yet. 



By the use of parlide'^ (verbal and others) an adverbisl meaning is 
frequently given. The ^Hiwcr of the verbal |iarlicl(.\s will t-e cnngi-defed 
III discussing the 5evera.| classes of verbals. Reduplication also, or the 
rLpelirion of Ihc verb and nf other parls of speech conveys an adverbial 
-signjficaiice. 

The particle ^— ^u appended \n a word often gf^es the meaiiiTia of 
the Spanish "y^" (now, jiist^ already). When the wDnf ends in a 
consonant or one of the diphthongs \W. ivW form is used. If ihe word 
i:n(li in a voihvcI the "e" i.s elided. After the personal pronoun of the 
lirst i^iac'). and aftpr the abbreviated personal suExes of the first and 
.accnnci per^QUA singular V atid "fli"), the en beco-mes i7«, 

Addaca ditoyenT Are you here alreadj'? 

Addanc !ii iugaorH. 1 am seated now, 

Adda ditoy ti uatiiitfen. The prisoner ia here now. 

.Siaco'ir It is just I. 

Cabayomon. The horse k now youv'i. 

Rufjiibir'i- It I? just now deariikg up. 

Bunsabii cay&n. Co do^"n now. 

The idea of "recently" is indicated by the use nf certain particles, ast 

^pa^ with the root, or by ca ^v]lh the first syllable and its following 

consonant reduplicaledr 

Apigintff. Reeenlly eooked. 

Apagcisar. Lately inarrjpd. 

^asaj'iisaiigpei. Recently arrived. 

Cfiifilfogr A freshly laid ep^. 

Citing fuga/f. Just seateil, 

■CaaraTiitnid. A work or thing rcctntly done_ 

The interrogativcs ania, adriio, iadint^, acquire with certain verbal 

modifications and the use of "ti" an adverbial eharaeter 

Adin ti raanusaaiyo iti Mbini? Where did you punish the boy? 

Anfa ti pogiadingitam? Why are you sad? 

SadiM ti paggnpuan Ii nnginT Where does the wind eome from? 

Ania ti saaayo a nassaga-dan it' Why have you nol swept my room 
sUidco. yet ? 

Certain verbal particles carry with them an .adverbial signilicancer as 
is Illustrated by the following ejtaniples: 

JsK ti namosipos (from posipos or He revolved the globe for a 
pusipus') iti globo- while {nam}. 



ILOCO LATdGUAGS. 45 

Innai: bumasa. I am goinp^ to read for a little- 

TvmudQ la^ng. I" rains ojily a liitl-e (urn), 

Saanca nga tsaquiran^cap qnencu- Di-d you nn| ask him for ihc vjik- 

flBflf7tJtffuf gar ^raiis {imqMi)'t 

Agbad<nigbjxdaKgiaml We aid each othtr mulually 

iagbisdang}. 

The simple rcduplicahon of ihe first sylbhle and following consonant 
sometimes gives the force ol "onJ/' {"'unicametiie") . 

Siciica. You only. 

/ Vp-Mppaf. Only four, 

/ Val-ualada. There arc only eight. 

Sicska ti notangsiU You only are vain. 

The adie-:tiv^ reduplicaled and with ihe phossessive su+fin, preceded by 
oddo or j7^cth, Jias in if tht advertJal idea of 'Mightly," "a lillLe bil/'ttc. 

^rfrf(T /i-(7"|JiiHJ|i7:^Jjmo. You are a little cro-"i5-e>ed. 

^Ofl-ff li tactacruida. 'Ihev iire not a bit afraid. 

' Adda luf-luhngna. He is slightly deaf. 

The rcptlilion of the verh. with la (laens) and ihe ligature n^o in- 
ternetting, eivfis in certain iniiances Ihe meaning t-f "con?1antly," "iFHjre- 
and mo-re," etc. 

Lumamns !a Kga luMamiis. Il is gelling colder coriEtantly. 

/ NgumisJt la aka n^umisiS. It is getting hlacker and blackfr 

all the lime. 
Agsungit la 'iga ag^an^iL She is crying more and morCr 

The adverb wan icems ia be an expletive, like "well" in Englrshj. 
'^douc" in Iht French^ or "jcAon" in ih? German. It i? used with the 

particle rtr, ar it is u.scd itself as a suRis to the first word oi a- 

phrs^e> with ■ eis as a suffix to tlie last. 

Dica man mamalif Why (pray) do you not believe? 

Um-ayca tji-a^. Come, please. 

Addiiiic ina'te'i difoy. I am here again. (In combina- 
tion with en the meaning is, 

"agEiin" [otra vczl.) 

Addacaywo'i dUoyen? Are you here again? 

The numeral adverbs are formed with Ihc cardinal numbers and ihe 
prcfiscs mamm, matnanpits, natnin, naminpin, (3ie forms mamin, namin, 
snake the simple numc^ral adverb; the forms m-afiCnpin. namiKpin, indi- 
cate "only" in addition to the numeral. The foims in "m" arc for pres- 
ent iime,'tho5e in 'V for past, t 

MitHinsan, mataiifduji, mamiS-la, OntCj twice, three times, etc. 

piaminpaJ, vtaTninlima. jnamin- 

ijfffl, ntamiitpito, maininuah, 

m./jminsiam^ matninpolo, etc. 
Matninfiinsan, miJmiHpH-id, mdlH- Ohce onfy, OTily, thrpp lim^S, ftnly 

inf'snttem, etc. six times, tie. 

Namittfoto a nagtarayan ti haca. The cow ran away (escaped) ten- 
times. 



The EnK:lish "too," "ex«edingly," etc., or the Spanish "dtm<ssi<xdQr' 

ire expressed in Iloco by the adjective napahio (from tbe root patalc^- 



46 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 



or iah, dertasia) nr by naiahi^j (from ftibeSj deinasia} . Thi5 qualifi-es 
the noun^ which signifies the properly defined and has llie possessive as 

a syffijt, Wher? w? would say^ for iuaiatict, "ii h too dear," the Ilc4;o 

would iay "lis price (ni^mfl) is excessive," 

Napalah ii inipssna. He h cjicessively siinple. 

Napalalo li pigsana. He js exlrcmtly strong. 

Napalalu ti nsinana.. It i^ too dear. 

Natabes ti langQueuda. Thty art loo hard. 

The true adverbs may best be shown by examples. The ^anic ad- 
verb may occur free or incorporated ai euphony or custom of language 
tnay dcmatid. 



Addada difoy daguiti soldado? 

Agpaditoyta vian, goyyem. 

Adda diia H paEtinieti^ancn? 
Oen, addada idiay a agbostfssa. 
AgpQidiaycayj). 



Are the aoldietii here? {diioy). 
Friend, let U5 go this way ( — — 

diioyta man'} 
Is Ihe inksfand there yel? {dita 

-^ ^— ^w). 

Yes, they are reading there 

You go in [hat direclion ( — — 

idiay—-^ ') . 

Sadino ni cabsalmo; idii\y baquirT M'liere is your brolher; in lEic 

woods? i_iadino) . 
AJin it yoH ni amamf Where js your falher? (adm li 

The words uised in expressing tJie superlative degree nr in compari- 
son have been already noticed in ihat connection. Ing^uef is thus de- 
fined in Narro's Vocabulary: "Adverbio que unido a nombres abstrac- 

toa- leS hace significar .^upi: rial iva men le, v. gr. : itsgeuei da!\cs, limffs- 

■ fp 

jimo. . . . 



Nalaaag unay li panagbalicBida^ 
Nangroaa un^y ili bigat. 
Ifi inggttei sityaat a siHdmit, 
in inssuei iaing a tnaguingna. 



My l)ny i^ very active (unay). 

They pronoujicc very distinctLy 

Especially in the morning (tioni- 

roaa unay). 
In yniir very fine apartment {in£- 

On her very btautilul b^o^v (ini- 
guei). 

The negatives ary aoatt. iaan, and di . Aosk sJgniJies "there ia 

not," "has not," "i? not" (when referring to location or posiliun, or 

[hat an article Is in supply or ejiists). Saan and di (with the 

same meaning) -denote sinaple predication. Saa» always requires fh* 
ligature after it. Di always has some particle attached to it. All these 
negatives arc used as verbs. Saan and d-i lat:e the pronominal sulTixes 
and the auxiliary particles lo and sa. When Ihest are attached to di 
a euphonic "«" is intercalated. Both aoan and saan are employed as 
free negatives. 



Aoan dila ti cal-logongmo. 
Aoan pay li cocheroF 

Aoan pay. 

Ta aoan a pvloj ti inapitymi. 



YouT hat is not there (aoan ditff). 
Is the driver not here yel? {aoan 

pay). 
Not yet {aoan pay). 
Because we have not a bit (a pu^ 

los, absolutely) of (boiled) rice. 

{aoan a ffuios). 



ir.OCO LANGUAGE. 



47 



If'tfay aghun^a toy a cayo. 

Diray gayy^m ida. 
nine macaguntiy. 

J)iac somten ida. 

Bitiftf datiu^if 

Saairio a balay d^ytoy. 
Saa-n met. 

Oen, adda mel Hi cabsatco. 



This tree does not as ytt bear 
fruil {dipay). 

Thty are j]ot our frienda (di ). 

I am not ^ble lo move (.it) 

(di ). 

They do Jiot follow me (di ). 

I? Tt not bad? (di ), 

This is not my house {soon ). 

^J^lt at all (jjian met)- 

Afc you not children of the same 

mother? (saan — — ). 

Yes, he Is also my brother {ffen, 

meO. 

No, 1 had A different Mother 

(iaan). 



Laeni h dai^s^fl by Nave» aa an adjective. Its |>U^« sterna to be 
aiming ihe adverbi, meaninfi "ojaly" ("solo, unico, unicamenfe")- It is 
lyomftifno'. abbreviared lo la (".4gsangis la n^a agiansil.") It some- 
times has Ibe meaning of the Spanish "ya." 



Linta laan^ dttcami. 
Jia pay lacng. 
Ivapuy iticiii U ^ddo. 

Slca la ll nalangsil. 

DitQy r>ifl laeng ti pagiuratac. 



We are only five {laeng}. 
f^i^hf now {ila pay iaeng). 
Th^re Ts only morisquela (boiled 

rice") (/aeni). 
You only are vain (la). 
Right here is ivh*:rc I do my v/rfi- 

ing {diioy met iaeng}. 



Adverb? of lime lihould properly include such phrases a^ every day, 
in thi- mommp, etCr, especiatfy as some of these are indicated by 

i d ioin al i c c o^i si ruci ion s. 



I/a. ila unay, itatia. 
Ita nagtalao. 

MasaifUi^a diloy no bigat. 

NaladaocQ nga Ifnmay. 

Aguyec ifi sagpaiKinsan. 

Paiinayon ti panagPaspasiarda. 

Ko dadduttsa agbasaac, no doddv- 

ma a^suratac. 
Itn nga &ld0(t. 
Jdi <raiman. 
IntOH bigat. 
Hay bisftl. maiem, rabi-i. 

InioHo (or nn) bigat^ malem, 

r-abi-i- 
Cada^ui/i maitaaUm. 
fh/ntiH^ tigal ti panagpasiarlaf 



Now- Right now. At this very 

moment; instantly. 
He es-caped just now (iSa). 
Be here early in [he morning 

( Jj/fico difi/y no bigat). 

You are iate in coming ( 

iadao ) . 

lie coughs occasionally isagpO- 

They are taking a walk all the 

time {^atiniiyan). 

Sometimes I read, sometimes I 

writy (no dadduma). 
To-clay (iVo). 
Yesterday (idi). 
To-monrow i^inton). 
In the morning, evening, night 

am). 
(Future time") in the morning, ett 

(infono or wo). 

In the evenjnga (moi )- 

Shall we take a walk tomorrow 

morning? {intotio'). 



The particle (intercalated') in is conuimnly used to signify "every^ 



48 



jLoco LA^'CVAG^^ 



(porTifjn of lime> as years, niojilhs, cic. Instead of this may be used 
the furm patiwrnyon a. 



Bitiigal, or paiinayon a bigot. 

Minalerfi. 

iHttran-horaf. 

Dinomin^Q (from Spanish Do- 

Binutan-hulan. 



Every morniita < in- 

Every evening ( ih— 

Hourly (in ). 

Every day, daily {in — 
Weekly ( in ). 



0- 



0^ 



MoiUhly ( iV 



Annually (^^jn- 

y«jq are here every day (in- 



-)■ 



)- 



A few more of ihe most importam adverbs are given, allhou^h Ihis 
does not prelend to cxliausE the list. C{fsa'io has been treated before 
SA an jnterrog'ative pronoun- /tnia H gapuna i? practically z ccmpJctc 
form of the inlerrogalivi-, m^^aning ""What is the reason?" 



Ania if gapuno (from gapo, -cause, 
reaj^on), vtga agcatcatua daguUi 
ub-ubbiKg? 

Apiiyapay a sitatapMccaf 

Ta sHaiapuc met h dalan. 

Apayap>ay a a^sangsaniU^a^ 
Casii'io li panagiirvi li trociierom? 

Casano li panngbjisa li ubing^ 

CosoHff Tfi itnam^ 

No luleug dayJoy, iuman^catuUn^ 

p<iy tffrfjoy. 



Why arr the boys laughing ^ 
(iiniii li gapVHa). 

Why arc yon sX\ covered with, 

diisl? {apnyapay} ^ 
Keranic iht roa.d wa^ aho dusty- 

{ta met). 

Why are yii\i crying? {apayapay). 
H-iw does vf-ur cook please 

(^erve) ynu? ^casano ). 
How doti [he boy read ? (_ca- 

janif). 
How is your mother? (fojono). 
How are you? (What in the slate 

of your health.?) (cnsano). 
If this one is deaf, chat one is 

also Just a:^ deaf (pay). 



The adverb pay has been g-iven hcfort. Il will b* nnted that it always 
follows-, and is frequenlly incorporated in a \s-nrd, as in the following: 

When T wa^ a boy, I also liad 



Jdi ubinga^poy adda met baail li 

piraiJCO. 
A'nmac cadi. 

Caaiitinnac cadi. 

ApamoH a Handled. 

Apaman adda datiut^ Hi dayfoy 

a bn'nay. 
Daet fa maiitiifa dcdiay a bituen. 



(bm) liltle money ( pi'y)- 

Perhaps I know {tadi). 

Have pity fpray] on me (cadi). 

He gave hardly anything (apa- 

-man). 
Thtrc is scBfcelv any water m 

this jar (apatnan). 
One can hardly ^e^ that star 

(daei In). 



THB AUXILIARIES. 

A number of [he ausiliaries are true adverts. It has been thosight 
we]] to give all af these here in a ^oup, although some are properly 
conjunctions. 

Isl, Preleritc iiadicalivc ; 

Id!. When (historical), then. Caano. When (historical). 

ad. FuliEre indicalive: 

, ...lo. When \hh suffix is attached to a word ending in a vowel, 
4 fdphonic "»" is intercalated. 



I LOCO LANGUAGE- 



49 



^d. Pre&fiil snbjnnclive; 

N^asa. Probablyj possibly, as indicating a certain degree of iin- 
ccTiaiJity. 

— — jfl. The same as ngala. Whi^n the word to which it is attached 

ends in a uowd, as wilh to, a euphonic "«*' is intercalated. 

When. This is used of axv un- 



Inidiio, tonOj atitoti-aRo, ao. 

Uray. 

Imperfect aubjuiictive : 

A'''f7 iot/ta, or (simply) 

to ma. 



Pluperfect subjiinclive: 
IVo i:oma no. 



ceTtaiTi OT problematical fulUT*. 
Although iouttQU^}. 
Although (tsunque). 



If, Where the phrase is em- 
ployed ihere i^ alv/ays an inrer- 

vening word. 



If. These words are not sepa- 
rated. 



Optativp ; 

Sal*fiy cUKfJ ta. 



'O (hat he may or mieht, 
God that," (Spanish 
with the sut»]uii-clive.") 



"^Wuld 
"Ojala" 



NoTP, — Th* fulurt particle " to" often needs to be rendered by 

our potential, or by some eqiiiv3le?it e>ipre?5ii>n indicating necessity, 

as; "ouglil to/' ^.should/' etc. 



EXAUFl.F.5. 



Adu ts piraeco id!. 
/rf] addada pay dilay. 

Addisda diluy id! cuiman. 
Caaio ti pinascaiir ti anacmof 
Ctsana ti pinag^atan^da cadaguili- 

laiSahnf 
Ca(!no_ Si pimep:<nesda cadaguiti 

pi!'j;gats^ 
Adunio ii pirocmo. 

Addaacio diioy. 

Napigsuiiti) ^nyloy o aso. 

Addacatiio diluy no Tnalcm. 

Aoafi ngota U ^arminsMoI 

\Ianu n^afa ti bacanaf 

K'aluiulol n^aia ti daian. 
Dicansafray na^digoif 



AggapuJtsa iti abagatan. 

Daan san. 

fntono itaiifabag ti iiempC. 

htton-ano li panagdailmo iti sa- 

pin CO f 
ItJtono agsarden^ li ludcr. . 



1 had much naoney then. 

While they were aiill heri^. 

They were here yesterday. 
When was your son married? 
When did they buy those fields? 

When did Ihcy wash [he dishes^ 

You will have (make) mUCK 

money. 

1 ii'ill be here. 

Thi:^ dog ought to be bravcn 

Yoii should be here this evening. 

Have yf^\i not a mirror? 

liow many cattle has he (prob- 
ably) ? ' . 

Pofvfhibly (he rnad i? muddy. 

Have you not bathed yet? (Un- 
certainty as to answer denoted 

by Sn ) 

Possibly he is fhe may be) eat- 
ing, 
]t seems to come from the Souths 
li must be old now. 

When Ihe weather is good. 

When will you 5*w (mend) my 

pants? 
When ihe rain stops. 



so 



J LOCO LASCUACE. 



/\.'\ifia<; /lotiit diluy '\i ti«t1. 

I'l'tiy iiiiu»r It p"/icct>- 

No iiTnifl topijj a^tynt. 

Ai t'ddfs cifffi diii}y 

!\.'ii ifimbin ct?piii h araeda, 

\-" £11 "ri «c r\iisinppelia. 

Mil i-vmti ric siatda -ifu ^aca'-\f. 

jV'J iii"ii no aoa"€aTi diti^y 

Mk fia^sngad^a iomo^ iiaiirliir 

cimi/t 1 1 Jilid. 
/ifd'eosac ciJHffT 
Aef^aifudae coma. 
Jf fipliy aOKs fa iitiJa d {lay. 
Sapay iama la aavda itt mhc^. 

S'afaf coma fa s^mi a iju. 



TtioufiEj you UlAy bavf maily 

Alihou^h my falher is not Jicrt. 

AJlhiiujijh I liavc iiu monirj. 

If yOTI shijuJd not hive a dog 

II he ivert her*. 

\f their vf'iJir •/•'•ttr paOiT. 

IE ;»oii liad bcm ■.inccn- 

U ihcy liaJ iim hceci ol-siiiiaie. 

If ynu hi'l Jiol biiia hc-n:. 

It yotJ SfCpt the ronm. n vioijid 

be ^Lcaa. 
I sInjmIeI tilfi: In liaihe 
\ ':h&iilr| Ukn- [r> gn wf^C, 
Wr"ilil (liaL [ie *^(.'re }ivru. 
Would lh.it ihcy anz Hal uilllill 

Wi^LiJ'l llian u iicn n<H lit 



PREPOSITTOWS. 

In ■lrcal[n» of llir ajhcl^, ilf-imiri.hlratLvi:, ^iid |hc fitr 1011.1 1 pronoiTn, 
if was 4|altcl ihat in [In? oblique c-im cfri.i.iii p reposjliojial ideas n^re 
iTT][>l[t'd Thu:^ in t[i(; peniliut "u1," in che rlaiivt "tn" or "Enr," anrl Ln 
lh^ (.10-f ailed 1 acrii.iarivc "l*y," "with," "in," ihf SpJiTil^h "a" tvisli 
llie iLtcii?3l[ve of pctqciiK, arnl oiIh?t5 w^re impJied. Thvrii i« »j difti- 
clilty in d^'ltrm in [n)i wliac ihc pn^pOsltioii should he wicli pcnilivcs Jild 
rijilii/r* Nnr Jii lUhpT in':ljfn?f; i.q ihc *l[ffi'"u[ly vtry gT?'al, 

^.-. y-iU be slinwn Ji'ire^fi^r, (he ^erb i& f-ornied hv nieans oE cerrain 
tvrbal patrides intorprimed Inlo lliv ruot Willi Jclki; v'tirbi, I'atti uf 
lbc;mt ]jartlclc& h furlher mudiricd as lo [[1 nariiclc lo clcnotf ih* rlirfc- 
liiin of [ht action, whclhcT rcfcrriJip lo ihc inslTumcnl ni the sfllnn, 
ihii caaac or puqiobo, the I'ctiion lo whtm it i.i diTcrtcd, (lie tim? when, 
n-r ihc place whrrt; it vii^i dunt, ar ihr mjinncr in whkh i[ ivflf per 
inriued [n Tendering; .lucli cnnffplf in[o Rriglish ot .ilmosl ally Olhtt 
pn.fjcrn lanftujigr idc ii'^ cf ? p^pp^ifi^i b''«(iiC'^ 'nt?i°ary; and the 
parlLi-silar diaracler of ihe verbal |>arricle ^vill l:Hlii:ak- a-lllr [;rc^tcr cir 
Je*^ precision wlial ihc prn^-posilioii should b<? 

^'f shitJl jjivc s'ljuc cxacnplch irom uni or more ^li^sci tf vcrh' t'' 
illii'.lr.irf our luraiiingi re^'Xrving lurChtr TKplq'znllnn iinijl the Verb 
irsi^ll i^ rreaied of. 

The roiit "dill' mcan.h "thf: JcC of ^civinp (V^jrwru'l '" If In r3iii bp 
prfliyrjl [lie inniclc "uf " il hcccimcs "irprffliC' which Is jhf (iiiiple^C Jorjn 
oE til* vfrb in "j/." .ind jne.inii "tu iew." iToin ihi; Iht modilii-aliudia 
ln'fori: relectn^d to are made. 

.^M^'ff ^r po^rfiTiVmn-? With [/^rj^J ta-lial ate jou scw- 

/if ftir/iTji in' lircaniacton li pa^- I am fti"«iri); in fj^rrrl Ihc hOUAC 

of Jiicirndcion (Or; at iiKftr- 
nirifjn'h.l 
FoJ f^rr^l wlioip arc you ^cvv 



i4qu iria Amvf Ti panagiiaiiino^ 



W^hom do I'otI order In icw ? fin 
Spaiii-jh rhe pr^jilioil "rj" 
ivoiild he required in [ran.'.la- 
Cion ;. "A qvic-i." elc ) 

At (paifo^t ■mIihi time <[o you 
sew? 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



5« 



FORMULAS WITH MAHC_ 



MangtsJtica iti meysa nga pafa- 
Hi bole Si pangatepda Hi siinbisan. 



Adin a fian^!a(Bianda tadaguiti 

mango ^ 
Jia ii panangyegda cadogttiti iilo^. 



Bring a chair. (This is ihe sim- 

pfe, primary form.) 
They are making (he rool of the 

church of (ur covering with 

[Iran^]) bamboo. 
In {fang) whal place are fhey 

i^elling: matigoesP 
They arc bringing the cgga now 

(al ihU time). 



l>JI>t:['J;>JUIihT L'HJ-i'iJ'iirHJ^^Sr 



Tht^rt are a fi-w Lndt|ie]iilen£ preposition*;, 'l"he prjncipa! of these 

are: gapo (by), idiay (jn), tmipoon (throughly rmir [withnut, outside 
of), sadi (^t, in), ssp^iti (from), higa (of orj^iiin i, t., plact from 

vhichj , vueg (^viibiti). 



Gapo ii iimnaatsimamay dogniSi 

sjisaona. 
Jdda idiiiy fOcina. 



Adds idiny siHdnii m oiauac. 
IrlJi iiiiay balny Jii' QayyetnSa, 
Mitipoon ti iiuinaiicaptia. 
linnacfo iti ruor fi Hi. 
fdi dddtiacpay sadi Huropa. 



Addaca idi sadi Amen'ca^ 

AddadG sitdi omimtan. 

^'ipiid diloy. 

Sipitd Ii tjuinaitbiir^na. 

t'aga l^inrytis<n:. 

Ti}/:<i /imfrica Si omona cada^itifi 
ub-ubbi'igco^ Saga f-'igai? fi mai- 

ifidu^, /{uet ti maicar-h tajiU 

d'Soy. 
Yanoia Soior? (or Tagaanota 
Senffi'?) Tiig<\bi^cn(iiaii(iC (or 
"Ibac Hotanai:"). 



Ti rpln^mo \ adda idiny untrg 
bauluci. 



Ii 



By Ihe sw^einesi of his wordi 

(diiicjujrac). 

He is in Mk kitchen. (Iditiy is 
used where the place is habilu-' 
ally used -or re&orled to ^ as a 
sJGre for a merchant, his ofiice 
for an uEcial, hi;* kilchen for 
a cortt, a friend's 3iou5e fre- 
(fiiently rctorl-cci lo, etc.) 

My Vtih IS in her room. 

Ltt ui ^o to nur friend.*^ hiju?-^, 

Throuj;]] bis a&tulencss. 

J am goina nut of town. 

I IV as at that lime in Eurcpe, 
(Siidi is used with (he names 
of countriirsj Ii>wi2s, grand divi- 
sions, points of the comitiss, 
etc.) 

You -wer-? then in America. 

'I'hfy are (in Ihe) Norlh, 

Fruni" here. 

From his childhood. 

I am Ri^ayan (from tlie Brsayan 
scc(iun). 

Of my servant?, the first is from 
America, the licconil i* from 

Vi^ati, aii-d th* ihird ii from. 

hcr-e, 
I am from Bacnolan! (The "y" 

of the question and the "i" of 

the answer are one and the 

£dm^, 311 d is ^n idiomatic use 
of a panicle to express the 
bamc idea a^ the pre^o&ilioti 
'Iff^a.") 
Vnur watch h in hig Irunkr 



t;SE OF CEffTAIN NOUNS. 



Prcposi(ioiis itidicating relative posiHon show in our lanauagc, as in 

other Furopean lafguag-eg, a substantive origin- as "beside, back of. 



52 



ILOCO LANGUAGE- 



jiiaidc, bc](jw, before, in ih^ midst of," ?tc. Ja Ih? lL(Jco many of these 

concepts are legariled an pure substantive?, and are treated as such^ 

the ariick also bdufi enjploytd. For exainpk, "on" would be "on the 
top oV {iii raban), "under" kiouM be "in the beneath" iili siroc'), etc. 



Adda iti babana. 

Adda iti bucui li aifarador. 

Addada iti canauanco (ili coii- 

guidco) . 
AgpQJpasiar ni osaitac iti i^uid ii 

bay bay. 



It is below him. 

Jt is behind Ihe si<leboard. 

They arc on my right foil my 
left). 

My wife IS taking a walk alun^ 
the shore of the sea. (Baybay 
ib thai ponioii of the sea which 

in CiJTitigiiou^ to the Fand-) 

Don-'r ^<t (be) behind me. 

They are conversing there at the 
head of the slain^'ay. 

Vour inkstand js oji the table. 



Dka aguiOH iti li^tidfo. 

Addada nga agsarsarita ill ngalo 
ti agdan. 

Ad^d ti t"}ier<'m ifi rvitao ti 

iamisaaK. 

Adda dasvifi botitosmo iti siroc ti 

cotre. 
Iti tengnga ii dolan. {Carayan, In the middle of the road. (Rivet, 
' rab\-i, rigat.) ^i^ht^ work.) 



Yonr boots are undor the bed 



INCDEITJRATLOW IfFTO VKSBS» 

Certain: words [hat would have <he character of prepositions in Eng- 
lish arc, in the lloco, embodied as verhs- 



Adaniai. 

A sit gars (from aside g, "proxim- 

ily'=). 
Dvmna or dstmdumna -(from dfn- 

na, "near"). 
Umauay (frciu OHay). 



Rumtnuar (from ruar, without,. 

fueriij . 
Irtiar. (From rua>- as before). 



hfanipud (from sipud. "deidc/' 

fhOTii) ditay, mg^a jadi Vigati 

saan a nagsardevsg. 
Manipud itti suiiimu nga arami- 

dfncs. 
Fasiifuigen (from sitjuig, lo one 

tide, "al lado de.") 



To approach (draw near [iidani\ 

to.) 
To be near (csHg) a person or 

plact. 
To be near to. 

To fto to tilt; outskirts (barrios 

or outlying fields) tif C^avay) a 
town. 
To go oiU from Ci^^ar) a place. 

To take out of a box or other 
rc-reptae[c what was in it be- 
fore. 

After leaving Cg^iJig from 

[ipvd]) there he did Tiot stop 

until he reached Vigan. 
Don't do it any more (mam'pud) 

("Ocide ahg^ra" —Sp-) 
To lay aside. 



PREPOSITION' lMFl-3fD BY PASriOLE, 

In some inslances there is the implication of a preposition in the 
verbal particle. A few eKamples arc htre given without eommert; 

I am going v^ilh (maqui') yoUr 

I am alfio going with timagqui^ 

pag) yoa to have a talk with 
liira. 



Maquipatiac cadacayo. 

Innac met maquipagsao qusnca. 



Uaquiiddimc quencuana. 



I skpt with (mflgui) him. 
Put the lid on (ou) the jar. 



lUKO LANGUAGE. 



53 



Dap^oiyo Icy a rttswl. 
Matmaladyo ti as-stn:at iSi atacf 



Pirt (Eom-e) ashes on (a) this 

filth. 
Are you iiica.suring tht vino by 



I 



(e) the eye? 



tied him 

neck. 



by (pina a') the 



X, 



CONJUNCTIONS, 

The IJoeo is soimewlLal rich in conjunclions (words and phrases)- 

A li^t of thv more important is here e>rhihJted- 

In -shoTi, what is there? 

In -iiddltEOn to this . 

After thai {abmla} they had 



Iti n^aba nga sao. ania ti cddaf 

Abusi^an pay ia ■ — . 

Abu i la fsnaca<foiidii^ indac pay 
binaot. 

Af^payso uit-ay . 

Amiii no addncay —. 

A/my^pay nga os^uuiit li ubin^T 

Apaytipisy a nabuong toy a vasof 



you 



Bareug 

mo. 



no fnasapuian^ ti naa^an- 



C-« calrHon pay laeng it tpapaiay 

Ki Marcel 0. 
Cas batif I'jy a nayo. 



Caivfa Hf^a agpayio. 
Coma. 



Inioaa addum diloy 
Emr 



rohbed me Chey beat me. 

it 15 very certain that 

Since (because [afnin nc]) 
have come . 

Why (_npayupay) is the hoy cry- 
ing? 

Hov/ (ai^ayapay) wa$ this glass 
broktn ? 

Go and see if (bareng no) (aa 
rxpreasing doubt) you can find 
what yOTi have lost- 

A connective used iti Mtijunetion 
with 'V^«," (See 'V^") 

It seems as if (cas") it were but 
yesterday that Marcelo died. 

This wood is lilce (as if [fJ-r]) 
stone. 

Ill effect — . 

Particle used with the subjunc- 
tive. (See the Auxiliaries.) 

Used in connection with "quen." 
(See "qjten.") 

Since (because [iigaHn]) you 
are here . 

Contraction 



/JM H gitpHi^ii ;; t 

Maysapay napattglauada. 



or synonym 
see. 
For that reason . 



of 



"tige-m." which 



Umay ngarwd. 

Agitigan^a ugarud tli forl^nco- 



Ni'.iayoat ti forhnco 

bassiten. 



■ngem daan 



Furthermore C^f^aysapayy they are 

poor. 
Let him come then (tiiartid)- 
Gel in my carriage then (nga- 

rttd). _ 

Mine is 3 fine-Eooking carriag;e, 

but ingem) it is a llttU old 

(somewhat" old) now- 

Yes. b-ut ini/m) he has no ink. 

You are brighter than (ngftn) 

I am. 

The conjunction n|f™ is used in certain instances with the compara- 
tive degree, to e:(pre£s or indicate contrast of superiority fof infe-ri- 
ority). Navps says that "*em" is used irt its platt flft*f Ih* w>n5onantB 
b, tM, or [r. Narro in his vo^abul^irio uses this form in Other instances, 
I am informed that among the more Northern Ilocano the form "««* 
i» not employed. 



Of-ti, Hgatti Jioan ti tintana. 
I\'asicsicapca ngern jiae^ 



54 ' ILOCO LAN'GUAGIC 

Man^citaijuem em isada. He has belter juJgnitin (is more 

judicious) than (cm') thty. 
Nainfitnban dayliry em dirdiay This is bclEtr ihan (ern) Cljat- 

Cayalda em , They want tu, bul <fw)— -. 

Nuf>oy odda bassil a di^o, nda- Althuugh (■nupay') there is a lic- 
WNf, tie 60up it ia cold. 

Nupay. Fnr further uses of itupay see the 

AuxiliantB. 
Oejino aniiugutem ognno buoten- Eittier (flCF^ifd) obey or (tffffifKf) 

c(i. [akt a whipping. 

Daques ii tina^aytno, "apail pay. Vour bread is poor (bad), fur- 

therninrt: il i^ Sour. 
AtiQcnaca ^mott m Fabio Qite{ It was ctuniigFi in r^fftct (/^rftt^M) 
fju /j' ^li^hiTjf Tr;;ii casta ti ara- ihat T'tui were ihe son of Pablo 

utidmo. (lo knnw Tliat) for thai reason 

vou wuuhi do your work £0 
(well), 
Agbat'm^to rfii-^y 'e sia pitnan t' I ^hall remain here Mni^t (ia) it 

tnjuiirbifiu. is, in effeel, your will. 

QuffiJ. (ipneral meaning "and," 

The u^c of rjaifir is vrry idiomaEic- In enumerating several mdivi-d- 
tiala, when all ur iome uf them are pruptr names, lu^n is. u^ed before 
Ihe lasl of these. If there be Iwo eimmeraled the phrase begins witli 
dti, pri>viilefl thai the word be n-i>l a pcrsoDal pronoun; if it be, then 
this pronoun is pkiral, even thouKli the iiidKJdnal be in ihe sii^fiular 
numbpr, Thii*, in.'^lead of saving "John and I," the Tloco would have 
it, "We ^rid John"; inslead of saying, "ihat horse Itelon^s to him atid 

his uncle," ir wonld be- ^' to ihtm and his lUKle,'' The rationale 

of this ieents lo ^K: Ihat ihe group i'i a pJural aggregalion, and that ihe 
pronoun lakes necessanb the plural number 

Da luan q\cen Fedro. John and ida i]ucK) Peter. 

l^Qca^ i^iii:" Juan. Vou Ci^inguliLr or plural) dc^d 

idaniy queyt') John, 

Da^ioy ii baiafmi ijuen Ivan. Thi;. is John't and niy ( wi" 

•jtieit') house. 
Dediisy fl cahay^ da Antonh ijuen Thk hnrihe belongs lo Antonio 
P^dro. and (da -qucM) Peter. 

When more llian (wo individuals are enumerated the is'i>rd tada pre- 
ecdes the sernnd and eaeh nf ihe following names or nouns, enc^pling 

the last, where ijufn is ihe conneciive. 

Oa<^tiy\ ciidti Jfnin ijuen Ciriia. Yoii (sin^^ular probably), Jnbi^ 

snd idiscay, coda — qneti) 

Cerila, 

Da Lino, ctida Pablo, cuda Robert:/ Linu^, Paul, Robert and the sa-c- 
Quen daguifi sacrtsian. nstaris. 

In disjunctive phrases, where we would Ubi- '^wheiher — - — or" 
qit^K is employed befrarc ihe second term, and needs lo be rendered 
by "or." 

Adda piracna quett aoan. Whether he have tnoncy or 

iquert) no. 
S'aqjtirsang quen H^^mjj. Whether it bt? rougb or (quen) 

smooth. 
Quel And; sometimts "than"; £om<- 

rimes "that." 



ILDCO LAl^GUACE. 



55 



Quef is tomnionJy employed to connoci clauses, abo several words 
pTG(IJc3ted oi {he &ame subject. Il has use as a <^au^al servmg to ^ive 
reason fur whal is ^uid or comrnmiLlecl. It al^o is used in comparisons, 
where in reply lo one slalemeiil oi quality a grtaltr degree is predi- 
cated of anoihcr; and in such ca^e Jt is rendered by "than." 



Ufnuytts qu-et tiyiih-annaca ti Padi 
I^'i Antc'nio ntniisgpet qu-^t -nain- 

he. 

Dacqucl quel ita&ityQoi ti as&c- 

Adu daguit! iabofinn. Adudu quct 

duguiti lirbacnm. 
Masirib Hi ^ayyemco. Maiirsirilf 

quel iti cabsalma. 



Ad'Ja biif:ici! f!i suhsdiiF Fala- 

igc^ qwfdi Si ntfd/i. 
Disya qucSdl U f(m^(i^ua>ina. 

Oeviio inattgiitouititj queldi. 
SaAtr titat si^a ti aquiabaxoL 
SaHlif maysa niituiiif}U£K li bato. 

fmmayar la addu diloy da^uii 

(ticiiii'iii'ico. 
Aoa'i si chnfaitste la .annrE pity ti 

cncincrv. 
Pirra^Vtiboitt li S^tpiiii qrtilaeni day- 

loy. 
rniy no (fsnifsnon, 
/Jdiin.i^ i'teS li ■niri': uiOy ta sibu- 

bulii'isHiyii. 

Uray ao-ffw li piracco. 



Come, for {quet) I he t'alher is 

LAlliii^ yuu. 
Antonio is innocent and {quet) 

modest 

Your dog is large and (yw-^O 
handsome. 

YoQ have many cigars. And you 
havi: more cigars. 

M> frknd 15 wise. And your 
briflhtr is wilder. (In these last 
IwO &CB5 of tlatl5t?a the quel 
may well be Iranslated "and," 
ihc comparalive bting siil![]- 

tii'nLiy LnJicaitd by thu form at 

tht a itj relive. 

Arc ihere I}Oik]!-i?s in thi^ir hall? 

Rathi^r (Quetdi) are there 

(.-hairs. 
On the cimlrary {quetdi) it is 

from the Easl. 
iluri: possibly {quetdi) he is eat- 
in H- 
Notwithst^indinfT {saan met) yoU 

ivere to blame. 
Funhcrinorc isanto tutiym) the 

s[one was hard, 
J havt come btcaiirii: {tn) my 

tonkins are htTe, 
There i;* nu chocolate because 

(ifl) the cook is not here yet, 
I called yoti in ord-^r that {Sa^ 

no') you might spe ihi?, 
J3e it i^ray) whu it may, 
There are possibly many snakes: 

no mailer iuvay), uf ar<? pro- 
vided with boots. 
Although (umy) I have no 

nioncv. (Sci: for ^ray the Aiix- 

ilr^rie.'^,) 

I 



XI. 



INTERJECT] ON fi. 



A ll*ir will be- giuen hflow of the principal interjections. Tliey n^^ed 
no >pcei;i! comment, with one exireplion, which is here ^iven. 

In unlcr in expre*^^ Hdniiraticiii at one and anolh^r qualily in an 
object the partirk rrn^ is prclixed to Ihe true adjective, or in the case 
of dtrived adjeclives to ihe root ftonl which II h formed- TfJ the 
same word, if it be the only erne employed, tht particle en or « (this 
being .somctinics preceded by the optional syllable an) is attached, or 



56 



lE.OCO LANGUAGE. 



else tci the Kual word c>f the phrase or dause. The effect fif Ihi? com- 
pound parikk is to serve as ihG eK[)n:s!^ifhn oi wonder, 3 iltiii ration, 
amazement, etc. So it belongs properly to the preEtnt head. 



Nagpudotsn! 
biagdacQU a ia nen I 

Nagatlu li baionf 



Ho^v («ij^— — ^n) eold it is! 



How (nag- 
tlow (jiJg— 
What {"ug- 
What (,nag- 



-en) lioi it i&l 

■aaeii) great! 

-n) a lot of scones! 

-e«) y liKle bil! 



TBUE iNrETIJECTIOMS. 



itia&! A, a, quef! 



A, 0, a! 

Ak Diosc'j! 
Agaramid cayo, nlai 

Af-ia. 

Ansa, pisstugaoennaj:! 

Apaya, adda^anS 

Askapay nu boon^em toy a ping- 

San! 
Cailalti ' 

Dfi iccamiacdis! 
Ctsstaca gayami 



Oen, gayoiH-' 
I-i! 

U-"iay£a mallf 

Oitinabilmo man! 



Manif met daylat 



MaMer, they have t^au^hE the liz- 
ard, (An.siter.) You don'l. say! 

We!!, I d<:elar<:L (jr .stimething 

stmilar). 

"Don't jou iite^' ^'IIow \s llial?" 

"I have you Ther(?!" 
Ah, my God 1 
Do >our work, wal<e up there 

Ho!a1 ("yJ vcces si^niiicti ame- 

irn^r]/' — NarrOr) 
Oh, hoi%' (dtnaiiian) btaulitul 

she if^| 
What (j^irj), do }<n\ bi-d me sit 

dnwn I 
lIoA' {apaya), yoii Iktc already! 
Woe lo you if you br? ak this dish! 

Whai A pity 1 (Spanish "tasti- 
ma"). 

r!ease, jjivc nic somCj [rlease ! (Aa 
a eViiLd might big for a portion 
of what another is eating,) 

Is Ihar the way you do! (It is 
di-fiieult always io traijslale in- 
lerjections in anv language. 
The lone of voice, the manner, 
LtC) can not uppcar in print, 
Tlie reuderjiies >"ivfn must not 
h? taken bf, ]iieral.) 

Yea, indeed ! 

KxcUmalion when oife bears, what 
doeii not pLeu^e him. 

Please (mai) eomc [ 

WhaE (man), you hit [him) f 
(Whi!e wtfirt is father an adverb 
than an interjection, it is one 
of tho^c natural espl-etives 
(hard to classify) (0 be found 
in. almosl all Ungmag^s. The 
Dakolaa, or rather the Tilons 
or Plain Sioux, have predeely 
the same word, which is used 
as an exclamation of pleasur- 
able surprise — "wai Ie miinT') 

What's the odds! (difierencc). 
What does it mattfrl 



ILOCO LANGUAGi:, 



57 



Niimac-' 



Niiy! 



Soan a umay ni Juan, Kjcismanf 

/•tails n^uinin (i impauac idiay! 

Adda ditoy, nii 

Of 

Fes> 



Quil-ia.' 

JtirfiiiiKit 

Snpay i-otna fa adda diJoy* 

Sapnv ii/tna ta saan a iJii/ 

Sh! 

{/'uayca tKflletl! 
Uuayen! 



Good! (EquivaleiiT also to Span- 
ish expressioTis 'Q^P bucHtj 
iutro?"y "Esfaria frjfA,'", etc) 

A call to attract alenliou. ('Tdj 
tjue sirve llamar a genie poco 
res pet a hlc." — Karro.) 

How is it ingamon) that John 
has not comet 

Why should I haTC eont therti 

Here it i\ see (wi) 1 

Natural exclamation, having the 
same use as wilh us. 

An exclamation of disgust. (In- 
dicating "— ■ que huele ttmy 

mat una cosi 6 desagrada io qae 
S€ ojie/'— Narro.) 

An exclamation expressing in- 
credulity. 

A word used to drive away dogs. 

Oh that he were heTC ! -(Stc the 

Optative among the Auxiliaries,) 
Oh that it be not hel 
Shno' (Word for driving awa.y 

chickens.) 

Slop ! Quit! 

Ho^v' atrocious you are! 

Abominable 1 



XTT. 
THE VERB, 

The verbs in Tlocn are classified as Co-pulativc, Regular, and Irreg- 
ular. Thty arc futchcrmore divided into Active and Passive forms. 
Mo^t oE )he^e are composed of rool?. wliich niay be almofit anything, 
name J inilicating aclion, nounSj adjcctiveSj numerals, adverbs, etc, 

these being (ffli^Ei of them) in cotnbhiatioji ^ith certaiti characteristic 

parlicl-ps. In general tVie construction of the verb in Jloco is siniila.r 
to that of other Malaysian languages. Of course the lloco has its 

p^pi petuLiaritits as will appear. Many oi thes^ classes <>f v^T-b? ar? 

subiecl to certain subsidiary modihcatiijns, which will be called in 
Ihi^ work "Fijrniula&/' Tho di&tinction hetwefn active and passive 
verbs demands our immediate attention. 

The most characteristic (gTamtnatical) difference between a-ctive 
and passive words and the formulas is in the cases of the subject and 
object respect ively. 

Active verbs have the subject in the nominative and fhc object in 
the accusative. 

The formulas (mostly active, and wiilh certain exceotions to be 
hereafter noted) have the subject in the genitive and the object in 
the- accusative. 

Paiaive verbs have the subjett in the genitive and the object in the 
nominative. 

ACTIVE V£RB5. 

V^rbs are ^1asi;ed as active when Ihcy have one cr ctther of the fol- 
lowing charactercstics : 



isL WhcTi ther dp not have a direct objccti 



58 iLo<;o LA>jnij.u:E. 

Agsuralca. Do >ou write, t_Oi "wrilt" a% 

an imptrative.) 
Dicay pay rumntmi/ar^ Don't ^o yel, 

Agml-latia ditoy. U reeki of oil hen-, 

2-d, When rhert is at] objecl laken in a general oc indcierminate ' 
scnbt, not indivi'lualUed : . -^ 

Agpitnasda eadagniti piaggaii. -ij.i [nuui wa&h the ilish.es. 

Man^ycgcayo iti maiioc. Bring some chickens. 

A^paafaca iti danum. Ordpr some water ijrought, 

j(l. When tht: objtcl is dtieTminaio, the senieiicc co^iaiitma- the 
mterrofialLve "who" 3S the snbjecl: 

^ji'w ti nagsu^adiji jilidco^ Who swept my rtioin ? 

^jfp^ fj HtTJj^ff/irrf iti tagnala^ Who fcnrtti Iho gjrdcn? 

AsiJi !i tinimulun^ cadaeaya? Who helped yon? 

4lh, M'heii the iiubjtct ia tmp-halk and preoede;* the verb : 

Sioc ttiet iac'i^ri "att^aj'aptid £<s- I Jiiy&ciE made iheae chairs. 

d*iguitoy a Jfulangco. 

Situ a naiiggntaiif/foy a rcUis^ Dill you btiy ihib walch? 

Sica li i\aii^ar(smid toy o sapinf Dirf you make ihe'^e p^iit.^? 

The (io-callcd) copulalive verh^ and .'.ome o\ the irrpgular verbs 
lake the aclive foriii. 

ACTIVE fAwnrJ*"'^. 

A fist is herewith given of the parlicle^ ivi^ich enier £mo the eompo- 
^ition -ut th(^ a<?live jorins nf ihe regular vcrbii. Thesi? will he cnn- 
iidcreJ with greEitcr parlicialarity under Ihcir scieral heads. 

Ag^ Dciiulei sin.n>lc action. A^.wrsft- 

ralac. I am wrning^, 

Agii. t/gfi, or pago. To exptti^ limit to which a thing 

reacheSr U i*i used also to de- 
note tliat a thing iinicUi (ir recks 

i<iroytin Ve>lerdjy the riy*r ^ 
rcEiched [o itie i%aisl. Agiw-at: 
Ji^ni. Tlu^; smplk of \.vine. 

Ag<is, tfgfflffl. ReseiiiMauce AacaiMpa da-^uUoy 

a tiui^ The&e iwo resemble nne 
iinijiher in [he fact. Agcmaih- 
niini II lima. We iive are fcl- 
luiA-ltiwnsEneii- 

Ag^a. Commands the actioUr AgpuJni- 



giiJinyo. Have ("the place) 
swepi- y 

Agjia. Reciprocal ^clion. Af^si'ttuUfl/ttf'- 

da li^a dua. Thf iwo htip tiich 
the other. 

Aglagui. Provision nr equipment. AgSis- 

guipaltoo^ca^ Arc you provid- 
ed with, a guri? 

Aguin.^ V Prel-pnec. Agiiintuluruiica. You 

^ an pretending to be asleep. 

Apag Rccpnincss of action, Apagca- 

xanvmi. Wc aru just now 
married. 



tA 



ILOCC LANGUAGE, 



59^ 



Met en. 
Macapa. 



Mown (form of mamag) 



P, 



J-E 



Uiu. 



Recent n^ss of action. CaiuiluSo^ 

Recently cjtoki^J. 
Ability or tiiabilit>. MacauUcaT' 

Can you go up? 
Cause, ttsull, dffecL Macopapa- 

lay ti siibido'igr Pqi^on causes 

Sain-e as tnarapa, also -denotinE 
eHtrinsic caui^c, as reason for 
[iiaMlity. Dioc mncapassHrnf, fa 
adu it sangarlic. I am not ahlt^ 
lu wrilCj for I have (so) tnany 
visilors. 

Tran>ili-ve aclion. Asin fi maim^ 
ti! iti campano? Who is rinff- 
inj? the helP 

Especially u&ed lo denote brief- 
upfis of actinii. !su ti HaiiiatH' 

fi'j-y (pr'.'i-critf f<>rni1 rifdiitMfrfo. 

He had Ihem sil do^in for a 
mnrncTit. 

OblipiiiK, compelling, makiug one 
act or do Asm h njawiU^^Jiiffji 
qi*c!tCQ? Who make& or com- 
pels you 1o wril-e? 

Tran^ilivc acliun, Siifi U ma-n&tus 
mdaguili pingi^ant Do you 

Transilive action. Siac tf mnn^a- 
^iM Quenc^atia. \ will curi: hiiti. 

A?5ijriation in an action. Ma- 
Quipos ps^inrac cndncayo. I f will) 
takt a walk wilTi you. 

Indicale^ I hat the siibject joins 
wilh uthcrs who are intendiuR 
lo perform some act. lata tncf- 
jl\ii^a0uliiR iadatuadn. 1-et us 

Ei> wiili Ilipn3 lo Tua.ke Iht: com- 
paci if'^'")- 

ImWcaU-i llie U5.e fnr which i 
Ihjng Is inttnJc:d. F<ig!uf^^dn 
toy a f>ayo>tg. Tliifv umbrella 
is to use when it rains. 

Used for impcTSonal and neuter 
verbs and red prnc ally. Il is 
also used lo rienntc a sUhHi 
degree of ihe acfioll. Umi- 
uumcn. Dritilf a Ihlle. Luma- 
miis ti fiPJJfw, The meal (foodl 
is K^'ltinE i^oJi^T, Rumabiiti. 11 
is becoming dark already. 



TUF, FORMULAS. 



The li^l just fiivcn prtispnls the active verbs m th^ir ^iniplesi fcrms. 
Under many of the particles Ihcre are certain modificatioris^ i^hich vsc 
shall call "Fprmulaf^;' which reMrict the action of the verb to a lim- 
iltd sphere. The first nf iliese is iti relation to the inslm mentality of 
ihc action, and will be spoken of as the "Formula of Instrument." 



t>0 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 

Thf second indicates either l3ic pTatt, Iht cause, or Ihe persms alFecled 
b> Ihc atlioriH unci wiJl be called llie 'Forinula of Place"; il being 
under5[o-od ihat ihis fonnula embracei Eiko the caii^e and tb* person, 
Tht ihird denotes |h? person commanded, and will be tailed the "For- 
mula of Command." Th-e fourlli indii^ales frequency of action and 
often a5^iin]e& the form of a noim. Thi? wc shall call tlie "Verbal." 
Tht fiflh hai lo do wilh the time or the manjier of lh(? acliorij and we 
shall call [his the "Fotmula of Time." Some of tlie verbs may lack 
ccrlain, perhaps aU, of tbeae formulas. Wt? have given the maj^iinum 
number, ^hich many of the verbs have in their entirely. 

As staled before, the subject of moat of these formulas is in the 
genilive, anil ihe objecl, \^heii there is one, is in the accusative. The 
Verbal is ait exi^eption, faking its subject in t}K nominative. 

The simple verb atid a]] of the formula!*, cxc-cpting the verbal, indi- 
cate the prcterUe by a change in ibe characteristic particle. Thus the 
preterite of "flg" 1& "f^og/' of "mats^," "r^Lijr^," etc. We shall defer 
aiiy prestnl ifluslralion of the forms or application of these formulas, 
Tinlil we treat in exieiiso each of the claitL"^ severally, 

THE. I^ASet^ Verb, 

In the passive form? of %'erbs the direct object of the action is defined 
or iicnited in some particular manner. 

isl. By being limited by the definite article (alivays In the nomina- 
tive case) : 

Alaen ditoy li payon^, Bring^ the umbrella here. 

Quitaem li cahayo. I.onk at the h^rge. 

Sap.iapMienne ii ubing. He is looking for the child- 

3d. By there Ijeitifi a possessive sulfix attached to the Jireci object: 

Daitem ti supinco. Sw my pantaloons. 

Inovieiyo toy a arac. Drink This wine. 

Bitlociyo daguidiay a babuy. Stone those pigs. 

3d, When the object i? a relative: 

Maysa nia libro a basbasaec. A book that (□) I am reading. 

Deydi nga ur-urayenfti ^di. That man whom ("i^) we were 

CKpccting. 
Dagniti ifios fl gat^atange^n. The e^K& which {a) you arc 

buying. 

4lh. When an mterroaalive pronoun is the object : 

Asin li safriapuIeiyoT Whom 3r<' you seeking? 

Aniti li aramidem diloyF What are you doing here? 

i^jiu ti Siiladendaf Whom are ihcy imitating? 

5th, When (be object is emph^siKd: 

Sine ii sapsapuhnda. They are hunllng for me. 

D-ayiav ii daoaiendaf Is this what they are asking for? 

Dmayo li uSbudinda. It is you they are deceiving, 

6th. When the object is a proper noun or a personal pTonotin; 

Cuyugueiyo m Anlonii}. You (plural) go with Antonio, - 

Sapiiifnda m" Jvan. Let Iheui seek for John. 

Tuladenda ida. May they pattern after ihem. 



ILOCO LAWGUAGE, ' 6l 

i'AS^lVE FAkttcLfS. 

' The passive parltdes, like tht active, ariz given alpMb^linally, Thb 
does, not iudicale their relative inipor lance. In their trt alraent in 
detail the endeavor will he made {q ^Qn^ji^er ih? rnvst IJsjpfJT'laiJt parti- 
cles ^rst arad, as far as feasible, Ed arrange: them in groups. 

An, Of various uses; doing for an- 

other, placing an object, ditnin- 
utive, etc. Danu^nanda ili 
inapity. Put some water on ihc 
^ boiled) rice- 

Aquin en. Se* '^paguin en." 

Ca ^-^ an. Signilie? atlainment of contem- 

plated result. Svrutem dayla, 
bareng no casuTutam. PolSow 
that man, and see ii you -can 
ovcrlakc him. 

C(J - — - en. Increase or dimiiiuiioiT. Caikiid- 

dagueiyo dayia taO. Let out 

thar rope. 

En. Transilive action, Btmaguenda Ii 

apu^. Let them t>ring the lime. 

F. Transitive action, nn^ani, etc. 

iriquef'vio ii ruatxicin. Clost 
the door. Aoan ti igatan_gco 
toy fj cabayo. I have nothing- 
wherewith lo buy this horse, 

f an. To do for another. J iagadairtac. 

You sweep for me. 

ffa. To impuiCn blame, etc, Ipabo- 

ijngda canioc ri pinigaa. They 
blame me for breaking the 
plate. 

JWa. ' Power, ahilily. Snanmr a malpas 

dayfa niad. We are rot able la 
fniish that fence. 

Pa. - Commanding the action of v(?rb5 

in en. Saf^uleiyo ti cabayo. 

Pasnpulminto. Go look for the 
hnrie. We will order seareh 
niflde for il. 

Pa ■— - nn. To cnmmatid the aclioti cf verbs 

in an. Fapaltoogam dayfa 

aso. Have thai dog shot. 

Pa fit. L'ied with passives to indicate 

that the objeet is bidden, per- 
milltd, elc. Fasaplitmo ili ojo. 
You let him beat the dog, 
Patu^aoem ida. Hav* them sit 
ifown for a momrnl. 

Pa^ fM. The same as the preceding. Fag- 

^asuennac toy a liW<?. Let mc 
- read this book. Pa^surat^n^ ni 
Fedro. Have Peter write. 

T'oqu'us frt. To place some obje<:t with refer- 

ence to another. Paquindayae- 
iyo toy a caire idioy meysa^ 
Pill this bed to the east of that- 



•62 iLoco lan(;l=age. 

The passive vorbs in: not as rirh in formubs as (h* activi!. As 

ithi^y ^re employed ihej will bo nolf^d. 

n"i;hbrr ANrj pepso-k. 
Verbs 3iai'c three number? an<] three persoiiSr The iiiimberi are the 

sjnaular, tht? dnal, and iho [iliiral. Tht sinjiiiLaT di!nti[<j& onf? ijorsoii 
-Of- ihiiig The dual includes ihe per&on addressed wuh the person 
-Speaking. The plural tlcnoles two or nii>rc persons nr things (eHcept- 
ing the Hvo classified as dual). 

The persnTi b generally indkiiCcd by the personal pronoun attached 
10 llie ^ubjccl, whether fret iir u^ a ^iiflix There arc Ihn-c pronomirai 
forms fnr ihc firs! person pliiral^ namtk: Ihe dual form already re- 
ferred Ig, "w'c" inclusive nf fhose a-d(lre?.sed, "we" exclusive of those 
addressed. The dtdeti&ion ot the perianal pronouna will bt foitnd 
Liniler rhe head of "Fronouus." 

The independent furma tirt generally eniployed with varhis when 
eniphasj'^ed. The stiUixes arc used when iherc is no especial slrcss 
laid npnn the subject. 

When the verb has no protKuin aceirnijianyiiig it as a subject il is 
in the third person singular. The iioininalive of ihe thir-i person sin- 
^^Eilar 15 tmpliij'til with verbfh whtn emphalic. 

Tbe termiiial particles "(Tw'" and "cjr" coalesce with tlie pronuraiuil 
suffixes "^G." "^ffi<'." and "yo," ^o a^ to becomi' m. rr. inn. nii. Giyo. eiyo, 
Alttung itirae ol I he Ilocanni ihe iinm^iclihi'tl iorms miyn, cnyo. are 
in II SP. 

MODES j^ND TENSES. 

By the meaufi of incorpnralcd parrlele^, hy independent auifiliaries 
(adverbs or eonjunelionsj, <>r by rediijjlicaiion Ihe fuUowiDg modes 
are JmelliBertly expressed, namely: the infinilive, the indicative, the 

lubJLnclive (to wliifh may he added the poEtnEi^l of Ihe Rnglish 
Gramniar), the oplalive, the imperative, sm\ ihe gcriiiidive (ansiveriiig 
pradi-cally to our present participle)- 

Jn the tcnihts one may detect ihc folltuvrnj;: the pTtseiil, ihe iniptr- 
fect, Ihe preterite (.answering to the Greek "aoriM" or the Spanish 
"iefinidn'^'), and Ihe pluperfect. The^c cliiitiTietion:i Eire, himtver, over- 
scholastic, piiizliiifi, ai>d m tact unnecessary, for a compeleiil knowl- 
edge -of Ihp tjtriiclure iif the language At^ far as "inflectian goe^i there 
is absolutely none in ihe (so-eailed) copjilative verb. The rcHtilar (and 
some of ihe irregular) verbs have a inodifiration of (.be cliaracteri&tic 
. parliele which indicale^ the ]iretcri[e. A kuiiwledge of the power of 
such auxiliary particles aF. occur, roRether with aii?:iliary adverbs and 
con junction?, should suffice In give an intelfigenr grasp nJ the verb 
without burdening oneself wilh the tradhjons of Lalin, Greek, and 

Romance KTanim^T?^' 

'I'hese auHiliaries art (^'ithout givi]iR any trans-laliun or ileiinition 

at present) I'dt, iiilono, lono, ■ - iOy catsno. no. agtito. -sa. flo -— 

como, iio cffnin iiif. iiiipny. uray, .saf'ay t:uma In. Thc^e have already 
appeared under the head of Adverbs as "ihc Auxiliaries." 

In addition to the u.«.e of 1hp.se particle* the nielhud of e^pres^ina ihe 
infinicive, the imperalive, and the fiemndive four present parliciple in 
"". infi"), needs lo be known. The infinitive is the simple, unmodi- 
fied form of [he verb, and corresponds to the form of Ihe third [lerson 
tSngutar of Ihe present. The imp-erative is the same, with the pronom- 
inal suf^A of the .second person. The gerundive form i> denoted by 
reduplicating the first syllable of Ihe root with the succeeding con- 
flOnanl, The foll^^irtg examples will serve lo illu^itrare; 



ILOCO LANGUAGE- 6^ 

Knot, Surat. The act'cf wriling. 

Inlinilivc. A^sural. Tu write. 

SimpJe present. A^sumi. He \vnleSr 

GerunJive form of Agsunural, Il-e la writing. 

Prelerice. N'agSHraf. He wrole. 

imptralive, ^giuralca, Writi-, 

THE AUMMARIti. 

Idi meana "then" and refers tn lime jiaiil. In such cast it stands 
at iJie end nf the. phrase, unless some word like ^^eslerday, Tiioriiing, 
■elf., rjoj^nr;^; in !^ii{:}i ci\>ii it ^T^ciiiiii<i thjit word. U alsu TTitani; 'Vhfn" 

ji ri^Li|[nj^ 10 iiuie pasl, or "wliile/' In Ihis instance it is al (he be- 
ginning tif Ehc sentence With verb? tlmt have a regufaT forni if>r 
[fie pfPli-rilf^ il is nol calkiL^ fur. H it occurs it reverts to ils adverbial 

rharjclpr 

AJu i! piffnio rdi. I used (o have much ni-onej. I 

had p-l?nty nf money, 
Addiuic ditny ids ctiltiian. E waii ht-re jCilerday. 

/rfi Qddiica ifi_ bolay^o. When yoti wpre at my house. 

/f/j ub-uhbiiii^cisy fay. While ynu were y-et children. 

Ns cahti^uiSiO a naipiif>ascuyi'g Mv brother accomijaiiied me I hen. 
comae idi. (fdi heie is simply an adverb, 

ihc |>re[i:Tili: being inilitzaie'd by 

i\w pariidc itaijuipa^.) 

Caatto means "when' anJ rtlaies io iias( rimi:. il is used u^ an inter- 
r<>eaiiv(' and is pfaced at IJie beginning of (he sentcm-e. 

Ctto'if' ri finuggfTtungda tada- When di'i tht> biu llic fields 

guiti tiiltsir-nf lland)? 

•Cmn\o si pmaugQlepda loy a ba- Wlicn v^'Si thih house roofed? 
iisy? 

To. Thia is a ."^uftiN, which is allached to SfiitiP word of the phrase. 

If a wwti iie ihe lerminal of ihat VfOfd s eiipiioiiit "n" i& inserted. 

Jf this pjrlirlc <n7ciirs wi|h a. pronnminal j^uffij;, il follows ilr If it 
ocL"ur^ with ihij ^ubjunetiui? parlidi^ "sa" or with {\\n adverb "f^sy" it 
preeed'^''. The j;enerai meaning js fulnni^, Imi in some instances it 
neecU to be rendered by '*mu5t/' "may," "i>Ughl io." etc. The origin 
of thi;; panicle and that of irrlotr-niro, i'ttosro, Sotio (all meaning "w^hcn." 
in the fnciirf) i^ probably the samCr 

Au'uiuSo f'l fio^dlifiisF Wiih whai sha.ll we flih? 

Afaoidniiii'icuyr^ sirdt TariacT Will voii be able to re-ach Tarlac? 

jiddiicniito ttitoy ii^r intjUpi. You niiisl he here this eveniTig, 

■Aii'ni'iSo Si nabi-tyodf Who i^ \o payP r 

Bessiito Si pngny Uoy n taoen. There promises lo be 3 small har- 

vesl of fice this- yeSr. 

hiSon-'ano. intntio. ttiim, all mean the same ("wlien") and are sim- 
ply mijdifitatiimii uf the janic concept. Probably ijilen-an<? is tlie 
orifijiaal form, Il occurs al ihe heginniitg of the sentence. I( implii^a 
futurity, but i'^ al^io u^ed with a liiibjunctivt f-itrcCn indicaling; a cer- 
tain degree of imei:rlainly in the statement. 

iHfouo maUtu ii panagptilsiinc. I will tell him to cook in t^t 

evening. 

InSoii-iuio ti ('anongilaiom iSi f<f- When will you sell the horsc.^ 
boyo ? 



64 JLOCO LANGUAGE. 

Tfttoito naijnbag It liempo. Whtn iht ii-ealhcr is finz.\ 

lulotio adda puc a nalucmeg. Whenever the pnlkis arc faL 

Sa. Ihis is a Euffis and indicales a de^rt-c 'A uticcHainly. If a 
vowel precedes a euphonic ""■" is intercalated- II is always a terminal 

KUfTlK. 

Addanso id^ay iocina m asaitoc. My wife is probably in ibe hitch- 

CTl. 

SkaniQ li casoideSonda ofnin. You are probably (he mo^t capable 

cf ail. 
Addado^tsQ Hi ubhigco. My boj may Tiavc them. 

Niala- has the same meaning and power as sa, but is more rarely 

employed. It follows the word where [he uncertainty is supposed to 
lie. 

AddG n^ata Hi rabao li fimisaati. It is probably under the lable. 
Aoai Ttgala li sarittitt^anf f Have yau not n glass? 

Aiino ftgata ti adda tanana? Whu has any oil? 

Nft ' ^j)ma h used with or ta t\ttr\utc the subjunrtivt The 

words are always sepafated, the cmeial or important word of the 
phrast intervening. 

friend. 
No uddQ coma ditoy. If he were here. 

No coma no. This phrase is used also iwilh the Bubjunctive, Its- 
eleni^nt^ are not %eparalepd, 

f^o (otna no saanda nga Jiacaril. If ihey had not bfen obsMiiat^. 

Nupa^i and um%\ meaning: rhe same fallhoiieb, aa^i^u^), are wied 

with the present subjunctive^ and slanci at ihc beginning of the scU- 
tenct. 

Nupay jfljH a nalacrot. Although he is not timid. 

Nupay adit duj^uiti ii-uaniyo. Ahhoui^h jou have many carabao^ 

Vray noaK ti piracco. Although f have no money, 

Sapny co^a ta is the optative particle. The nan]« Is taketi from 
the Greek grammar, where the oplali-vu i& a di&tinrt modi: !:xpr(^^sivi: of 
strong desire, with a hint here o£ uncertain accomplishment. The 
words are not separated, and ^raiid at tlie beginning of the sentence. 

Sapay ^oma ta saa>\ li isiil Oh that it be nol he! 

Sapay coma la adu a piracdat Oh that they might have plenlj 

of money! 
Svpity coma ta adda ^itoyf Would that he were herel 

&FP^lJriENCE OF VEHB5. 

A verb Tnay be Jependttit ort anothei" verb Of on an adjeciivc. Jrt 
such ca5t the rules for the coiititctives are as follows; 

lat. When the two verbs are of Ihc same class, i. e., either active oc 
passive, the particle a (or hga} is the connective. 

Cayalco a quifacn ida. I wish to see thcTn, 

Cayatmo a daiten li badocf Will you mend my shirt? 

AggJignftca nga agadal. B« diligent in your studies. 



lUlCO LANGUAGE. 65 

jij. When ihe dependent verb h in the subjunclivej whcTlicr she 
vtrbb ire oF ikc ^^.mc or dcfEcCcnl claaaea, the connective IS ihc 
lig9tUTC. 

Citj^h-Ijs iTiCci 02<T"r^0iE. (Spanish ; T want thcm lo take it away now. 

Saanco ago atHPio a svtfsayda 1 did iloI know Ehst xhny had 

^Spani.ih : "A'a iupe que !i/iht- come, 

an veviji^,"') 

jd. When a verb li cichcr cla^'i ij^ ikpcnntrnt on any adjective, eK- 
ccplin^ ihfisc in "itaia," iJiat (luaJiiies a iiouu or tn^'^oi'nj tlie 
CH^nnecldve is ihe Ijgature. 

NiTsigiaka nza agsurat. You ar* j,bi]lul in writing. 

Bassiidif Hia UfijupH^. They arr fcyj [rj make the search. 

NantE*it£aj)Q ti^a trgJuto. Yoli are (too) dirty Id do the 

4Jh. WTirn Ihc aHjccldvc in "vtrif," or when an adjective ihaf is 
L^fd impfrftonally, ho.s a- pafi&in? vert* dcpcuifcjit nn [l. ihc li^Curc 
Is u&ed a^ a cuj^iieclive. 

Nttculadladini-f a iFfiiisKen. T( 11 iaddcnmg to hear. 

f\l/irmiuri-iruti-l"l a tiailafa. 1| i^ fttarlling- lo see jf. 

5th. WJieti tho a<ljei:tive m "traca," or an adicctivc used imperson- 
ally, h36 an actifp verE^ ricpcndfTit on h. tli* arti^If "/i"" h rhf 
coraiLtcrive. 

Noaay-ayai li agpaspasiar diloy. Ii Is [tlr^Kanc lo walk here. 

Naftlia ii assuiJ J| i^ paaj' to lalk. 

6th. Wfieu the governinB verb Is passive, and !hc dependent verb 

i^ atlivf, ih-e coflnft-livc is /i. 

Cflja^nTO /■ ogpaspasiar. f hkc tci whITi, 

Ammotn Ii afbasa? Oo yoil kilOW how to read? 

Ca^tda Ii o^tn^ao. They wiih lo sil down 

Khc^ption^ ; The irrcj^ular verb'i tim^y. mofoA, and en admll ncLiher 

tfae ajtjcfe nor the ligature beJore a -iependcnl verb. 

Fatitic ^gdi£Uir I am ^iiiR lo hilhp 

liHfiiayila BO^isao cani/ic. Th^y came ^0 h»ve a Ealk with 

me, 
lac<iK jjipuUn U supulfo- <}o luok for my purse. 

Napanda ai^^apai ili root Tlicy h^vc gone [o look for ficftte. 

X113, 

tiiil coput.ative verb. 

The Cc^ulaTive Vert is t-echnieany that which dimply connects the 

subject atid irn prddirare, prfiStesUPg or aflirminff the onf ftt tht fithrf. 
In our own language and lai Latiji, Gte^lt, and J^'tcncti (£or ilJustra- 
tJOfi) the verb "to be," ar its ef]iiivatent in The Iflngva^fi iHAnEJan^d, 
iciijch alBo Id indicalr loca[ion, and 10 declare the eslslcticf of an ob- 
icclr Thus, we say, "God is eood," "Ciad Ij in heaver," "'There Ji a 
God," the "11" in each instance having a d[ffrrent nieanlng. The pov- 
erty ol ihi.ii cxprfj^^iinn i< contrasted with the rirtinffis of othfr Jan- 
flua^s, as in Spanish, where "j^r," "ealar," "lener," "^Iiay" mark -wjtff 
distintlJifss [he coiiilllioti& where oiir verb "Co be" must wnif for all. 



06 JLOCO LAN-CUAC.E. 

For the true cupula thert i^ no word in the Tloco. For olhiT forin^ 
of "to be" it has llic afiirmalivc adda and the negatives, ffpflft, itjQ'l, and 
^i — - - The&e serve aUo 1o indicate absolute or temporary pussessiiin 
<tir naii-po&sc&sion) H ju&t di we have in Ijtin "i:s! mtln" (1 liavLv 
Jhert is to me), whidi meaning li covered by tht Spaniiih "Jfsf.'f." 

Under The head, Ihon, of the copulative verb we shall fjrst lonsidcr 
Ih^ meihcid nf expressing siuipk pre-ditation, and aft^t that state the 
n&es o£ "addti" and the negatives. 

rH£ COPULA- 

Simple pre-diCRlion when the subjett is not emphasized, or when it 
hab no ^Joiscsiiivc ult^ched, is indicated by mereij- |i[ai:ing the terms 
logi'lhcr, the predicate generally prttcding. 

N^iinha^. He (she or it) is good. 

NnlacTQlcayo. You are cjwardly, 

I^aiaiiig a booc daytoj. This ib heauiiful hair. 

Ntiiml/ag toy u daguns. This needle is sood 

Asiitf daytoy? Who is this person? 

A^i^iiiu dag\[idiayf Wliu »Tf tliu&c ]icople? 

Noiinba^ca n^n tap. You are a good man. 

If Iht ncgJiivc "saiii\" iis used with the predkaie, then Ihe predi- 
cate i]nariably comes first. 

Saan a naalas duj^uiti saona. Hi? langua.ge is not indecent. 

Saan a napigsa toy a cabnyo^ Is (liis not a fine horse? 

Saai'Ti ti ubjng^ I arn not a child. 

When the subject is emphatic tlie article "fi" or "di^Hili" is used 

with the predicate. 

Daylfy it naiayaat a papcl. This paper is fine, 

Deyla Si daq^ies. That is bad. 

isiid^i Si pangqais. They are cTO&s-eyed, 

Dcyley li na^udi a imuco, This is a valuabit: knift. 

If the subject of the copulative v^rb has a po&sos&ivt atiadied to it 
the a[licl£ ^1 or dtiguiU is used. 

Nainfel ti tiracmo. Ycrnt wine is Etrong. 

NaquiSing H wpjwmij. Your panis are short. 

Isti dediay li amanaf Is tliat person his father? 

Dacoya ti tal-lacay tay a ilif Are you the elders of thiii town? 

Bare U b-ado-mT Is your ihirt new? 

Wh^n Ihere is a negaiiue pr^dieation of quality, etc, tht word ''sadn" 

oT tht particle "di *' i.s used, Saan al^vays requires tlie ligature, 

which is never employed with di——. 

Sana a vapudot toy a digo. This soup is not warm. 

Soon dacQvei toy iamisaan? Is not this a large table? 

t>inac gayyem. I am tio! a friend of his, 

Saaii a n-alucneirg dtigieili ^aba. These bananas are not fit to use 

(bland, soft). 

When the predication contains the niodifyLng term "a little," "some- 
what," "rather,'* etc, the word adda is used as a true copula, its nega- 
ticn being aoan. 

Adda lu!-tul^Hgna. He is a little deaf. 

/ioan fi hul-bulsecco. I am nst a bit blind. 



1U>C0 LANGUAGE, 



67 



Aotrn ti inihag toy a arac. 

Jidda ImSaiTuida. 



THi^ wine 15 not at all ^od, 
Thty are somcwhai timid. 



Whfti thr subject of the sentence is a personal pronoun and the 
prcdkace has attached to it (in our own language) a possessive, its 
Tendering inlo Hoco will be found to be idiomali-c and aoniewliat ob- 
scure. There is givi^ii al length an exhibil of ihe several combinations, 
some of which appear inexplicable. There runs Ihroufih ihein, how- 
ever, -d csirtain Jizgrcc of onJtr. The liiit will be given accordiiig tO 
ihc person of the subject. 



Side ti goyyeptmo. 

Siac fi gayye mnis. 

Sine ii gftyyemyc 

Sine Ii eoyycwda. 



flBSr PERSOH, StHOULAB. 



CaiyetJiHai:. 
Gmyevida/r. 
Ca 'yensdac. 



1 am thy friend, 
f 3rn his friend. 
I am your friend. 
I am their friend. 



PLURAL, 



Dacami fi gayyemmo. 

fJacami si gdyyemna. 
Domjiii' fi gayyejttyo. 

Dacami ti gayyetnda. 



Gayyejunaca fni. 
Gayyemnatatni. 
Gayyei'ida<:amir 

Giryyetfidaia m i. 



We are thy friends. 
We arc his friends. 
We are your frkndSr 
We are iheTr frienJs 



11 will not be necessary lo show the first furm througli all the per- 
fion^. The icconJ. however, need^ to be cjthibiled. 



GaiyemiQ. 

Caiyevinaca. 

Caiyetff^'^ii. 

•Gaiyemdaca. 



SECOKU PFBSON, SZWr.fLAB. 



Thou art my frifnd- 

Thou art his fritnJ. 

Thou art our friend. 

Thou art th(^ir friend. 



CayyaiJcayOr 
Gayye "j j in caytr. 

Gityyemdacayo. 
■Gayyemdacay', 



PLVRAt. 



Yon are my friends. 

Yiju are hii friends. 

Yoli are our frie^nds. 

Vou are their friends. 



■Coiyeme-o. 
Goiyemmtf- 

Caiyi^iitna. 
■Caiyeittnyo 
Gtiyyeinyo. 
<jayyemda. 



(mi. la). 



TIllRU PtS^OK, SJNCLTLAR, 

He is my fdend. 
I!e r^ Ihy friend. 
He is his friend. 
He U our friend. 
He is your friend. 
He is their friend. 



rLUPAL. 



-Cayyei'n:o ida. 
Goyyciriwif tdq, 
GiiyyEtHfii! irfj. 
CayyemSay ida. 
Gayyemyo ida. 
Goyyemda ida. 

The use of the negatives 
is herewith ffiven: 



They are my friends. 
They are thy friends. 
Thty arc his friends. 
They are our friends. 
They are your friendSr 
They are their friends. 



'saan" and 



in simple prtdication* 



68 



HLOCO LANGUAGE. 



FIK.ST PEBSON^ SirJC^U LAA. 



Stmnac a gayyi^fn. 
Saaidai: a gayyem. 
Snandiic a gayyem. 



S^iottnafayo o gayyetiir 
Saajtdutayo a ^iiyy^tn. 



Dinac gayyept. 

i'>'dac guy ye m. 
Didm- j;ayy£tn. 



I am no! thy friend 
J 'jnt nnt his fritnd. 
I am not jour friends 
1 am not their friend. 



PLUBAL, 



Dinacami i:ayyi!m. We are not ihy fri-endj- 

Di'iulay^ S'^yy^m. We arc not h'n frii^jids. 

Didacami gayy^m. We are nof your friends, 

Didafayo gtiyyem. We art not ihdr fritnd^- 



Saatua tiga ^oyy^in. 
Smindacii ngii nayyein. 



Dka gayyefs. 
Didmn goyyi^Tn. 



Thou art not my friend. 

Thou art not his frietid. 

Tl]OU art noj our (afsO' 

tlicirj frktid 



?LURAL 



Saancay a gayyem. 

Snannacay a gayye^m. 

S-aandacay a gayyfui. 



Ditay j^ayy^nt. 

f?iiitn:a-y gayyctn. 
Didticay gayyem. 



You are not my frjenJ^, 

You art not his Iricnds, 

You are not our (also- 
their) -JricJitli. 



Saanco a gayyem. 

SaanKo a gayyem. 

Sjianna nga gayyem. 

Saantaya a gayyem. 
Stionyo J gayyem. 
Sus'iiia nga goyyeits. 



THIRD PERSON, SINGULA!*. 

Diac gayyem. Ht js not my friend. 

Dimo gayyem. He is not thy friend- 

JJina gayy^K. Ik h nol lii& friend, 

Dilny gayyem. He is not our Erlend, 

Diyo gayyem. He \s not your friend^ 

Didit gayyem. He is not iLeir Jrieiiii. . 

PLURAL, 

Saatfo cz guyyern ida. Diac gayyetn idii. They are not my friends^ 
Saaitmo a gayyem ida. Ditto ^oyyi^m irfu- They are noi thy fritndi 
S-ini»itii tiga gfli'yffft ida. Vi''0 g^iyy^*^ ^li"- They art not his friends. 
Snaiiay a gayyem ida. Dilay j^ayyetn id/i. Th^y are not our friends- 
Saanyu o gnyyem ida. Diyo gayyem ida. I hey art not yuur friends. 
Saanna iga gayyem ida. Did-a g-ayyefn ida. Thej are nol their friends. 

AUDA AND AOAN.. 

These words will be considered first in ihfir meaning of "lo te," 

Thej' have no use a? true copulatives cKci-pt in the diminulive sense 

alreEidy nf>Tfd. Thf SiJanish "^Jfflj-" defines the Trieaning nf ntfdn 
so far as \t applies to localion or position. Adda and aoan are also 
used 1o denote tsisti-nte and an&wer in such tase to the Spanish "hay'' 
OT "no ft(7y." These meanings will be considered now. They ha\e a 
further use indicalin^ possession, answeritig to The Spanish "lernrr.'' 
This use will be considered aeparattly. 



ADDA, FOG POSITTfPJ. 

Adda is used as a connective |o indicate Location or position. In- 
such case it ia f^jll-nwcd by some form of the arikJe or by the demon- 
Btrative (whether ^rajnmalically as adjective, adverb, or preposition). 

The neeation is "aofln." 



ILOCO LANGUA^iE. 



69 



j4dda difa !i cal-losongco? 

Aoan ditoy- 

Addanso sii rahao i\ lamiiaan. 
Addada ifi fflKjufflum-;, 
v4dda ditoy li ubin^co? 

Addfi tdiay i:oana. 

Adda ditoy ni gtyyEmmoT 
A^an pa^ Jif&y, addA iti 5it*ib'Ja». 



Is. my hai there J" 

II is not hdrc. 

It is probably on Ehe tabl«. 
Tliey are on your right. 
Is. my boy here? 

Ht 15 in the kilchen. 

I5 your friend here? 

Ho J:^ not here, hi is at fhurch. 



ADDA, FOB EXISTENCE. 

Adda is also ust^d to indicat(^ cxislcnce or supply, and its nt:galion, 

as in the pr^vrow? iiistflDct, is 00(^1^ yih^n ?mp]fjy^d m this sens? 

•adda docs n<it require ihe arliclei but aoan always requires it, unless 

\i be used as a solitary word in rtpJy 10 a qu<-siion. 

Adda riifapay a nalanxquen.^ 
Aoan. 



Aoan H linapay a vatangquei. 
Adda tal-lo a couiian, quen adda 

tunetn a dumalasiJr 
Jidda di^o f 
Nupay odda, bassit naiamiis. 

Adda fao ifoy a balayT 



Is there any hard-bread? 

There is nof- 

Thcre is no tiard-bread. 

There ar* three roosters and six 
pullets. 

Is Ihcrj: atiy soup? 

A3lhoii^h there is some, it is rath- 
er (a lillle) cold. 

Is ihere any man in this house? 



ADDA, FOH POSSESSION. 

Addi is used to indicale pii,s.se:5sioTi, and its negation 15 "aoan." 
When the po^^ciiiioii is actual iht possessor ii in the genilivtj and 
Iht (iiins possessed is in Ihe noaninfltive. The article is not necessary 

in the iiffirmaEion, bUt is used with tht negatinn, unless aoan has con- 
nected with it a pr<>noiin or a demotisiraiivi?. Aaan Is used alone, 

"howpver, as an independent answer, m-eaning "He has not," etc. 



Adda tiiba£Oirt? 

Adda. i^£ftrt ni}mgel 

Adda i'tiltitugyo? 

Adda fahoo^fni ^uen adda i^ay- 

aii^iiti. 
Aoan l-i asoda.. 

Aoan ti or^cmo a na^ayaat. 



Have you atiy dinars? 

I hav*, b-ut they are strong. 

Have you a gun? 

We have a gun and a spear. 

They have no dog. 

Yon liave no good wine. 



H [Iic^ thing possessed is only in (emporary custody of a person, be- 
longing- actually to an<>lhcr, then the person holding is put in [he dative, 
(he article in question being In the nominativt:. The sentence ''Have 

yoii luy knife?" would he rpnci^retl "j? rny knife to you^' Indeed» 

Diroughout the use of adda to denote possession ^here persists ita 
Tool mtancng of "lo be." 



/Jdda f[ mal<?£ qnencaf 
Aoan li maloin caniac. 

Addnnsi\ iii Mbingeo. 

Adda Icy li tabayotnf Aoan, ad- 
da quen Pedro. 

Adi's ti yan dagaili bnrnaymo? 
Addada iti ^ocivero. 



IIuvc y(ju my hammer? 
I have not your hammer?' 
My boy may posj^ibly have \i. 
Is yotir horse here? No, Peter 

has it. 
Where are your jars? The cook 

has them. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

When the object possessed has some qualifying adjective ihe word 



TO n-OCO LANGUAGE. 

adda is not employed ; and iti such cases it btcomes somewhat JiRi^ulf, 
unl-ess shown by the coTilext, to determine whellitr (he idea is that of 
possession or whtlhcr il is onlj a simp-le predication. 

Nasayaai dagvili cabayum. You have fine horses, 

Ni Pedro naimba^ li iabana. Ptitr has good bananas, 

DflflUfj ti tinopaymtf. You hate bad bread. 

When the idea lonlaiiied in "lener" and aluo in "hay" orJinarily 
exprcs&ed by <idda, has absnciated ivith it an expression of quaii|ily or 
number, as ihe adjfclivcs <idu or hassil. ihi^ adjectivt with ti ^crvcs^ 
ihe aiidii not Ijeing used. 

Adu Si nuanffyof Have you many carabao^? 

j4du iC pasay dlt-ny a Hit Is ihere much rice in this (own? 

flijjjif ti pagay diioy. There ii little rice here, 

Adu ngoSa ti \can. Perhaps There are many li&h. 

XIV. 
IRREGULAR VERHS. 
Among (he irresuliir verbs ihe ont already treated {-addii) may be 

classed. A rtEulpr verb is one whose root needs the aid of cerlain 
verbal particki in ordi^r to be us^d a^ a verb. An iTregular verb is 
one (ha( does not necessarily need such aid, but may be used inde- 
pendently. It may, however, be ernployeJ wi(h one or another verbal 
panicky in which case it becomes regular. 

There are discussed under this head ihe EoHoivin^: Ci>*^a (to S3y)^ 
Cant) (it 15 saidj they aay that), Arxmo fin knnw)^ Caytii Oo deAire)j. 
Ited ((0 give), Ra or In (To zo), Ay (lo come). 

COSA. 

The preterite of [his verb is Qvmonci. It is used in ciiiodng what a 
person sa^s. II i& classed 35 a passive verb, so having its subject in 
I he genitive. 

This vi-tb is also used in combirialion -^jih cerraiu verbal partirles, 
and beeompti g regular i^erb then, either iiclivc o-r pa&^ive 3S the 
partick may determine. 

It is combined with the active pardcle ag -, meaning '^to say." 

It is combined with the pas.sive particle en when it aiisimilaies (he 

verb next to be considered iCn-no). 11 1a.kes the passive panicle i 

when il ha^ the rneaning of repealing ioine physical action, gesture, or 
motion. It has also a peculiar par(ic]e (passive) pacpa, which gives 
the fli^atiing of *ipeaking jestingly. The word cona be^id&s its mare 
general meaning "to say" is sornetinie.s used to mean "believe, think/" 

Pacpaionac. 1 am speaking in jest, 

Citmagai toy a aid^ "S'adn fl Does ihls dOg bite? TEiey say 

cHiPUgat" c-ontjenda. "it does nol hi(er" 

'^CayaUo coma Si agdidus" e^nana. He says "I would like (o bathe." 

Cona ai JeiucriJlo ili evnngelio }*:^U3 Chmt says in (he gospel 

"Tumac-d^rca qufS oltiem Si "Arise, take up Chy bed (blan- 

uleano qiiel ini:a idiay balay- ket) and go (o (hy hou^e," 
mo." 

"Aoau" qvinona li jtbing. The boy said that he was nol in. 

"Umaynelo" quinonn ti baha-i. The woman said that she would 

come < "I will come.") 

Cifyrnc no ska daydi. I believe thai you are ihat (kind 

of a man). 



ILOCO LANCUA(;E, 



71 



Asiii ti agcona ti iibingf f 



Whal does Ihe boy say? 

Place your fingers m thiE posi- 
tion. (As I show y'j\t. aa might 
be said by a music-teacher to 
his pupil.) 



CAWO. 

Cano is an iinpersonal verb m^aiiing "U is said," "They say," eic It 
is classed as pass-ive. If it occurs isith cfltJfl, meaning with it "They 
say that ht says," it follows thai verb. Sometimes the "o" is synco- 
pal^d, C'fiflu may lake one of the vcrhal particles en or i (passive^, 
beconiing then a regular verb. Either of these gives the meaning of 

"icgard, accouni, heed," etc. 



Adda can hj Sennr Obispo. 

Adda diSoy ni aporn? Adda can- 
on. 

Nangtusvida nga Ktisjiigadeitf 
-'^'angruguida fanuu. 

Aonn fi piracsa agr<Tltrt, 

Di'ia fon<aii<icii li stio fi apona. 

Dinn incanca^Q doguid aramidna, 



They ?av thai The Lord Biihop is 

he re- 
Is your rnaster here? They ^ay 
ihat he is, 

Iliivf Ihey begun to ci^aji yet? 
Tho ^sy that they already be- 

gUUr 

He iSyii "that he has no money- 
He pays no alleution to his mas- 
ter's \vord&. 
Hi' payii "no heed to his work. 



AmtH^ i? pa^^ivt'- It i'i alsu ite^^J ri?^iilarly in ronihinatior \%-Jth tht 

parliclt-s (passive) i-a or macti. nie3Tiiii>' iti the first case "in sludy 

to learti," in the oilier "lo be careful-" 

AtntkA^ii. 



Aiiia ti ammocf 

Aoan ti amntOC. 

AnzPtoyo ft^iiJa no isJ'i It ar'ieit 

duguifi Franceses? 
Snatrmi ir^a a-mmo_, ao<i'!S<i fi 'ta- 

Sici ii macaainmj? f 

Snan, si'K ti tiaiaarKnso. 



To tr^' to learji (haf of which out 

has hci!n ignoranl, 
I do not know whjt he said- 

What do I know? 

1 don't know. 

I know noMiing. 

Do you know, perchance, who :a 

Viiif^ of thd French? 
We do n-ot know, possibly he has 

no nannc^ 
Take care ! 
They unrisrMand. 
No, r am the one responsible. 



CAYAT. 



C/iyal is an irrcgtil-ar verb signifying uijl or desire, the Tatter rather 

than the former. If i^ h passive verb. It admits of red uf Meat Ion, be- 
inK followpd by the conjunction] K£ejn; in such case ihe meajiin^ is 

"In prefer." 



Cayatc-0 fi saowir 

Affv no cayalmo mabaHiac a da- 

lusQii. 
Cayalmo n^arud nga incamt quirt, 

etc. ? 



I desire your woTd (i!- e., I am 
willing to accept your word)- 

Master, if thou wilt'lhou canst 
make me eleaii. 

Do you wish »heji thai we go 
and, etc. ? 



72 ItOCO L.WGUAGK. 

Caycayaica ti mapaa sadi Zam- I would ralhcr ^<> to Zamboanga 
boanga nicift jadi Aparn. than to Aparn. 

mo. 

//(■rf 15 3 pfl^scve verb meaning *'t/> give/' Tl iimy lake the passive 

parliclfs en or an, in which ca^es it is ayncopaled, losing ths 

"e'' II also takes Ihe Iransitivf particle iirun^^ when il becomes ac- 
cordingly an active verb, 

lied (or) ild^n. To give. 

^oiirt ft j^edro gufico. f have nothing lo give you, 

lattdaifdai: iti bassit a sida^ They gave me a little meat, 

Nff adda dao<iSeiiyonlo ^luejt Amo Whalsoever yc ^hal! a^vk the 

Hi iiflgaiifo ildmniytilo ioda- Father in my name he will give 

cisyo. 1 1 Unio you. 

MangTadai cadocayo ifi dactjud I give yon many ihanks for your 

panaguiamafirQ agxipud ifi ta- kind intenlions. 

saguday a timjiieniyo. 

Asin ti nanitcd i-QdotiKida' Who e^vc il lo ihcm? 

AY. 

Ay and the verbal fi>rni mnj'an are not m construction (e(>molog- 
ical) irregular. Hut mapa's (f*fi" with the vprl>al f^a) will appear as 
thi? origiti of the prderite of cir (lo gu) ; and in ils byntactical rclationSn 

as will bt seen, ay i& irrpg-nlar; so it has been thought wdl to iniro- 

durc it especially here. 

Ay means "lo fotm." Il is used with the active verbal partiele «im. 
whose prelerite is iiim- When the verhs untay, vfnpan, and fh ha\e 
another verb Jtptndenl upon iheni. they do not admit eUh^r |he 
arlicle nor the parlide as a connective. 

When ftmay and ma-pati (preterite fiapaa') govern a paii&iue verb 
thdr own iubjects arc put in the genitive. This peculiarity 5cenis to 
aiilhorjie rhe placing of lliese among ih^ irregiflar verbs. 

Itnti^ayna inahi fi p(\langca. He ca^e lo lake the chair 

immayda mtf^tisno cuniac. They rame to talk with me. 

Asiii fi Mway? Who is coming? 

Umaycn. He is coinini^ now. 

Umny daguili pulon^ lapnji anii- Let ihe p/fU.ilas <^men who ren- 
eitda dugviloy a burnay. der a certain yearly talc of work 

to the eovernmcnt) tome and 
take away these jars. 

Umatyo Quiiap't fi rdoscoT Have you come ta sec my watch? 

Itainayni ijuim'fa idi caiman. We canie to see it yesterday. 

EN j^Ntl «^?AN"r 

The verb en is closely as^ociaCed with mnpais. Hn is an irregular 
actjve verb, meajiitig "to go," and is used only in Ihe first and second 
persons and in the three mrnibers of the present and future. The 
third persons of the present and future, and the preterite entire, these 

aftf laktfl from ihe regular verb maf^an. The root of mapan is pan, 

and lo find il, as well as almost all verbs in The dictioi^ary, it is ncce.s- 
sary to go to thi? root. While mapan is a regular verb in construction 
its ayntan ia irregular, as has been alread); shown, 

Whenever the verb "tn go" shntrfd be in the preterite (cjcpre^^ed) 
it retains its pTeseni form if it have another verb dependeni upon at, 
and that assumes the preterite form, li^ however, Ihii verb as a pre- 
terite has no other verh dependent on l|, then "'iap>a'i'^ is employed. 



Tlj^CO LANGUAGE. 



73 



Whe]i Ihc STibjecl of the preaeiH (or future) is "\," ihcn the "n" 

i& d-oublcd. as "ihtin^," "^nfiado/' 

Tills word is sp^iied "en" or "hi," there being little distincljon b*- 
Jween the vowels "e" and "i" in th* Itoco. 

If thcr\; bt anoihcr v?r!> dtpendcrit tfn r'l or ^?<flM" th? artkk or 
ihe ligature is not perniissihfe as a connective. 

if flj(f/jfln have 1 verb in the passive dependent on it, ihc subject is in 
the fietiitivc and not in the nominative as it should be otherwise. 

To exprei^s ihe idea of going for the purpose of buying (in a gcn- 
-eral atjjic) some form of the vtrb ea 15 employed, having an active 
verb in "mjf"^, mam or man" dependent upon it, whose root i? the 
thing to be purchased, Thua, lo fiay "QOy bay a cow (orj Buy cattle," 
the lluco wouM be "Inca mamaca." {/'ica mflMi-toffl, the b being 
dided after The particJe i»am by rule,) 



Jnca»i naHgapas. 



Jnta idiay balay m guyyemSa. 
Innacpay agiucal. 

JLiinac ogurddifi. 

J It cay iiagdiguj' 

Mapnnda agsupul it's asm. 
Jinpa^ pasiictitcin toy a danvm. 
Jncay ffiiofi !i cabnyo- 



Wt liave -come to buy cottoti {ca- 
pas). In this s-enlence note 
the elision uf c after nan^. atso 
fhe use i;if the prcs-eiit tense 
in ivcufH, the preterite being 

indicated by the particle niTJrg. 

Let us go to our friend's houser 
\ ani going lO chdnge lny cli^thA^ 

Ersl. 
I am going to pray, 

Hf haii gii[ic to draw water. 

Did you go lo bathe? 

Gd right off. 

They arc gone lo get some sail. 

! am fioiiifi lo change the water. 

Go catch the horse. 

I went to look for my carajiao. 



XV, 
ACTIVE VERBS. 

AC 



The particle a^ i& of very ronimoii use m the lloco. II is combined 
■with a fireal variety of -words, nol merely nanies of action, hut also 
Tvnh a inniiber of nnuni of different cla!>se!*. ludtcd this pectiliarily of 
vprbiil jizrtirki coa!e&cjnK wilh all cla^^es of words Eo form verbs 
is <:Eiara<:l<.rislic of Malaysian languages. 

The same word that may combirc with this parljcle may also be 
■used with man-v other of the particles, whether active or passive, 

Tbe nieariinB of the sintple utrb in ag is generally of action not deter- 
mined or limited by an o"bjecL As modihed in [he forniiilas an objtcr 
is somclimts present. 

We give below the ainlplt foftn of Ihe \tth. USirtg iUMt (th* AAl 
cf writing), a?- the base; this lo be followed by ihe formulas. 



Jnfinitiwe, 
Gerundive, 

Imperative, 

Present ( simple )t 

Tresenl (eonlinuouOn 

Imperfect, 
Preterit*. 



Agsurat. 
Af:surjuri*f. 

Agsursurat. 

idl agsuvi^uvat. 
NagiU rat 



To write. 
Writing. 
Wriie. 
He writer. 
He is writing. 

When he was writing;. 
He wrote. 



74 



ll.DCO LANCUAGE. 



Cla^s. 

Instrument, 

Place, 

Command, 

Time, 

Verbal, 



FORMULAS, 

Present. 

Fagsurat. 

Pagsuro-tan. 

Pagsuratcn. 

Ptmagiurtit. 

Manags%fraf. 



PrelerifCr 

PiaagsiAfat. 

Nugsurnlai. 

Pinagswaf. 

j'iitagsural. 



The chnn^es ofciiirinK whcji Ihc personal pronouns co, mi? or 310 are- 
followtd by the lerniinals an or ea have been already ^ivcr. 

The ^rundtve is u^ed as an adjective, also to indicate action con- 
tinuous in the present &r in the pa^l fpri^sejil itid impcrlcct) -. it is 
also uifd oftentimes -when the subject consisls of more than two indi- 
viduals. The infinitive is used with its projicr ronnerlive {/i or llie 
ligature) when depeitdent on an adjetlive or on a verb. The Eeneral 
lawi for modes and leii^c^ ^pp'y thmugfiout lo the verbs. It i;* to 

be noted that tlie auxiliaries, lo and sa ptfinr to attach themselves to 

the subject promun or |o the negative, when lltese occur. 



NoHgiit a isgsuraf. 
NoEpiicada nga agsdJigsang/t- 

Idi agb^sbiisafa agsursuratac. 

Agsublicon. 

AgfiuitJisi:iiyfji cadagush pmgga'^F 
/] gbasb-iisiictimi lin daddiema. 

Agcataaaca majif ^ 
Aiin li (ighifo JfJ iun^'iF 

jVi £isbsaico li aglvlo^ 



Vou are diij^nl in sewing (^lit- 
tftfllly "to i&v,-*'). 

Tt is difficult to write. 

He gave (hem "fioud-byt" weep- 
ing. 

While you were reading I vas 
'WfiCinj'. 

Just coint: up (ci>nie np now). 

Will you wash the dishes? 

Sometimes we (inore than twu in. 
subject) read. 

Why do ^on laugh? 

Who is cnoking (cooks) the 

meal? 

My brother coolf?- 



fORML'LA.S ILLliSTRAl^^U, 

Thf iurmula of Ijjsiruniail is employed when [hat with which the- 
action is accnniplished is referred to, whether by qnesiioii or by- 
an'.wer. It di-mands uflcn lo be tran^latajl by a noun indicEiling so-nip 
instrument, though in llie Iloco Ihe word it Iruly 3. verb. The parliclc 
for ihe present is ptig. a-nH -for the preterite it is pinag. Tlic subject. 
IS in the genilivc and the object is in [he accusative. 

Agsiirsnratac, ti^ciu d^iOU^s li pag- 



Day!ny is f'anpatniSino dpnUiU 

pitman. 
Air^i fi pirsngatcpda tli simbaaHT 

Ania It pi'segdaifmo ili hadotnf 



I am writinE, but niy |>rii (the 
thbig with wbich I write) is- 
bad. 

Clean the dishes wilh ihis- 

With what did they rocif ihc 

church ? 
With what did yo-u ^ew yoirr 

shirt? 



The -formula of Place includes 3)5.0 (he cause arnJ (he person 
affflftt'd by tht aetir>n. For the present the particle pag is prefij^ed, 
and the particle nn is, used 3s a suffix- The prctcrile has fan for a. 
prefiK and nts for a siiffij*. Where the cau^? app-ears, even in a siib- 
!iidiEEry clause, ihia formula is emplojed. The subject is ill tht genitive 
Bhd the object is in the accu^-alive. When a personal pronoun is the 



JLOCO LANGUAGE. 



75 



subject and another personal pronoun ihe objecE, thr formii givfii 
under iht tiopulalive verb will show the proper rendering. 

Where are you wal"kirtg? 



Hi i£vid li irnybay ti ^ag^aspas- 

iaranmi. 
Adin li ptiKUTayaiKliJ icniacF 
Difoy fi nosur-urayonda qurnco 
FagsufStac, la gayy^mi:o unay- 

Ti paguimhagan Iny a arar., :fl 

i^adalus. 
Hi pagsaniiraitni la nagpacudan. 



We were walking along^ ihe sea- 
shore. 

Where are they awaiting nif ? 

They are waiting for you hpre, 
I write to him, because he i^ 3 

very dear £nend. 
This wine is good l.ecauS-e it is 

clear. 
We are cryinft be:aiis.: he h^s just 

gonc- 



The formula of Comniand shows the comTtianding oi some one to 
perftjrm the action indicated by tht root For the prttenl the prefix is 
f'QR and the suffix, en. For ihe preierile the prefijc is pmag. In this 
ca&e the occurrence oE pergonal proTiouns. as subject and object re- 
quirtii fhe saint idiomatic tnzalniciit as was shown in trealing of the 
copulative verb. As in the previous forinulas the subject of the verb 
is in Ihe geniti'vei Ihe nbj ert of tht action is in the accii^alive, A dis- 
tinction must be made belween the obiecl of ihe action and ihc person 
commanded, ivhicJi js not the object oS the verb, 

Whom did you order to make the 

whirls? 
IE my bov had been ordcrtd ti> 



A.iin lo pa^aramidevH cadaguili 
badbodom? 

\'o ffiffljj fw ti ubhfsco li pinaga- 
ramidmo unsays ayajitda coma. 



AsUf li pagm^adeiyo iti silid? 
Aniay (ragtugaaennacf 
PQ^basnene^ Qupidi. 

Pagpa cadae ncam in . 
^aairdacism a pagufddaen? 

Suanyc a poglutuen ida? 

PagsapaUnda ida iti sum. 



niaVe them thei would have 

looked betlcr. 
Who was ordered fsvhom did you 

order) to sweep the room? 
What, do you ord-er me to alt 

down? 
Rather (do I order) you lo read. 
They command us to g-o now, 
Uo vou order us lo retire (ico to 

bed)? 
Do yoti order them to cook? 
They b'd them go and BcJ some 

vinegar. 



Thfst^ last su e^aniple?> need a special explication. It ftoidd app-ear 
Ihat the ohiecl^ of Ibc vcrLi in all ( i. e., ihe personal prutiouii objects) 
arc in the nf^minative In every <!ase, and that these instaiices conform 
txaclly wilh ihe rule of the p^siiive "ihat the object be in ihe nom- 
iiialiver" Elii( it i& uLxcssary lo di&tiuKni&h between the Jirecl object 
(if the verb and ihe object of Ihe jormula of coTumaud. Tn the fast 
example only is there a direct object (i!i suca). 3nd that is in the 
aausative as it should be. In tlie other instances Ihtre is no direct 
object t-ii Ihc verb, ihey bein^ either inlransilive, as "sit dow^," "go 
lo bed," "leave, relire"^ at they afC Uicdjntfaniitively, As 'Vead" and 
"cook," The person comtna^ded is in tach, as it is in a]! cases under 
Ihis formula, iti llie nominative, and the lileral meaning of a sentetice 
wduld be e. g, : "They command that we go/' fCc, It will be noted 
also thai, when the person commanded is of the third person plural^ 
the nominative form "ida" U always us^d. 

The formula nf time also includes ihe manner of performing tht 
action indicated by the roolr For the present panang or panag is pre- 



^ ILOCO LANGUAtJE. 

Rxed, for the preterate the prefix is pinag ur ffinang. The aentencea 

where thii fotniiih k^ offlftli^yed iii dtnoie iiJiie muEt, if interrogaiive, 

be prefaced by some adverbial word or phrase of lime (^caano, inion- 
aiif, aiiia nga knras, etc.). If the sentenc-c be declarative some expres- 
sion □£ limt^ must be cmirloycd. 

laton-uni) H panongilacom ili ta- When will you sell the horse? 

bayo-f 

^aa»u ti pinaKSOtangda fadaguili When did they purchase the 

raltaJottf fields? 

.Ania nga koras ti f'anagriinimo F At what hour do yoii get up? 

-Caufio Si fittagpunasda ^adaguiti When did they wash the dishes? 

piiigganf 

Idi lalmati t\ pinagpunoida. They washed them yesterday, 

Jntono bigot ti panogpasiariaf Shall we go walking tomorrow? 

To indicate Ihe manner of the action this formula requires in interro- 
gation? some word like "how," "in what manner/' etCj while in 

■declarative sentences th<^re tnu^t ap^tar ^ome adverb of matiJier, or 
some adjective used adverbially, to qualify the acllou denoted by the 
root- 

Naimbas tinay li paHagiuraS ysr. You write very well, 

Naalas unay ti FfiflUgsaonii- lie apiike very ug3y. 

NrsJucti li psnaggotangda ilr mha- They bought l}ic horse very cheap. 

Ciijnnn li panagbasa ti anaonu? How does your child read? 

CflJdno ti piiiaglibtisnaf How did he fmaiiage to) escape? 

The same mies a5 to (he subject and true object of the v-erb hold 
"here fl^ in the previous formulas. 

The verbal indicates that the subject frequently does, does to excess, 
is accustomed to, or 3ikes to, perform Che action of the root. The parti- 
<le 15 manag prefi:ted. The subject is in the nominaiivc. 

ManttgWKa^ Vou are ii grcEit talker. 

Afanagpaipasiarcayo. You arc fond of walking. 

Daguili MonaiuSfp. The roofers, 

Da^uifi w-anfTfirfiTfJ. The sewers (used to sewing-), 

OTHER U5ES OF AG, 

The particle a^ is prefixed lo certain concrete nouns, givina them a 

peculiar and lim.iltd verbal ntcaniiig^ as for cxaniple : to calch fish, 
to pinv. to have the fever, [j> play the part of Hamlet (a^hfimtefuc 
wotild be correct), to don a g-arment, lo indicate Aiiutual relationship, 
la be equipped xvilh. 

AG FOB SEEKING, HUNTINC. 

To 8:ather f-t to &<rck the fruits of the earth or of trees, or to fish 
for rienizCTis of the sea and fre^h water, i.'» expressed hy the use of as 
and the thing sought, 

Napan uagnafeng fi ubingco. My "boy ha.s gnne for greens. 

Incam asrasa. We are j^ing crabbing. 

Inta agbayyibas idiay baqteir. We are going into Ihe woods to 

get some guavag. 
Ag-iirtteiaslanto met. Lei tis hunt aho for cherries. 

J^apaacay nagbiittcolf Did you look for snarls? 



78 ILOCO LANGLtACE, 

AgUj;-tiyi>j\ica. You p\iy lllc part of fool 

(down), 
Agbtiba-iacto. I will tjke Ihe part of a woman, 

AddQi^tQ ^<^m^di9? Offn, agsng- Will ilitre be a play? Yes, and 

sagana daguititito agcom^difir they are Arranging the parts for 

Ihe players. 
^.TJifouJo ^1 baba-i ftga agar-arit What woman will lake ihe part of 

qUtcn f 
Astnonto ti ialaqui nga agar-ari. Who will be llic king? 

AG FOR MlJTUAt RELATION 5 K IF. 

To express Ihe re !al ion ship of two or more iisdividiials (0 esch other 
og ii prefixed lo |l»e word CKpre^slve of relylionEhip, I* [his should 

be ol a falhtr ur motheT towardi the children, the particft would be 
pr^fjKpd to tiie word for father cr niolher, etc., the olher relationship 
being implied; it nut being pn^^ihle from the h^r^ i^pnt^ncie to tell the 
sex of Ihi uiic implied. If there be more Ihaii two, the fifit syLlahle 
u£ the noun is reduplicaled. 

Asafsada. Tlie-y are father and son (child). 

A^i<ii\*xda, Thi.-)' Lire mi>LlLt.T and child, 

Agapoda. They are grandfather and graihd' 

child, 

Agaiauada. They 3.r(i ^uiband and wife. 

As*^issii!sincami. We are cousins. 

Agaaniada. Thc-y art (tht) father an4 Hia 

50l>5. 

AgMJimcamL Wf fire mother and children, 

AC «l ACTACUI FOB EQUIPMENT. 

To take along with one some defensive or offensive weapon is ci- 

pressed b^ prefixing- ag or aglagtii to the word denoting tSie weapon. 

No ciipni no inca idiay baniay. ag Jf you should go to the mniinlains 
pulioogca (or agittguipaUiog- take a gun i^ilh yo-u. 

Agbunenfiacirts. I rarry a bob now. 

A^tagti'igoyani pay ida. They abn carried (were armed 

with) spears. 
Ania ti t^agtaguibuneiisam? Why do yon carry a bolo? (No- 

- tice that the fcirinula:!^ are the 

same as with ag.) 
Caano ti pinagtagwgayangdaT When were they armed with 

spear i? 

Closely associated, at least in forntj with ag are several particles 
inio which ag enleri as a component part. It ha^ been thought well 
lo place these several partieles under ihis present chapter. One of 
them '^ag^a" is conneded, not only in form, but also efynioloeically 
with ag. 

AGSXV. 

The paTticle agsin is Intimately connected with ag, inasmijch as with 
certain modi fical ions ag may lake it^ place. The u^e of ibis particle 
is to denote reciprocity of action^ and it also serves to exprd^^ emula- 
tion or rivalry. For reciprocity of aciion eiiher agsin is prefiJttd^ the 

first syllable of Ihe root being reduplicated; or ag simply is prefixed 
to the entire root reduplicated ; or, if the root tnd in a vowel, th* root 
IS reduplicated with "ft" intercalated; or after the initial donsonant 



ILOCO LANCUACE- 



n 



of Lhe ro'^t "rjifj' IS 
plifatcd TJicic arc i 



4lh. 




^gjjnciifiJiijirfOr 




AgJUiicJiisktia , 


dva. 



Anijitfjnqvifada. 
/t ^iatnsaada. 
AgfinnuiMnzda. 
A^tianuHgptiia. 
Agsinnuiscdit. 



inscmcd, ag prefixed, while the rool ii. not ccdu- 

lluilrfllctl with "rn'i'"ff" and ■■jao" 

T^y havf compaiaion on cicfi 

ilhcr. 

They look ar each oihf r. 

They aid each olhcr. 
The i*n hc[[f cflch other, 
Th^y liad a boxins bauC. 
They arc wrangling (fji^pwlipg). 
Thfv havt HX»n3p3S«Jon on fath 
H>[n(;r. { Kere Iht E}TiL:npHligTf 
[■f "caan" ^hqiilii bc noledL I 
hnvc HOI been ab[e to di^over 
iLlly &ct rule for the mzny Siya- 
cnpalinn', Ihat occur in ihis kn- 
giiBfie. OJleii i[ IS easy to re- 
covet the roul. ETcrc i[ W4>u]-d 
he ■.omcivFi^r difficult") 
They are looklne at each uJhflc. 
Thi-y arc cun vcTSinn- 
Thfy help each olher. 
Ttiey are bUKing 
They arc wranjuhllSL 



Tfi denoic rivalTy ot emulalion between 1*0 or more the ^rlkle 
asi't is preJii^ed and the tirM Eyriahlc of lhe rtiot is rcdup Mfaled J or 
[he paTiicIc "■[![»" maj be itisjTlcil aflct (he firai coiLsoninl ol the 
toot and the ronit il.ielf ih reduplicated, pfovided Ihal mare ihan Iwo 
Individuals are spoken nf- 



A^iinf'pigsa da Juan *inen. Pedro. 

Agt'iiisifibdt. 
Asiim^iigiatda. 

Aglftrfiniit-Kda. 

A^pinHisiapigsada dagvit tal-lo. 
A^h nnvcTa€£l-v,cm^sd<i, 



Jobn and Peter aie rivaln in 

cnurage (cniiilare each oiherl. 
They are competila-r? in learning 
Thiy mnlcw wrih each other in 

(feals oT'f agility. 
Ttic two arc rival TicM« 
The three arc rivaC^ in valor. 
Ttiey are coiupelilora a^ to whldi 

is the heavie±l (falle&l)r 



Agvin Ls used lo e:<pTc.',a [he pretending the pctformaitce of some a<t, 
or of Ei>rne ^tale or CDinJitlon. \t clo-iely approaches ag in "playing 
R pari." While iti the ptevloiis fase, Hhett a^ waa in,ed with "j'lm" a 
coiisonam inceTpo^inp, here the p^iiu^lc IE a whoCc, ihc "m" being a 

phonetic ijilercaia(ion Thu-i, "ag 1'"^" -or "ngitirt." When used. The 

fir^E pliable ol the Eoot IE reduplicaled. 



AzKtnlu turogta. 
Aguiiipipilayiia. 

Nttguinpapanao. 



You ate prelending to be asleep. 
Thcv pretend Co be [amc. 
Ife m^de a'i if he were gc-ing. 
Makze beljtvf Ch^l you art rrad- 
inK 



So 



I LOCO LANGUAGE. 



Ania 1i fagaiitsasaiigiiaiyaf 



Thpy preietidpd to b? wriling. 
Wh.y iiie you making btlicvc lo 
cry? 



aga OB pag>- 

One or other of llie.sp parlicle^ is uar^d to signify ihe part of the boil^ 
to i^hich somclhitig reaches, as -water jn fording a siream, depth of 
mud, kn\flh of a aarment, etc. In such case the pari of the hotly 
which niBrks the hmit ii the root of the verb, ff iiga (oT pogii) is 
followed by a vowel a euphonic "l" is inlercalatcd. 



Adalem ti carayanf Agmiqugt idi 
caiman (or pagmiqueS, elc.) 

Diusa Qgapingil 

Agfmyso a t'OgfrfumeigF 
Agatengnged. 

Aiidda^ Jd^uiVi hi\a h badotii; 

ogirainaydts. 



Is the river dcrep? Ye^Ierday it 

reached to the -nais!. 
Perhaps it di'l not cmne to th? 

ankles. 
!s it sure thai h came to the 

liECca? 
To the neck ralher. 
Your i^hirt-i^lpevcs are lon^; Ihey 

come duwn lo yonr fin^^rs, 
Tliey only rea-ch Co the elbow!<r 



The parlide aga^s alsu used Kj itidieate thai sotne person or Ihing 
SiYiellii (if i^Omellujipf. In thi? use if the rnnt, whicl* is thai from whii;h 
t]ie odor emanates, begins with a vo^wel tht euphuiJie "l" is not ititt-r- 
calatfd. 

A^achocolotpca. You smell of choeolale. 

AQ<nnatnaia met. And ycu sjiiell of soup. 

Agaarai diloy. Ii smcelii of wine hcrt. 

Asalasonada. They stiitll of onions. 



AGCA OP AGtACA, 



To show that two or more mdlviiluals posse&s the iame moral or 
physical quaTities. ^r [hat they resemble one auollier iu sonae re&ptct 
or condition, the parliele flfiiflj or, if there are Ihree or more, ih-e par- 
ticle ageaea is used with Ihe wonS showing the poinl. of resemblance as 
a rooT. Sometimes the parljdt uji is allached lo the root. 



Agcarupit daguitoyna dua- 

Agcarngeldo- 

Agcaaroha ii bolay da Juan qtten 

Pedro. 
Agcaamafattti, ngetn sabali nt 

i«uc, qnct sobch ti innna. 



The?e two resemlile each other irr 
ftaiurcs. 

They are equaf in strengthr 

John's and Peter's houses are ad- 
jacent 

We have the same father^ but 
difftrent mnlhrth. 



If ihere are three or more individuals the pariicle rjgfin:* h usefT- 
Somctimes the particle am is appended to the wurd denoling the pifint 
of likeness, but iU use i^ optional, and it does iiol seem to affect Che 
meaning, 

Agcacapin-ano cayof In ^hai ^rade ar^ you? 

Agfacasucubcami nga vppat. We four are relations, 

Agcacaadalancami Wc arc schoolmates- 

Agcacaadakami. We are schooJmates, 

Ageacalugananda amin. They are all fellpw voyagers 

(shipmales.) 



ILOCO LAF^CUAl^ 81 

ABtJL. 

The parliclf ogpa i' uacd piain.]y to indiciilf itie oriEering of an ac- 
tion. The (li^TintTluii thus! be noftcwd "belweeH Ih* formula of com- 
mnjiil juiij cfmnian^ling llic JctEon nf Ihc verb. Thr Jflflrr ja sJmply 

i foriiiuh: Ihe former [s ^nbjfcl ro modi fie jdon. ihrough ill Ihe for- 
mula!!, carrf&pundin^ FxatCly To Og, wlTll Fht aJdiCicm i^f the syllable 
/ifl. TJio formula? arc ^ivcn below: 

Ciais. Frfffaf. Fmerisc. 

Simplr form, /Jupatural. Nagpojurat. 

IrtfilfUrafUlH Pagl^aSUfai. Prti'^^famT-al 

Gallic, I'lippoiWaSati. Nafp/tiitr/ila"- 

Cornrnand, Ptiffpasu<'iHen^ Pinasf'iiiuraf. 

Tiiat, Panagpasurat. PiMag/iamral. 

ManarPoaramidai. I am ihi: ftrrcman. 

AgpupuftiSi^ itid/tnaili fin^/afl. J prHcr iho ^isht:^ wai^he"!, 

i'agpuf\as?ncQ cada^HtJi pi^sgs", i flf-dcr jon 10 wash iht diahci. 

H^jjf asnra/i a jiD. YoU hflvc [htm lurilc 

PagpaboiUfc ti uhingc". J iJtld my bny to bavc them "gd. 

Ah'H Ti pmagpadoitrnvf Wirli wh?i did you order the sew- 

inp doiic? 
Ania ti p^igpatigatf ayyiff V,'hy dirl you order the pllce 

'^SS'ii ha;; ^nmr ^pcri^l uikf^, aE luill lit fnimil tt> he the ^a^r W''^ 

itesriy gM The ^'erbal psrriclts. ft giva ibc mcaninp of e^^ing in a cer- 
tain diTCcliun, cumman-diii g- oneself. 

NaKpaaiiai<ataii wi itnavnoH? Has >ioijr fallier already ^onz lo 

thf Snuth? 
AsPoUi^dac cctnit. I 'hnuld iiLrc 10 go Wesl. 

A^pudHoi'la mmi. jfdyi,VHT.' I'fleTid, let JS ^ Thi5 way. 

Agpeidi^/yn/yo. ^it (yi'u) ynncrcT. 

Tbe Ciipressicnis "Does lI seem Ih> you," "Do jou ihink," ctd wilh 
IKEah'kJi'^ a.rf al^n cx[tr?^£tO by liKii p^rtlcl^. 

^Hjo, dun ast*'4fi''i^S '1"""^' Whai, do y*ij rhinlc rhai T hai-e 

no Cass [can't hear)? 

Thih iiarCiclt h used Id eKpress ihc jdcs of retxnincss, or cif hdivLEitr 

bce]i recently accomplisHed ur ione. ' 

Aftaglvlo. RecFnEljr cooked. 

^pafifBJflr. Jus* married. 

/tStagartaiap. T have just sivcn b\nh to a child. 

Thi^ [tarticle ptrfi]ied fo a word whose Jirit ayilahlc is tcdupiicatcd 

bidicaics [hr n^c 10 nhich rln? ihiii^ is put. 

Pagtaivdo loy a payon£. This innhrella i.9 lo use when [l 

rains. 



B2 



TLOCO LAMGUACE. 



XVi, 

MA NO, 

The active parlido jnan^ is used primarily and principalEy to mak? the 
active Iran&jtive verb. The phonttic pfihcipltS o( the latlguaj^ do not 
p^rmjf the u:^e of "ng^' before ccnaiii consonants^ to t»e specified pres- 
ently. In sach cases either nam is used or mafl. The gra-mmatidal 
iiipiifitaiice <ji the tVirt:e ■fttrms iia tht iamc. The formulas of rtufg 
are herewith given, The elementary form beinfi: placed first The root 
empl-oyed is 'a[ad," lo fence. 



Clasj. 
ElemenUry, 

rnslrumcnt, 
PJaciC, 

CoTH mand, 

Timv, 

Verbal, 



FOR hi U LAB. 

Pangahd. 

PanSaiadaK 

Pangoloden. 

Paiangahdr 

Maniiniahd. 

EXAMPLES. 

Bring ^ chair. 



Preterite. 

Nansaiad. 
Pinangalnd. 

Nan^aladait 
PmangQimi. 
Piisangaiad. 



i'lV ts rmiixitiRiis gueiiiuonii. 
moH^hcoda iri h'ja. 
Mangiiiatsatnua/: iSi nai-mbag a 

naiftietnmo. 

Asinonlo to mungeddep iti Sifaof 

Aiin li HdH|/d^i7 cadaguiti pa>nu- Whr> 5old the hens? 

sian? 
Asln ti nangalad fa kuerfa? 
Si<tC tl "if'^S^r^^mi^ id* ctiiiaais. 



T fwill) cure him. 

They sell -oil- 

I trnsl ill >oiir good will. 

Who will pill oitt the light? 



Who fenced ihe garden ? 
I did it ye^lerda/r 



INSTKUWENT, 



A"'" f' f'Cinguupdo iri sifnbaairf 

Ania li piin^iddfpyo iU apuyT 

Ania ti patrgsalsat sfi badom? 

Ania tt pin-angtiratnldyo iti n<isir- 
mitt 



Wilh what are they Tooling the 

clinrch ? 

Wilh i^hai do you cxlinauish the 

lire? 

WiTh whfli ac* they rif>pinf? your 

shirt? 
Wilh what did you make the 
candy? 



PLACE. 



Sadin It nangalaam its apu^f 



AdftJ ti pangiacvaadii atdfrsuifi 

mo'igaf 
Ania li pan^gal^pda dayioy? 
Asm ri pan^iimiiamaaivo Hi htr- 

difji^f 
Asin ti pati^gatangntn iti arac^ 
Asin ti nanigtstanganda iti cdbayn 

a nangislif 



Vto^a what place did yow hring 

the lime' 
Wher^ rill tht^y acll mangoes? 

Why are they fixirtg ihlB toof? 
From ^hom dn you cspect aid? 

FOT ^''^^►m a^e ydii buyinf^ wine? 
For whom did ihey buy the black 
hors'J ? 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 83 

While Narro in hig ap&fndiif gives 3 f&rmulA far Ih* pttitn wm- 
Rianded, tht u»e m iJiJs i:a.&t seems lo rev^fl tiacV to [he pATlicle "og" 
1r K ta Jie rf-m^iiibertd Ihat Ihe SAihr luot uiay be ua^d i«iTh one a.nd 
dnuEhcr ^rticFr, dccivr Or pAA&iv^ Thfrc Are no Hiced conj Ufatran s 
^; in LaJin, Grwlr, llfhr^n, or in The Roiiuflf^ fliid oHicr modera 
HuiapcaiL laiifiuB^^ The person commandbl 14 at coufm j. direct 
<fitjea and "ffj" ^criff? [0 eKpicaa Ih* id^a ftilly. 

TIUL 

CfMTO (i ^rnaFJfaran jh" gtilasf Whcn did yoiq brin^ the cnllh? 

J.di caiman li pinangaiae ili galtu. 1 bioir^ the milk yest^rda^-. 

Aalaeti li. ptiHaniala ili daral. ll U easy lo hxiil and. 

Samhag li pina^^aladda Ifx la- Thfy made 1 BDOd fence about 

htiefla. ihe garden. 

Inton-ana ll pattaniyfgda cadis- When will lh*y Turing ihc o]iH:k- 

Ila ti pafiangyegda cadoguili iflog. TTity are btingfng llie egga now. 



DagHili mtttanfloin, The Ai:ElerA fmcicikAnLfi). 

Dagaili marmnggeian^- The buycts- 

Dagnili wananglHUj. Th« CQok&, 

f}0euilr manansni^p ill balayro. Those who are loo^ag my house. 

FoF the gcmntiivc fomi, when ihe rool is 1 inonosyllsble, or beconm 
mnjin^yilabcc hy the i^yncupaliim oj it^ IniliaL \OHfl or ^yllabk, (he 
p^Flrcle >VI(jrJje rlai:lf 'm ccilaitlieiatc'l inair^d of ihf TCK»I. 

Can/M or ftrn. f^nd Afdii^maq^jiuftf. The^ are ealjjig. 

Hptc Ihfl £j« loacs lis 'V after 
"*("' leauirig only "an," and 
Ihe TOOt in such daiC tKCOlnfS 

difficult to di^over. I^xptricrqc 
will leach ojie how lo «elr fnr 
ihr (kmtnrs thai are Irickin^r 

Z*^, a ^ft Manzmansledda. Thcj are aiv- 

ing. 
TfigffHfff, dayiahor. Hangmanggufdda. They arn 

wDridnr by Ihe day, 

Whon The parTiric wani oeeurs befntc an inilial V or -flu" tTfii 
letlcr IS buppres^enj, and Ihc "ng" ia o([-en rcduplicateJ, even when 
tbcrf a iiu fmfthafii nr (rfqufHiatruf use. 

/fp adnfff mang-igaai, (ftam If kiijf onv Uk» ^Cy on me. ^ 
^ifrt ti nan^atar (from easar) Who married [hem? 

Asin ti Hflfl^jjiTuij (from ^hU- Who bruihcd you? 

ijtiii) eadaiayot 

Manon^Aiaasida i^Hoy. Tlicy arc very cnniirBiTHonale. 

.^]JH li mangnguviit cadagvUi en- Who Tooks after youT pinperty? 

Wnia ti dina nattgomieiaran Why JM be not Keu yoU Mr- 



fess^ 



This panicle has ila ■■pccial applications. But inasijiuch as -urhat h 
true of ifTflfJG 15 ciiuilly tTuc nf H.d* and moa. the diHeTcnct m »ne 
u^c □£ ibe panicle being only in obedience lo phonetic law*, uifit 



Rj ILO-CO 1-ANGUAGP- 

tousideration will be ilcft-rrtd unlil Ihc olher two parlide^ f-hall havu 
been given. 

MAM. 

Whfn the Toot begins uith. "b" or "p." this letter 15 suppressed and 
mntii becomes tnatn. The furniulas arc hcri^with given, omitting Ihai 
of the ptraoTt commanded. The root will be P^tii, to strike. 

FOBHlIl-AS- 

Class. Pfe^eni. Preterite. 

Elemenlary, Momatit. Namalit. 

Inslmmtnt, FumatU. Finaftiatil. 

PlacCn Famalstan. N omatiSnA. 

Time, Fammatit. F-intitnatit. 

Vnrhal, Momtniilil- 

EXAMPLES. 

ELEMENTARY, 

As't ti mamalil Ui cam^a'ia? Who is ringing the bell? 

Asin H namarsua iu iub&ng^ Who crealed Ihe wo-rld? 

Mamatii^a cadngxtiii sancf Du you btlicv!^ my ■words? 

/JH li HtitHiilubi^s QU^H^af f5id he ^iv^ ynu perrahsion? 

Sica ti naiKasia ijucncuaira. Yoli have conquered him. 

Asin ti rmmisbi's cadaguili losonaf Who ^-alercd ibe onions? 

INSTRUHEUT. 

Iti bofobofo it pamotiida Ui j-am- Tbcy strike the be:!! wbb the clap- 

pana. |>er. 

Ansa ti piitmnisim iti ttnapay^ With what did they cut the bread? 

Anta ii paviaroiuesdaf With whai do they gird thftii- 

selves } 
Dayioy ti pamari'iUirsco. ! gird mytclf wi(h thiii. 

I'LACE. 

Ni ^enor Obispo li partnitilanda ifi They are ringing the bell for the 

cafipatiii. Bishop. 

Ansa li papmutaitifo ill ubing!' Why are they whipp-ing the hny? 

Adiii ti nufnasiiiafida quencuanaf Where did Ihty overcome him* 
Adsn li pamissisiyo iti HnapayT Where d-o yon distribute the 

bread > 

TIME 

!di rafjttan ts pinamatilda ifi rorfi-- They rang the bell yesterday. 

[nfon-ano li panstnasibugda cada- When are they going to water 

guili {amna? the onions? 

Tntono bigat isttKto li pammoolio To-morrow I shall give you a 

qtientra. whipping. 

V»IBAL& 

Dagvili wannKoli- The believers. 

Iti mammajra, Th^ victor. 

Fti tnnmmast codaguiti Mb-Mhhing. The one wha be.aEs the children, 

Iti jtidriiwj^jufl. Th« Creator. 



I LOCO LANGUA-GE. 85 

UAN, 

When ihe root begins with "tf," "s," or "t." sudi letter is dropped 
after mang, and thi? partick itself is converted inio man. The for- 
-mulas are given -nUh "dait," to sew; the formula of the person com- 
manded being absent. 

FORMULAS. 

Class. Present. Preterite. 

Eltmtntarj, Manast. Nanait. 

Instrument, Paizaii. Pinanait. 

Place^ PoiTtiitait. Nanailmt. 

Timt, Fntnail. Pmatniit. 

Verbal, Man nail. 

EXAUtLES. 
ELEUENTABV. 

Ska ri nKsnalus (from datus) ca- Are yoa. wa^binE the dishes? 

diiguHi psngganf 
Sia^ Si Kaitnit cad/Jguiii mt-diastHO. It was I wlio mended your sloek- 

ings. ^ 

^1 Mari^eti} ft nanacao cadaguil! It was Marcelc who stole my ci- 

jisin fi iminvmi cadaguiti jar- Whu writes your leders? 

Sica to noriapiit Ui ubingcnT I>id you strike my boy? 

IKSTpUM^NT. 

Ama fi f'tiiuiitmor With what arc you sewing? 

^nia (i pitianailda cadaguili pan- With what did ihey sew the 

diling? skirts? 

Ania fi pitnurafmo^ With what are yon ivriting? 

Anra ti piiianagadmo Hi agdan^ Wilh what did you sweep the 

itairs? 

PLACE, 

Adrn Ij panailanna ifi badocf Where is she making (sewing) 

my shirt? 
idiay s-ilid'ia ts panuratajiKo coda- He is writing the letters ia hia 

g»(iSi surs^raf. room. 

Adr*^ H *s(invsifaiyo iii vbingf Where did ^ou cha?lise the boy? 

Auto li di£a paauluyan iti Jur/tiT Why do yoti not finish the letter? 

TJME. 

Naintbug ti panTtaittHO cadaguiti You are making (aewiag) the 
badhadd. shitts very well. 

Naladao ti pinanugqvetfno iii can- You are putting in the candle late, 
dela. 

Daques Mway H pot^nMrQti^ fOrffl- They arc writing the letters very 
gaiti svrsvral. badly, 

Caano ti pinafiacaoda Hi babayT When did tbey rob the woman? 

Mannusaca codagaiti uh-uhhing. You (seeni to) take pleasure m 

putiishitif; eluldr«n. 



S6 



IU)CO LANGUAGE. 



Vassiiti mannuJad isi naimba^. 



The dng-beater^, 

Tht folTowi^ri of (rhai which is) 
good. 



OTHER OSFS Of H ,* N"0, MA^^ AND MAH. 

In addition 4" the general uS(^s of this partidt m iti several modi- 
fications, it is also cnrployed lyith ihe name of [he anide in ques-^ 
tion as the base of itt verb, in the sen&e of K^iiiK or starching for 
firassesj cane^ fire-wood, and olhtr thiiig-s of th^kind. 

[ntOH-ano li pafimiflola (frnm When shall we go for bamboo- 

"hcio")? (iin^)? 

Ila ma}riroroot<:{fiH!r We arc nniv~ l<}oking for gra^^ 

("cii'iiU"). The gtrundive form 
here is in rule denoting continu- 
ing action. 

Aiin ti mamanaoF Wtio is hnntine for cofton (pnn- 

Napisn 'nel jrtsHguay. He has al&o gone to seek bejiico. 

Inia manuHgrod. Let us go for fire -wood {iun^ 

TfiK -partiele is also employed wifh thr meaiaing "to go to buy,"" 
the object which it ijj dtJiJTtJ to purchaye bcin^ The root of the verb. 



[tn:ani natsgapas. 

SaoNca nga napon iian^aynf 



Let u^ go tn huy chickens. 

We went to buy Itte-cotton Cf^n- 

Did )-oii niM go to buv wood 

Did you lio to buy calliej' (Note 
that in these CKatnplcs iht iiur- 
chase ig ^spoken af ui 3 general 
■w-a^ ) 



XVI J. 
RRMAIMTNC ACTIVE PARTICLES. 

Under this head will bt etnbraced tfcie remaining active parlicks t» 
be irealtd, whith will be Urn, Maca. Macapa. Mai^apag, ASaqui, Mnqm- 

pQg, Maqui nnt, Mamtig and Mtstf\t!. Thcst will be classciJ iiDcler 

four subdivisions: t/m, Mam, MaifUi aisd Mama^; for the others are- 
simply modifications of nne or the other of the -Oikb juj^l givea 



Narro stales that Um is used t*) form neuter and reflective verbST- 
and from the slanJpoint of the Spanish ^ratuma-Hari he is right; bul 
it mu^t bt' remembered lliat tiip true pia^iqiie i.^ fnmtnonly fspressed in 
SpaTijsh a^ a reflexive verb, as: "jVjj se Hjc carleles aqui," "BiPls musf 
not he poittd lieTf," etc. The so-cfllled reflexives in question here are 

mostly ^sbat iii KiigH^]! woyld i>e expressed by the p^s^ve voic?. The 

"neuleri" will bt our intransitivts. 

Btsid-es ihis. vnt is tised to indicate Ihe acquiring nf a quality, as 

"He js growing old," "She is turning gray," "He ii becoming childish/' 

Tliii paTCicle lacWs the fortnida of instniment atid that of the person 

commanded. It pradicaliy lacks also that o( pl^ce and cause in the 

present, although sometimes the el-tnitntary foTtn is- employed, srjme- 



ILOCO LANtllJAGE. 



87 



times the panicle "an" is appended to the tqqI; in genera], h-owtver, 
for the foimulH* of initrumcnt and place the verbal 'ag' in irs proper 
ini>djlicatiun5 is use J. 

The Jornis of the pre^eTite apptar btluw. 



Class. 

Elemeniary, 
Fla«, 
Timo, 
Verbal, 



FORMULAS. 

Bumasa. 

Bumissii or Basaan. 
Butnabasa. 



Preterite. 

Bimmasa. 

Bincsa or Bitasaa-- 



Note Ihai for the formula of lime (and inanner) tin first syJla- 
bfe i? redupfic^led, and ihal for th*: verbal the firsJ syllable is redupli- 
cated, the panicle beiiiK inser)ed between the inilial <:nTi5onant and the 
followinfi vowel of thi? reduplicated syllable. Tht form of panicle "/i" 
15 given hy Marr-o in his appendix £or ihe prelerire of the forriuls of 
timtj and il has t-een inserted accnrdingly. Thi^ fnrm if common in the 
passives, as will pre&tnlly apjitar. The verh employed in the para- 
digm above is '^b^sa," Ihe atl of reading or "to read." 

Thi^ panicle also has the sense of performing sonie actiori fur 2 
brkf interval, "a-while," "for a tnc-ment," etc. 



EUM F NT\EV- 



l/jniiunica. 

Tuntuf^isodapay- 

Tumudii lueng. 

Su-muralcQ, 

SadinonSo ti pQi^sMratac Hi nabutT 



Lumacnycoyo- 

Sunfiiyaat utidy ti Hi^JIri. 



IJjnu!ifr(tyo mflH, 

D'f^ay fjmmuun: da^uiti iabtSr 

Apayafisy pu-mudGO ti bouctno? 



Drill h a link. 

1^1 us rest for a while. 

Have ih*in sit down juit a mo- 

meaiL 
It is raining- only a little. 

Write a llLtLe, 

Where shall I write a little? 

(Note that hs-re the phrase re- 

verls (-0 the verbal in "ff£," and 
that the phrase "ah' fiahiii" 
meaning "a little while" is in- 
[roiluced to preserve the signifi- 

catict; of the verbal in "nm." 

You are fielling old, 

Vnur fa^e ha? ^rown very beauti- 
ful. {Se im fiermoseado much<* 
tu sejn-hlaniir-"} 

Lei ever;y one go now, 

Won"l you ccmie up ? 

The bananas are not yet ripe. 
Why is your ha-ir turning gray? 



PLACE 



Apayapay dk-o sumitnibiit caff- 



acf 



^ -H 



Ania ti dieof SH»£baian caniac? _ 
Ansa li gapuna iga minangild/t^} 
Artia h san^ifafidaf J 

Airin ti gapvna dida immt*li?\ 

Awia ti diJa inulia»? j 

Asia fi dmacquclam? 



Why do you nat answer me? 



Why 
Why 



are ihey crying? 
did Ihey not come up? 



With whom were jou raised? 



Adin ti tinobagaam? 
Adin ti iinucmegam? 



ILOtO LANGUAGE. 



Where di-d you get SUCh a ctilor 

(get so red) ? 
Where dirt yi>ii take on Stn much 



ffa ft isasan^pet ni ama. 

Inton-ano Si tbcbasami? 



riME- 



My falher has jus! now hzr\vc<^. 
When shall we rcyd for a time ? 



VESSALS. 



Dumndaiica. 



Naitnba^ca nga dumail. 
Svmosaina iii -^an l\ Iluio (or) 

Naimbagc^ )i£f? svm(\o Hi sao iii 

Ilo ^0. 
Dittnadanin ni asauain. 
Stimasala met. 



You arc a good sewtr. (With 
ihe redTiplkalioif Ihe verbal in 
"am"' g"ivts the idea of cxccl- 

ciLce. The samt idea could be 

conveyed by llie u^e of "uTtv" 
ivilhout th'z riduplleMlOJl, BOm* 
adjedtve being employedr) 
Vou ure a gxiod sewer. 

Yuu speak IIoco -well. 



Vour wife sings well, 

Sh-e Is aUo a good dancer. 



To exprei^s I he idta of a j^ rowing o 
form is USCd with 'f^fH." w'hidi will h(! 
consisia in ihe repetition of I he verb 
and ihf li^ltire generally inlervtning. 
sTS; "fjh^ laughed and laughed," "old 
lloco, under oilier forms .and with the 
of Ihe same thoiiKhC appears. Howev 
creasing qualily ii-tm^ to he best rep 



r incFca.sing quality an idJirmalie 

illu?tratod besf by examples. It 

wilh la (abbreviation of laeni;) 
A similar u^-.- esisls in EiiKli&h, 

er and older," etc- Also in the 
intervention of h. Ihe repetition 

■ er, llie idea ni increasing or dc- 

resenled by (he verb in ^'um." 



Humassil la nga bunmsstt. 

Uitiudu h aga amadu. 

Wgumssi la ngii n/iumsiL 
Pumudaoca la nga pumndao. 



Agsa^gii la ng^a agiaugil. 



It is coiiiiEantly decreasing. 

It 15 i^etltng hrger evEry day. 

He g<?ts blacker and blacker. 

YiiU are becoming whiter all the 
t'ln?, (N'^te i^bat the second 
verb dues iiat take the pro- 
noun.) 

He cries and rrits (I'^fps cry- 
ing.) 

He ears and eat*. 



' M ACA, 

Under this head will he considered m-ai-a, macafia, and rtmcafiag. 
These particles indicate true causation, effect, or result. Moca has lis 
nwn apccial uses (idiornalic) , which will be cons-idered at Ihe end of 
tliis seetion. Mace alsii denotes abilily or inahilily lo aceompli&h an 
act. When the inabilily proceeds from some extrinsic cause macafag 
13 eniployed. Maca also serves to indicate (he accomplishment of an 
anticipated action, as: "They are preparing tp go," *'Now they have 
gone." In the latter sentence the proper particle would be "warn." 

The formulas lack those of "inBtnimenf" and of "(he person c-om- 
manded." They are given below wi(h "basa," "to read," as a base. 



U.OCiy I.ANOUAtlK, 



89 





FORMULAS. 




CJflJi. 


Fresenl- 


Preterite. 


Eltini'niary, 
Verbal, 


racaffaiaan. 


Nacahiiso. 

Nafabasaati. 
Panna^abasa. 



MiiCiipa and macapag have [he same formulas, ihe syllable "pa" or 
"F^S" being inserted Ai may be rtquirecj, 

ELEMCNTABY. 

Mncapnpaiay li sabidon^. Poiaon causes death, 

Iti naisnbiig u flrac macapobilig \ti Good wine sirenglhens the wrak. 

Aliii-tspiigfiipla daguiti naimhag a Good medicines benefit thr sick. 

agds ill maiaiiuit. 

Iti nalnteos a cancK macabiag iti Subsiatitial food su^lains a man, 

tao. 

Mac(idaiior\cayio sadi Tarlacf Wid you be abk to reach Tarlac? 

Maf^jfiknf Can you come up? 

Nti(ar'liii£t>H. I have got^&n up nnw. 

Di-.-aiifo tuataiungpet iti Him; ta You will not be able to reach your 

dlcfiJttu wijriisii'i^-^l- lown; for [lie W3y is imp-assable. 

jViirirrfarfflc iti t>%tyai ti dva »^o I was ahLi: lo ^^w fijr th? space 

floras. of two hours. 

Dpitc JHf!fo/f£7^Ji*rfl^, la adu li sa- I am not able to write, for I have 

ngaiSic. many callers. 

Sami a nmca-ulog, la agpudpudoi. She 15 not abfe lo come down, for 

ilic has a. fever. 

S<jn>idii nga ntacapagsagad, ta They can nof sweep, for they 

(jijflpi li fi^gsagtiddf\. have no brooms, 

Agquitquilacami, jigem saaiteam a We are looking, but we can ncrt 

mmaiimta. see. 

Agruitrubbuat. Nacarubibuaien. He ia getting ready to 1-eave, Now 

he is gout. 

TLACE. 

/// loua nga dacquel Is nacaulsac. I was able lo get up through the 

large window, 
S/iiirn fi nacaulugandaf By whaT way were Ihey able lo 

de=icend? 
iiu di diacpay pacabasaan. For Ihat reason T am not able to 

read as ye[. 
l!i diac ^acapasposfora^, ta pita- I am n^jt aE>le lo g? walking, (or 

yaCr I am lame. 

Affin fi pacaalaam ti casta unay a From whom did you get sni:h 

nasaytmt a oracT good wine? 

Ania li dida nacaruaranf Why have they not been able 10 

go out? 



TIUE. 

hiton-ano ti pannac&basam toy a When could you read this- book? 

fibrof 
Cirano li pannacasfilifgda^ When could you have gone down? 



90 JLOCO LAJ4~GUAC^£. 

hxtonanNO li panna^a/'agpasiaria^ When shall ii-e lake a walk? 

[nlon^aniifija Si po^inacoditiina id Wh^n con!d she mend a ptna shirt 

-autysa nga badu a pi^a nga ad- ihaE I liaveP 

da toaiacT 

VUtBALis. 

S's£a li mammacaaramid. Vou are lite one who can do thc- 

work. 
jVr apo Dios ii monHactibalin amht. God ig ali-powerfuL 
Da^tiyu It tnintniiagaud. Von are the ones who are able 

jV/jffl is U5«d whfii il 15 (Ifsired lo csprtss somt^ natural T<arit, 

Mtjcaturognc mm^. I am vi:ry sittpy (w3nt vcrj- 

niTich (0 sfeep). 
Mitfoinumda carw. Thiy say Ihat they want a drink, 

DJac pay macaidda; ta adu pay fi I can iiol ro lo bed v-et, tor L 

araniidco. havp niui'h to do. 

Maca prcfistd lo thi- name of week, mnnth, or year, mak^s of ihe 
sainp a verb denoling toiHinii3[n:e of acli-un or of itate for such period- 

Mano fgo- dotninsoi*f ditvy? A'u- How niany wL'tks wtire you here? 

(adomingoac la^tg. I stayed ont week oiily. 

Mtlcabvltititi€lo sadi ahtiaitatf, I shall "b? i" tf"^ NorlTl OHf LHOlJlll. 

A'flCO/^fUfijfifmi 3fld^" MifMf/jf. Wi- fivL-d for ei year in Manila, 

Maiw u^o aidtiit ti bayngmif iSi How many days wtTC yuii delayed 

dalit'i? Nacabulan laeitg. ou ihe road? Only a monlh. 

In s-pcakin^ of piirchasLii, when the ninnber of objecla (hat one; desires 
lo purchai^c li menlinned, jtiaca is prtfistd to the numeral, who.^e first 
syllable H reduplkiiLcd. The iajne Li^e oUaiii?; whfii Iht iiumlitr i^ 
given of persons or objects ihai will fit i:ilo ii ctrlain ^pacc or Ihjng. 

Maf^ggnlirngcaJn^ioF Ma^atafai- Are you buying chickens? I anr 

hat hcu^. ' only Koiiifi [o buy Ihri^t. 

Ma^isoltngcay ilt itlog^ Afa- Am ynii buying egfis-? We want 

fraiiaualoann hpng. only eight. 

Noiaua li foritfuyt^; fsacadudua Your carriaee i^'s narrow; only 

la^ng. Iwrt can ride in It, \ 

Macaliiima li forhnco. Five can g^ iit my carriage, 

M'iEh thii particle will be treated the parliclt^ maq\i:pag and 

maQMi UiHy which while limited in their 3pp]jtalJons ace of a cla^s 

with mtsqui. The formulas of Ihc&e are similar, "pag" or "uui" beiug- 
inserlcd when rtquired. Tjie foriiiulas of miiQUi are here given, with 
"snrifa" '"to converse," a^ the baM\ H^aqui primarily and principally 
is used lo denote the company in which Ihc ^ubji:cl -icts. When a Ihird" 
jofns himsflf to thi? olhers to parlicipale in the aclion ihen maquipag 
h enipjoyed. Matfvi h sho iitud to dpnnte thiit a thing is asked for 
gralis. if the arlicle asked for is fruil or greens Ihe article ilself is 
made the base or rjol of the verb. If il be not these, thi?n the verbal 
root "dnuaf/^ "to ask" or "rangcap," "to give" is used, llie artiele de- 
sired being then the true ohjecl of Ihe verb. When iiniply a great de- 

sirt for a Ihing is expressed (including action?), Ihcn niaqw am 

is used, ihe ihing desired being the rool of the verb. Examples wilk 



ILOCO LANGUACE- 



9E 



be j^v<rn of maqui and maifuifu^' in Tlie sense-of asaoclalioii; while irt 
the other uses the examples will [>e given separaiely. 





TORMULAB. 




CiflSJ. 


Frgsenl. 


Prettfite. 


Kle^meniary, 

Place. 

TiTne, 

Verbal, 


Panvaquisarita. 
Ma Jt naifu isaril a. 

EXAMPLES. 
ELEMENT AKV, 


NaqMJiarita. 

Naquisarilann. 

PaKnaquisarila 



Maquimoda canine. 

M^ffuiidiiii cadacutidti. 
Naquiiinida quen A^ttonio- 

I'Jaquiiaiitiicam ijUF't Fedro. 

iannc maqui.'ino quen CaffitaJi. 

tnia maijuipagfuiog cadacuada. 

Saancny a naQutcnytfg qitentiiatia! 
Oen. quii miiiHipa^cityog coda- 
Cami Hi Pedro. 



They are lalkin^ to me. 

! am fining to walk with you. 

He sleeps ivilh thtni. 

They were fiarveslbfi: wiih An- 

tpriio. 
We were coiivcr&itig wilh P»?[er. 
I am going: to talk to the Captain. 
I ^jJl al&o go yj'ith. yuu lo speak 

10 hi|T3, 

Lcl us RG wllh ihem lo make ar— 

rangemenls. 
Wert yau not in \\\^ company? 
Vea, and Pelcr jumcd us^ loo. 



PLACE. 



Asi^ ii p-aqui^as^oaiyoF 

Asia ti itaQUfi-'viiiiafiiiiia^ 

Ania fi paijuicuyngafU qTi^iii:i*(inaf 

Aniii ti paquifa^cuyogarn caniac? 

]H nalauQ- nga ialiisco li t/aquintii- 

iindn cadacuada. 
!H balay ti ipogna li 'saquiburruac 



Willi whom are you lalking? 
Whom did he marry? 
Wh> do you g(> in his cotnpany? 
Why do you Join mc? 

They arc liirt-psti-ng with thcm^ 

in my larse field. 
] was playing '^burm" with him. 

In hi^ &Jbtcr-Ln-law'» hou&e, 



TIME, 

JiJon-nno li piinnacfuis^o^ g^i^iJ- When can (ahall) I have a talk' 

ca.f with you? 

Caa'iif li pannaquininlum cada<it- When were you talking to Ihem?' 

ada^ 

Idi paHH(rQuipn£sati!aiK wie!. At the ESme time that you viere- 

lartrin^. 

Idi panuuQuipagcuyffgco cadacayo. When 1 accompanied you. 

Cutitio ti paiiii^qaisaoiii quen goy- When were yuu lalking to my 

emmof friend? 



VEBBALS. 



Ma Knaqui tin ggorca. 

Maniaqmcpii-fiiyQ. 

Ma nn ai u isugalca yo. 

Ma n naqv i i:uyi)^i:nyo. 

Af ti jt naqu ipagden naca 
cami. 



met cada- 



Vop are quarrelsome. 

You arc contentious. 

Von are ^tambiers. 

You people are fond of ffcinff lo- 

gccher. 
And you also are fond of roin— 
jng us. 



92 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 



HAQUI, IN j^BKlNO, filfflTlS- 



Saanca nga naquibayabas quencu- 

Intiisc maefuiualen^ qu^n ipagco. 

Naquitabaci^cansa quencuana idi 

calmat. 
Naquimamaae: latng quencuana ids 

Maiiuisir^velasca met, in adu 



Did you not ask him for Ruavas? 

I am s'oinR to ask my &isl<r-itj- 
iaw for some greens. 

You asked her for cigars yi-stcr- 
day po?5iblyr 

I only ask4?d her £i>r "buyo" yes- 
terday (be(el). 

Aiik her fur iome cherries also, 
for she has abundance. 



OrHEB ARTICLES. 



4 



Maqurdaoatca ili arac qu£n jipo 

Padi. 
Camro li pannaquirangcapmo 

fjue}icuana ili esinf 
Idi pannaquidaoafcJ} met qaen- 

cuoija iJi bagas. 
Iiinac ma^uiraugcap iti mantectt 

queij iqtiitte. 



Ask ihc prk-iil (Padre) for some 

wine. 
When ilfii you afhk him f(jr Afllt? 

Al the sEinie time that J askeH him 
for riie. 

I flrn ffninp tn a*;If iviy aunt for 

some; buller. 



Mii tfv isumariia ac. 
MaQULuminHmac iti ara^. 
Ma qu rp um aspaiiarda. 
MaqMisMmangpet Hi iliua. 
MaquUumitaac ti Mani'la^ 



■UM FOB DE&IHE, 

1 hive a (T'Tal desire to converse. 

T havt a longrng for wine. 

They wani lo lake a i%alk. 

He is anxious lo get to hh town, 

I am dcsiroui of scdng Manila. 
( Hnte in JHaguii:iimi!iiac th al 
the root is quita, the "qu" hr.- 
ing eliaii^ed to "c" before ihe 
particle kjh,) 



■ MA Mac;, 

This particle is the same (with one exception) as mama. Narro says 

thai where "cs' is (phonetically) pennissiWc fttama^ h iiscd; othcT- 

wise mama i* eniplnyed. I caii find tio rirfe for delernijnine this. In 
the vocabufaries "ag" is fotind to oceur before every letter but "e" and 
"i" and in stich cases it is only ihat a 'V has (o be inserted before 
ihein to pre.serve the sound of the gutlural. 

The idea of these particles is to cause, make, oblige, etc. Mama 
conveys with it al time; the i^ilea of the action conlinninB tmly a little 
while. 

The formula of the person eomtuanded is naturally lackin^^, as the 
idea oi comimand belongs lo the particle itself, Tfiis form lacks afso 
the verbal. Wc will lake "taray," "to run," &s the root for the ts^hibit 
of the formulas in "mainag." 



Clasi. 

Elementary^ 
Instrument, 
Place. 
Time. 



FOBW ITLAS. 

Present. 

Mamagiaray. 
FamagSaray. 
PamagtarayfiH. 
Pa m HI ag!aray. 



P ret e rife. 

Navia_gtaray. 
Phiaaiaataray. 
Numagtarayi^n. 
Pitiamaglnray. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 93 

F-XAMPl-f-S- 
EL^UENTAHV. . 

Aiin is isiomisg/tiba cadagniti rn- Who makes the plants lo grow? 

A^ii ii mantagiatay iii fovlon? Who (what) indkes the carriage 
Daguiti cabayc. go? The horse?. 

7< at^gm a suiKbre£ ti mamagpu- The wind cnltring makc^ the 
sipoi ill giob{>. globe revolve. 

iVj owfflf ti tiamagsuro! caniac. My father madi; nic -writti 

i4siii ft naiH^nH cadocHndaf Wh.o had Ihem come up. 

Asin ti inamacaw cadaguhi coha- Who fed the horac^ (i, t., madt 
yo? (lie horses eat) ? 

Asiii It wfriFi(If?jiffli quencfi? Who paue hiin drLtit;? (In these 

two exampl*:s the sup^lyiTg of 
the whereivilha] by which the 
appetite is to be satisfied is re- 
garded apparently as "causing- 
ur occasioning."} 

Asm itamndrgos cidanuil! /rabayoT Who bathed tht: horsea? 

Ajin ti HLamasuso iii ia^ulbi? Who i^ giving: nuTse lo the c:hilii? 

!su ti namatugtio cvdticuada. He had them sit doWQ -ior A 

while. 

In these latter cxaitiplts with "matna" the idea of making or com- 
pelling v?. only remote. Indirectly jMIC ia made lo eat, drink, bathe» 
irnrse, etc., by having the opportunity given to thtm by !^ome agenl. 
The direcl acl depends on the wifl or inalinct of the active agent. It 
might iccm ihal in "mamd" inheres siith a puwer, that is of causiiiar 
an acljon by Ki^'^ig The subjecl the opportunity V> act. 

r^'STBUMENr. 

A-niis ii pama^pus'fpfiSTta Hi globo? With wha» does he revolve the 

gl-nbe ? 
Iti imac ti pinamagpusiposco. I turn it with my hand, 

Iti paghaot ti phamaRiarayco iti I make the horse go (by using)^ 

^abiiy-Q. the whip. 

iti niiprgsa i>(sii(igurctiuiscir H pa- T make the dogs go out (down) 

mauhgLi) tadagui'ii aso. by calling al tliem loudly. 

PLACE, 

Attia ti piiinaruaraiii cadacamif Why do you forf:e us to kav** 

Afiia ti pemasus-nfinna iti ubineili Why does she give nurse to the 

casta ^nay? child so much? 

Iti sirec toy a cayo ti uamacanam Feed t^e horses tinder Ihis tr^p, 

cadii^uUi caboyo. ' 

A*iia ti jflflfrmi) n Uiit^nfruiwan di- Why did you not put the cats 

toy cadaguiloy a pusaT out of here? 

TIME. 

Caiatro Ii pT'iamonlogmi} tradaca- How did you make fhem go- 

ada T down ? 

Casaito ti pammagltiyayyo- quen^ How do you make him hasten? 

Jnlitn-an" ti p'sinnia^iafaonri quen- When shaLl we assist him in es- 
£ua«a? caping? (This p^ctide here- 

would seen] to require such a 



^ 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



JTiTfj'fo ti piiKurmulvgna cadacayo 



mcairiiL^, ihn^ -ab^isliiiM being in 
ihc Ji^LL^rc (J I 4}bl3ging, m^kLn^ 

Wlieii did "he oblige yim to dc- 

pan (ffi clown) ? 



XVI il. 

Tire PASSIVE VOICF. 

in# v^rb^^ ftf vtfliSf pzrbiclcs nt llic pa^sivf v^irc rti|] Ijp grouped 

irndfT four prinfipah heads, pjiniffly ; " en," " uii," "r," and "md." 

Undn^r lll^af will lie twaittl bll[>ul-dlnal<: classes, illlitr l>cc-iu'* ihcy 
Jiauc a lEirccI ctymn losural rclalinn, -or b^caUK ttte parlbcl^ in quesLJon 
'fntrrj j-nTo thiir conipo^ itj^rh. 

I tit characCFriscic^ oJ Ih? [rdb^ivi! vcrbi h^vc been (fiveii in s iiicvioii^ 
pjri of ihW wnrk, I[ li lo be rpmrrnbcrcil \\tAi |ho !;ijbicc[ oi a pss^ivf 
u in ih-e genitive, and iHe direcr (>b]tcr in th* nominarrve. 

h I*; ^hn Id bt iLGlrd llt^l thr u:,i^ of ihr :ij<,5;]t'f i^ [trjncjp^]l> il?»r- 
mincd by ihc cKaraclcT or impcinaTice "I lhf cihjccC, 'lie poiiHi ol ulrtsr- 

jTiliialioii JiitiiiB been aireidy yiveii. 

The |ma&^\T viiicc pr^scnlii cciJisiderJbLt diScuIly in t}[r Tnallrr oi 
fnrimilfl^, [laiiinf back nf[fn tn partcrular cla.i.ic^ of aclivf fnrm.'i, 
socncKmes reraiiiiiig wkli ih-e^e llieir tliaracr^ri^lic It^aliires, sometimes 
liCiLns Jlicm cnlircly. Thc^ pccilliaribtb will tjc iioliccd unilcr IlK 
sfvfral lieJid^ 

The coiiiJjjiifl[ion& Iji rtie phrase ol doth ^ubjecl and obi^d ihe^? beinft 

jicrsiJiaL pri^noiin':, preScnl!. ils difficullio They arc Jcc'iriiinKly jlrtr- 
a^Lilenl iif !|it f^rni pf paTA^Lgm^, Jh? vfrb HKd Will he '■.TurnJ.'N;' 
"lo follow," fi )in "surul." 

DECLARATIVE. 






ill^QULMi. 



I lollnw you. 
I Folliiiu hiiJi 
1 InlLnw yoii. 



.'jti'iiliritilaca. 

SurrirfN layn. 
Swurevimi 

Swiltifiacayii. 
^ifutciiffsya id<r. 



Pl-UPAL 

\Vc fnL]i>Li' ym. 

W« folloiu him. 
Wf follow ihcm. 



Mcovb PEH&atJ, 






^INQULAI, 



Yon foilf-w me. 
Yon follow him. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



95 



'S uru /•:> I it aca m i. 

Sutuum ida. 



Surufciidaiatns. ) 
StirulenHi. ) 



Suruti'itiiac. 
Suruifitins- 



Sturutciido. 
'Su 'uftTii datnyn . 
SvrufF'ufamiti. 
Suf-utci\d>stci. 
Sit ru frn if a cay o . 
Sti>-\i(i'i\dii jrfii, 



Yon follow us. 

You follow them. 



PLlJPAL, 



Vou follow me. 

You follow him, 
VoiT follo^v U5. 



riiiKU FLASON. 



aiNGUL^B, 



lie follows mt, 
J-Ie follows yoti. 

He follffw^ him, 

He foHow^ us. 

He follows vou. 
H( follows ih^m 



PLUHAL. 



Dica surulen. J 

.Jbtotico a swuicn. 
Diiic iuriitetj, 
Sniiic'jy a suru-Sfn. 

Saanc/i a iurut^n ids. \ 



1 hey follow mc, 
Thvy fellow you. 
Tlipy follow him. 

They follow us. 

They folldw yoti 

The^ follow [Eicm, 



FIRST I'EHiON. 

sin-gi;lah. 

I da not follow fliee. 
I do not follow him. 
] do not follow ^oii. 
I d& not follow I hem. 



Saanfiara nga suruten. 
Diitica iuruteK, 
'Saantay a sututeti. 
Saaumi a ^rufcii. 
Saanfa n^a suruteit. 
Difiiy svfulen. 
Diiism surul^n. 
Dila surutt't. 
Saai'docay a surulen. ( 



We {lq not follow yoo- 
We do not follow hhw. 
We do not follow you. 



96 



ILOCt- LA^'GUACE. 



Saanlay a auruleH ida. 
Saannti a auruten ida. 

Saaita tga Jur-uEfJi idi, 
Difay surulen rda 



Wc do jii^i follow thcnt 



BBCCiNS FEIISON. 



SI>Jl.V-l.AJI, 



■I 



Dica ivTuU'i. 
Saa»ititcaiit a svruteit.} 

Dica iarwIpK 'da. 



Didac surnifii. \ 

Saa'iyo a suntteti.} 
Difay miiiten. ( 
Saafdacam a surulfi.} 
Dtdatart Jhm/ffr. j 

Soaiyo a suruteh ida. 
Dicay saritltn ida. 



Dmoe iurvieti. ( 
SaoHHa^a nia tbrutet. 

Saanta "io iHinf*-". 

Statttiata "^a SUTitft. 
5ujJirnaj:jiin a Jjirk^^rJ 
StU'fatay a JumlfH. 
Di''ala niruSrn. 
Dinaeam xurulf n. 
Dmai<iy su'^rei' 
£aa'\t"ifay a mtutrt.\ 
Dsnaca\ StrvfiH. f 

Sionna n^/x snrulcV rdu 
Dina survltn ida. 



Dtdac sutatiH. 
Saandaea tga sumiett. 

SaaTidn nga sWVten. 



¥inj do not follijw mc. 
Von do not follokv him. 
Van cl^i not tolloR IMS. 
Yoii do not folluw Chcttj 

ll-UBAT. 

You d* not folSow me. 
Ynn dec not ioilow him- 
Yuu do not folEiJw U'i- 
You do nol folio* llieiif 

THIHP FEBSIt^. 

Uc dof^ nol follow infl. 
H* doci nul folfow you 
Hf does not follow hiiTL. 

He 6ot» Ml foUow ufi. 

He dots not follow jtOr 
Ha do«A not follow them. 

Ti'VUAL 

They do mH follon me. 
The; do nol JqIIov yoK^ 
Thfjr So not follow Mat- 



JLCtO U.\MCUACE. 



97 



Soeindalay a sUtul^H. 
DUacarn utrttten 



They J^ noL IdILi^w u&f 
Tlwy dp not follow y^u. 

They do not fallow ihcm^ 



Nole [hat when Che o[)]«t of the pa^ive verh i^ a pronnuff o£ the 
ihird pcriinn, MrgiifaT nr plural, and the subj-ecl i& a pergonal pronoun 

of a[i^ 3iuin*er or person, ihl* subject, v.-h*n Ihe neaalive di is employed, 



7?iH]c siiiu^fii tda. 



Von do nci fulluw him. 
T dfi nul follon IhcTti. 
I'hej do nor follow ihem. 



Willi [I1I& pariiile J^ closely coniiecfed ihe particle /lo, which is used 

i\j cumrnznd [he zclii^n uf vcrb^ in "f ," ^llhisufjh the IJlli^r [tiFJpp?a[&. 

TJic particles ^i^^ en, po fif, and err en wJN also be considered 

m this rfcliuji. "i:»i" Is iho moal eKlciifijvely used oJ the pj<i?iv(; patli- 
c]r^ Ii-i prcicnic i.i "^"b " The former i^ always a suffix^ llic latter 
3s tiiher 3. prrii^. or \h itiF'jriH'il jn the bfg"injiing; of ihft looi. TJie prin- 
cipal iiae of Ihi^ ]iirliL-k- 1^ Id form an "acTive Iranstlh-e vcrli" (^iieak- 
ing (Tiniii llif ^1 an dpoiTiI cif Ihc ETigliiih gramniflri an ) , |[ ha^ a Tiurnbcr 

oJ idjoniuli*: j^^a^ nhicli will b? considered i-n ih^ir turn, h i^ &ciik- 

limci ujcil wh^™ ""aH" migliC aecm to tc the iiroptr parLiclc. Thia 
point Wjll bf Ii3l(fn up undrr [he l^lfr j/artifJc, Fmr lJi( irfea^ c^n- 
iTycd by ihe fftrmulas oi th* active verbs, thoM in "rn" pass B^nerilly 
10 the Eerma flJ i)« ?fliYT "««■•£," spin*!'™^* t" iliwc iq "a*" ot w 



EXAVPLE^ 



i'atitcm ti campoiir. 

Dadailec daguiJt badoi. 

Basbasntndo ti surat 

Araviidev\ daytoy. 

luaramtdcoit. 

Aoot^ If sittaludsudcc. 

Ditat ia-uaif ijtayalca idi nabay- 

og. 
Atafiyo dayal p'^yoi^. 

tiiaia til Jiaantn. 



Hum the hoTst 

Rinji [hr hell. 

1 Sir mending my dothea (shirts). 

We (will) pay hii accdUnl. 

They aic resiling the IctCer. 

Do this.' ^ 

I have done it already. 

T wa' nm asking ahnuE anything. 

l>o >ou no] lovf mf ? Hr used to 

liivF you. 
Take [h'ai umbrella, 
Ju}iti ha± already lali^n it. 



E^amptea are hrr< giufn of ih* passing of verba in "f" to ihe foimi 
in "luffrt^," "n^," etc. This is in order to indJea-le llic oieanidf^ ^qh- 
vryed hy rh« formuiasi mannei, limP, verbal 5, eie, 

Tbcy say ikat t^ry hdve arrrjred 
Peter. 



Ealude^d/i HI Pedro, ftfW, 



98 llOfO 1-ANOUAGE, 

Anh li pamolmiaiida QH^nevata r Why hate rhej ar[H::if^J liliir^ 

Tl pattaUidanda ^ti€Rcuava la Ic- 1hc_y ^Trc.ilcil him hccju^c he 

nmaana li rflosca. -iJciJc my watch. 

Aitin fi naitaeaoanna* Where nJid he ali-al it from? 

CitJa-O li /'arlHacainia^ tluiv iliil he [majiaRir) In ileal hF 

Piiir'dufTta rdj flopji ^[ (flo idwy. fif loot: ii whem (Jure was no- 
body around 

Caicaiieida deydtay a iaya. They ire iLiflB'Uff *m1 lliat wooJ. 

^B-ifl ti paciU'daf Willi wliat *re fhry Hrgginp? 

r*"£'ig'^f ™ fJ cabayo; la Husisial Kelii in the iitnt ; (hal he- may go 

/] f d prUnJflTffilf], slowly (gcndy^r 

SFtCIAL 'I^eS OP EN. 

Th[:; [^aTii^lr ii visci io r;^p]'C3J that QiLt frclfi oi' haa nymp^jniii of 
some illiitjs or iiifirniily. The woni denoliihh" fiucti infiritiity bi^comes 
Lhc ru^il. In appc^ianir Ihc verb .icfnu ii revert L^ an active latia, 
the nfin|irifl[ivc pronoun appfsring lo bc ihe sirbject o[ ihc verb, bill 
a^cordiJig Lo Lh<: gciiju& uL the langua^ it r^inaiii& a Lrue objcirt. Thua 

acconlinR to I'U-T jilcaii and ivays of speaking we wfu'd say "| Eiavc 3 
fewer"; biu lo the IIiko The ihoughl is "The (ever haa m*." 

Bor^bCffOCm, [ Ji:ar I am going U? have llW 

siiiallpoN. 
-4f4.io, p"ji»'Pf'"''P"Cfl^ What, have you any feret? 

rvduSennac ad rfd^j^^unid. At cinic^i 7 Jin fj?vcr[i;h. 

BalibaUnttc^a n-o rabiy. I led 95 if I were eoiiig lo have 

bad dreams (iilshlmare) no-' 

niqhl 
TalnnmiaiieiiAairia. My hcaJ feels very light. 

Il also is used lo indicart Ilian an aritclc or malcria! I;; unoil far s 
ecrlaiii purjio'.e. ITcrc rhc thing for wtiich ihe atlicle vifUX serve be- 

mmcs the loot ol rh? verb. The first jyllabk of ibc woril is, in ihia 

uae, teduplicaled. 

Aadi^Uti toy a cayo. Thia Iree will serve for hoDse- 

puili, 
Babadfta dayhy a abel. TKls elolh i? e^od for iJiirli. 

LoJuUfffjaflTJ-eu ft»y a lalria^ This hoard will make a rablr. 

Gn^uynti/H tl vacant. Vour ow will be a goonl dn-ueht 

aiiiniaJ. 
Papahngfagn dayH>y a taytt. T\\\)i wo/il wi[l wf>rt up into 

chairs, 

R» also serves lo express thai one has a p^i^un or a [hinn fif Bom* 
particular purpose or relation, Ihi? said pef^mn ot ihin^ bein^ Ihe 
runt al Ihc vcrli. 

AssTi li QpoiinT Who 15 yonc niasMrf 

Aoan U apoec. I have no master. 

^1 apo Antonio li PaSiee. Father Anlanio i^ my Pa.'.tor, 

Asm Is inOnnQEiya? Whcm have you for an elder 



brollie 



This particle also eKpresMS iTie idea "il srom', (0," llie ^^uallly or 

character in que&lion Iwing |hc root of llie verb. II also cvprc%EC9 
the idea, which is ia the same line of Ihcuighl, "to havt for," "to couqI, 
consider," etc 

ImlagietfJa H daguts. Tiey make pvil (heir (rood. 



1LCXX> LANGUAGE. 



99 



Ada'v'iec H itatiia em ii Pf^iL, 

Sinayoolda ii balayeo Hgrni H ba- 

Tairottiyft H aincf 

Ji^giainadit ti cabayum. 

B am! evtpeiy iiayia itga ptrac. 

Aduec queidi. 



1l seema to me thai Minila u 
furlhtr olT than Vigan, 

My hnvic 5«ined finer lo llitui 
ihan youra. 

DciiC^ my cIor icfifl |0 JOP lO b* 

They considered your hon^ deaf. 

D{]ci [hal ficcm Id you [d be Ht-^ 

lie mnnry ? 
Oil- [he conlrarj' il seeius lo me 
■ considerable. 
I took yoii for a grpccre man. 



To (onven «r make one tb'wg into aEiorher i^ deo-Dlcd by this jiird- 
clc, the iiW/cct mto wtiirh the thiUR i& coiLuerled h^f Uie rool Of lh« 

vorb. 



j'apiiTfin [fiy a Jm^a!. 



£aliiiet]/p ti bttncni t<jy a lat^d'j-i. 
liiiKet-geiy^ toy a iand^r. 
Cnua'^nmt toy a balim^- 



Make up tlii^ gIdCEI into plnla-^ 
Innni (undcT ihis head [he 
sajiit idea ia coitveyed bj the 

Mir af arnmiJ or Inn^jfj, Tn^anin^ 
"to niakt" or "(o tflnvflrl."J 

Miire p-arii? Hif thifi cJolli 
.M^kc a. bob ol ihj.i ii-tin. 
Mak^ :■ biln, etc. 
Lea him make i fhaia of diia 
gold, 



Whtn some part of ihc 'body ia cmpLnyed afl ihc inFirunifnf, of the 

-acMuJi, ^uth pd''^ <Ji tlii: 1-udy ia u^cd is the. iciq* ni aJi« verb hilti 
"en," there bcjnq a IcdUiiliralLi-n of Ihc fir.il syHablc and lis lollo*]nff 
ronhinanl, 



Apayapisy sacsaeaeiya ti agmasa. 

jlgeiliciy dilay. Aoan Ii pagctsl- 
iMi. Ramrfavitsyeiyn ti agcali. 



Malmnlafiyo Ii agsmal ifi aracf 



Why arc yan .stamping wiih jfour 

Make a clTanncI (ircnch) hrrc, 
Wc have nnlhing" lo dig wilh. 
Dip with jour liiigerB. ^In the 

Iiori of Ihc dfpcndcnl verb.) 

Arc you nifasurina [tte wine by 

Biies* (i e I wilh Ihe cyr > ? 
Whit, arc yn-a i weeping wilhyoiiT 
f-:a? 



To -eypresa ihat a ibing has "been talen, is being, or it ii; danacr oi 
"bcin^ eaten by lomc insect or jiiiiiidl, ihc particle '>ii" rs iiscdj the 
■ranie oi (he insect or snimal bccomine Ibe root of ibe verb. 



Friiti ala^it It ilnapay, ^iia maitii- 

ninano ago asom. 
}naso flteten. 
Addafioy ntisam-itf Itipet antin- 

D'mto coloiteK li/itipuc^f 



Gn hring rhc bread. '«! ih* dnjg 

eat if. 
Th« do^ has already eaten i|. 
Arc ihcTc anj- "swccis"? The 

cockcviachea have already eaten 

tlieiiL 
Will ii9t the Linls eat Ihii aitgU? 



When s(ieaking of guan[iTy in eardlnal numbers iF it required to 

bring Ihc smouDt Up to an *vcn ten, twenty, hundred^, ttc.. ar In money 



lOO 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 



Up to 3 ^pcciJic coin vslue, a& a pe 
value required i& mad-r: [he ba^ib oi 

Manu n^a iiiog daguitaf Vaiuai-o- 

da. Saniapoloefida. 
Manu isga tna'iga ii gsimatangmo? 

Sungapijlv <jH£t inneftt. Una- 

Phloem. 
AginrQn§ Ii pirac. Manguirvnrea 

pay. Saaii a imanay ii innem a 

sifapitl. Pisoem ngarud. 



50 nr a dollar. The said nucnber or 

tht verL with tht parlinlc "fp," 

How niany eggs are there? Eight 
unJy. Let thtni bring tell. 

H-ow nian> mangoes did you buy? 
Sixkfn, Get fnur more (i. £., 
makfj it up tu lwi:nty). 

There is not enoiieh motley. Go 
g€l some nn>re, Sin reals 
i^7'A ^cnls U. S. Cy.) 13 nol 

tnough. Mflkp ir a p?5Q [h?^3. 



PA. 

To command Ihe aelbn of verljs ^vh^re the pariicle Vji " has been em- 
ployed, ihal parliclt i^ dropped, and "pa" is uscdi the person command- 
ed being put IT] [he dalive, and the direcl ubjed of czommanil being in 

the nominalivtr, The pre|errxe <>f Ihis partide \h "piy^G." 

cal-togGng£o. Paa- 



Inca aJaet 
la£to. 



cabayot:. Pastipui- 
bado. Padaiiconto 
Pina- 



Siipiihiyt) ri 
ininio. 

Dai lent toy a 

Querf iHGuac. 

Sagonaeniay ti paguiddan. 

^anatiiic ili ubin^. 
PatiU'ida It campana. PinapalUco 

cadagMsti iacristan. 
Piiiaiacoc quen asauac ii fljpfi. 



Go hrirfg- my bal. I will give or- 
ders ic have it brought. (This 
ill a gijod (.'x^mplc of ag^lutina- 
IJon. The root ^'ala" is "lo 
bring," "to" is tJ^e ?^Lgn o* the 
iiilurt, the conlraclion of "co" 
into "tr" J5 Ihe genilive subjeclj. 
wliilc "pa" indii^atfs the com- 
marjding of the arlion.) 

Hum m> horse. We will have 

search marie for it- 
Mend (sew5 [hiii ihirt, T will 

havfi niv nik mend il, 
Let Hi make (he hed- J gave or- 
ders It. The f>ov to do if. 
Let them ring [be b''ll. I -ordet^d 

the .'^acri^lans to rnij; it. 
I ordcreij jj|> Vfjfe \<J iCU tht salt> 



PAC- 



!N AND PA hN, 



CJ*' or 



To iinHcate the person commanded the partielts "pag- 

"pa -tn" are employed- 'i'lie latter is used v.-h':n the rool does n(>t 

permit ihe use of "dg"; but even if it may, ivlien the action is for a 

briff inlprvai "pa en' is used. The preterites of these are "pinag'^ 

or "pina." Instead of thi? form may be used the active forms in 



'mamag" or "mama," sometimes thai 



in 



'agpa." 



Pagjagodeitda daguili ub-ubbing. 

5'f["j !i pagdaitoc dayloy. 
Pagtasaennac toy d ff^fp, 
PagHstt ajiaejinacami. 



PasapUtmo H aso. Asin Ii pagsap- 
Parruar ennacf 

PatugoQtm ida. 



Lei them I'omTTiand tht? b^Jys to 

swe ep. 
I wish (bid) you to mend this. 

T.^t me read this booh, 

Lcl us rest, ('"To permit," "let," 

etc., ar« incEudFc! tind^f thj» 

class,) 
Have thai dog beaten. WTioni 

shall 1 iiid beat il? 
Do ynu rshlige me io depart? 
Have [hem sit down for a mo- 

auem. 



iLOtU LANGUAGE. 



lOI 



Palna ti ae k nacami. 
Apiiytipiiy pina^uidtiani ida? 

jVi' fjjjFijjuff? li pinadaitco^ 

Apuyapay saatimu a pinauli idaf 



Permit us to rest a little. 

Why did you make Ihem go lo 

bed' 
I lold my tousin to <io the mend' 

ing, 
Wliy did you not allow them 10 

RO 111)? 



SPECIAL VSF£ OF PA( 



-EM AKP Fft- 



-EH, 



Poinumeiyir dagttitay. 

Pamuentiii da^viti cabayo. 



The^€ particles arc us^d to denote making or causing another (per- 
son or aiiimal) to do a ccrrain iliing, or siving to, as giving food or 
drink lo an animal, and thereby indirectly cau'^ing said animal to 
tsl or drink, tic The &ainc rtflts exist here and in the other 
5ppclat uses ss to ihe phonetic Uniitalions of the partides. It would 
seem iic-nt the examples as given that before a, c, i, r, s, S, atid u, the 
particle "pa en" should or may be employed. 

Ciivi: ihem to drink. 

Feed the horses, (If the horiei 

were gracing and eating what 
tlity could Und, the proper 
word would be "manian"; but 
here, where they are taken care 

t-f, they are considered a& made 

to eat.J 

Ha^i? the chzld ]<neeL 

Give the griesls something To 

smoke. 
We have already given Ihem some 

cigars. 

Bathe the horses. 

Thi? Hower stents me. 
Don't make tlie hor^ies run. 
Turn oer. I cannot tirrt* over, 
I will turn you over. (In these 
three tixamples i? a good illus- 
Iraiioii of the relative values of 
Ihe particles "iig," "mttca" and 

■■^^^ ^nr) 

Take these calllt' to- paslure- 



Fa^parmluyitm^em ti ubin^. 

Pattibacoeiyt> da^mli sfingiU. 

Pji'iilabtii-onti idan. 

Fii^di^vsem dagniti cubayi)^ 
Viinngotendur toy a sabung. 

Di,^ii fiin fi^rtiyen dagutft cabdyo. 
A ffbaiiquidca. Dine nm£ahaiiqu!d . 
Pagbaliq ui^le 'i i"a '/ fo . 



Pugir/ibeiyo daguiloy a baca. 
PG^Ii'ie-fictn Soy a ustisaintil. 



iGive thi? ^ick fman) a sudorific 
fmake him sweat). 



There are given here some examples nf the paSElUg of ihii form lO 
forms in "mama^." "mama," and "agpa." , 

Pisuliem idt- Siaclo U iflawiauli Tell Ibein to come up. Shall I 
t'jd'Kuadaf 



Pifca*ic>idn ida. Asinfo li mama- 

cii}! ((idac%iadt\f 
Dinocam psnaglugao. Asii ti 

namagtu^at} cadacayof 
Asiti ti juamadigQS citdagttiti ca- 

bayo? 

Ti cochero li aspodi^os cadatua- 

da. 
AjiH il fnamaardh cadaguiti 

Huang ^ 



Id! Iheni to come up? 
\^3^v^ them fed. Who is to feed 
fliem? 

He diJ not allow us- to sit down. 
Who did allow- yoti lo &it down' 
Who is hathiiLg (he horses-. 

The coachmari is balhing them. 

Who IS taking the carabaos to 
pasture ? 



102 



JLOCO LANt;UAGE. 



These particles are also used in the sense of "Do you think T have 

no — ," Alao in llie ^pn^e of being treated Hkc an animal. In 

these cases the name of Ihe animal or the part supposed 1o be lacking^ 
becomes the root 0/ Jhe verb. 



Dinac pogmalaen. 



Fnissoend'ii ayo- 



Do you think thai I have no eyes 
(can'l see>? 

Dg you Ihink I have no -cars 
(can't iii:ar) ?■ (Mole Che dif- 
ference irt con&tri3Ctiun bctweeii 
tht particles "afi^fl" and "J^ag- 
en."-) 

They troai yoit like a pig. 

They treat us like dogs- 



The expresiions "^ail till/"' "hold on unlilj" etc., are al^o rendered by 
(he -use of ihe&e particles, the root of (he verb being tin: action of the 
thing waited for, as; the setting <ri the aun, (he hisi^ig of the moon^ 
elc. 



Paraar^m li bulat. 
PalfnngifUEiitaT/ ti init, 
Finagsardcngda ti fudo. 

Pnsirapem H init. 



Wait till ihe moon rises. 
Let U5 wait till sun-^ct. 
Thpy wiiited until it stopped rain- 
ing. 
Wnit tiJJ the sun rises. 



CA EM. 

To express increase or diminmion, whciher in qiEantity or time, is 

done by means of the particle "ca en." The preterite of (his is 

"qiis-na/' lh»^ "^»j" being Jroppec!, Tlie word expressing the increase- 
becomes Ihe root of the verb. 

CaadueiTi it canen^ 
Ca/itiddugeryo dayia lali. 
Cabiil^nda ti agpa^tit. 

CabassiSenda ti Qgmtsd. 

Cainpaeiyo ti utnay. 

Caababarnda ti cavar. 

Qttinabayagda ii agpatilf 
Qvinoba-yngda it! cagudJua nga 

koraSr 
Luctam toy a hotello- Nilttcata- 

con. Im so^Pvna nfa bassit ti 

arninaa. Qvinabassiicon. 

Quinaadum ti caninf 



Increase the (amount of) food. 
Li^ngthcn that rope. 
]^t (hem ring (i>nlyj a short 
time. 

Let (htm give a httlci 

Come a IJKle early. 

Let tliem shorter the chain. 
Did Ihey rinfi for a long time? 
They rang half an hour. 

Open this boKle. I have ju^t 
Opened it Therefore if has lit- 
tle wine in it. I diminished" 

(thi^ i^uintity) just now. 
Did you increase the amount of 
fijod? 



XX, 

AN. 

With the particle "an" will be considered the following: "pt 

"at^^-an," and "san^a an/' The last has been already trea(ed 

under the head, of "N-ouns," 

While this particle has its charac(eristic uses, and is also eniptoyed 

idjomaikally, it is somedmes confounded with "en'' i. e., is use^ where 

"en" would see-in to be the proper par(icle. The close resemblance of 



HLOCO LANGUAGE. 



103 



the iwOs and Ih e /go v(.ii lines s f>f di ctjon j^ e 5pe<iall y as regards Hie vowels, 
Ihal is 50 characlerjstic hi th.e Filipirios; and, in additiort to this, the 

^*^ttahJ!JS^ ^ ^ language that has little or no written literature; and 
[h(? narrow local liabitat of a dialect, wJiere an adjoining- town, a few 
miles away, may have a differeni tjialecl; these may serve to account 
fc?r ^-uch iffCgukritii^s as may appear. 

Tht prelerile of this par)icie js "in," either 35 3 prefix or an mtef- 
calaiion, and sometime? "ni/' whii^h is fl prpijH, This ai&O occurs Eom*- 
limes with verbs in Vn." 

The charactemlic of This form is the acting of the verb on an m- 
rtire^t object AecGrding lo the genius of ihc lan^agc, that is somc- 
lirnei regarded as ihc indirect object which we would regard as direct 
For in&taiLce, lo sweep a room would suggei^t lo u% the room a; the 
direct object, wherca:^ ihe lloco would regard Ihc dirl thai is. swept up 
■ti\i the direct object, even chough the \vord is nol e-xpressedr 

Thtre are a number of idiomjitic forms which will be treated of later. 
In Ihc^e and other idiomatic forms the distinctive characterisllc seems 
to be the forinatioj] of the verb from nouns, adjective?, etc., while the 
normal form has it& verbs constnicted from true verbal s-ubsianiives.. 



Ania ti daoalayoT 
iaiyof 



I^i afo ^iinla Maria ii cararagac. 
A^iis Si amulif Ni Ricardo. Ri- 

qupf'an: fi runngan. 

Ai!n ii -vinolosam a capitirnT 

Asin Is iinitcsiam? 
Apayapay hyatannacf _ 
Sugotiiiiyo ti silid. 
n^cobaam ti sapinco. 
SopiiJ-i'iPii Aagutlj paliiisgca. 



Cusciisoiyo ii Jamimau. Cmjj^u- 

seitda ti ruguil ti lamisaan. 



Ajin ti daoa- Wh^t are- you asking for? Of 
whom arc you asiiin^ it? (The 

dislincticn between the use of 
"^n" and "oh" is here cThib- 
ited.) 
J am praying to ihe Virgin Mary. 

Who is coming up? Rkhard, 

Clos^ the c3oor on him. 

Opi^n for our friend. 
For whom did you vote as cap- 
lain? 

For whom did you testify? 
Why do you threaten nie? 

Sweep the room. 

Brush my pants. 

Let him dust these chairs' 
("Where it is staged explicitly 
what is lo be dusted off> or 
a.ctcd on, the form in "en" ia 

employed, e. g., sapUdenna it 

t^puc daguili polang^a. Let him 
brush the dust from the chaiTS,) 
Scrape the table. Let ihem scrape 
(he dirt oJF of the table. 



SPECIAL USES OF flW. 

To cast or place one object ou another, or in another place is ex- 
pressed by Tising this particle, commonly with the name of the thing 
lo be placed. 



Oapuaiyc toy Q ru^uit. 

PuuraiiKO toy a cayOr 

Pvta^anda. 

tnnae: putofan ii masaqnit. - 

K'iraepanda daguit talialoKdaT 
CaiubuH fi durnay. 
Asifiam I' finen. 



Throw some ashes over that tilth. 
Lei him put fire to this wood. 
Let th«m put him beiiind the bars. 

I am going to administer extreme 

undion to the sick (man.). 

Did they do their transplanting? 
Put the cover on the jar. 
Sail the ffjod. 



104 



ILOCo LANGUACe. 



This pArlicle is also employi^d lo 
diminished, or chacigedr 

Acaba anay ioy it tabla. Qaiita- 

yanx bassit. 
Dactjsiel i(fy a fiano, Cariibarn 

bassil. 
Sii<:afaHi li badotn. 
Ababa iuy a adigui. Silpuanda. 

Lucji^aiyO toy a hurnay. 



indicate that a thing is increased. 

This hoEird i!i tfwi htnadr Trim it 

down a little. 
Tills cloih IS (loo) big. Cm it 

with the sciiisors. 
Chaiifte your sliirl. 
This (house) post is loo short. 

Let ihem spliL!: it. 
Open (lake the cover off of) this 

jar. 



To >ignify the scptE wilh »hich a piece of land is ^own the particle 
'an" is used ^^ith the name of ihc seed a\i a root. 

Art' you nol sowing rice in this 

fidd? 

We shafi sot^' Indian corn- 
Vuu had liclti:r plant irnJi^. 
Arid in this one plan! colion. 
Wt^ planted nion^os (a sttiElII 
bean) la&t year. 



StmiiyO a ptigaymttoy a falmi^ 

Afarsaitiiimio. 

Tayciiiaiya Queidi. 

Qii^t capasaiyo deytoy m^ym. 

Binalaiiinguistni Idi napan a iai'SH. 



W^en the value or prite o-f aci objecC, which one Jcsirts lo purchase, 
is asked, the p-article "an" may be ailix-ed to "matiu^'^ thns making of it 
a verb; an-d in givins iht price a verb is made of the numeral, or the 

■word e^tpressrng the \fvkt. either in ihe present or the preicriie. 



Manuasyo toy a cisbayo? 
Lmapoioa«mi a pisos. 

AJifiisniratida Si bara. 

}-itwl-loiifida >i^a pisifs. 
Maniiiuit lay a raiding? Piloac 

Mina'iutiiyo toy <t hiriay? 

Tinal-Ioan a gasuJmi a pisoF. 
MaJtu ts iTfabuctno a piruc? 



Jnabacco 

Ffdro. 



inn£m a psFos qven 



\l(}Vi much do yifU ^will y<?u) giyc 
for this horse? 

We (will) give fifty peso.s. 
How ranch did they give for the 

cow? 
They gave ten ppfiOA, 

How much for this ^oflt? T gave 

seven peSGS. 
How much did you give fur this 

house? 
We f^avc three hunilrcjl pesos ' 
How nnich money did you win it 

play [gambling) ? 
I won sL.i pe^os from Peter. 



To eifpre5s rhe number of patts into which anythire is divided for 
the purpose of sharing or distribution this particle is u^ed with, the 
numeral iTidicating the E-hare. 



Mali^ni nu h^at fi pammingayda 

cadaguiii manga. 
MaJiuancartlo? 

Filoanacio. 

AfaJiuattto a saba ni Juan? 

Limaannaalo- 

Quinat[na (from iarren) amitt^ 
JjiMrdHifapna dagititi daddvma, 
que! nilacotta dagtcili -dadduma, 
quel meymrysa ti Quinanna. 



Tomorrow evening Ihey will dls- 

trihule thp nnangoes. 
What will he your share? 
I shall have si'ven, 
How many bananas will John re- 
ceive? 
He will receive five. 
Did he eat them all? 
He gave some away, some he sold, 

ajjd he ate only one. 



I LOCO LANGUAGE^ 



105 



To £nare, irap, caich, etc., some animal or fish, etc, is expressed by 
inakiti^ A verb o( ihc mc^Ein!* tniploycd for &uch purpuiii: wilJi the par- 
ti^fe ■an" 



Sik'trm day/a cubayo. 
Appananda dcdiny a Sumaiityjib. 



Lassu thai horse. 

I will try lo hoot ihat fish. 

PuL up a ntt to caich. the deer 

ihat wejil down yonder 
I.el ih^ni ^el a snaie for thai bird. 



Tii\oioi\iic Si limapoto n^is pij-os. 
Ma'iu U dinaitondaf 



To express ihe prolit or gBin arising from any occupation or work 
ihe panicle "nn" is appended to ihe source of such profit or gain. 

. Manti ti Unnionam? How much did you make out of 

^H your rice-field? 

^' ' - .-■ I- -. r. - . -. . . J ^gjp (i£[j, pesos. 

How much did ihey earn by sew- 
ing? CNote thai in the.sc rx- 

atnples the "an" does not dis- 
appear in the preterite.) 

Thoy earned six pesos. 

You probably made much money 
laiit year by spinning, 

Wt njadt two hundred pesos. 



Di)u}i!ti>tda ti iniiem a piiers. 
Adaddunsa ti ti'tihiaiyo fdi nila- 
bc£ ii tanen. 

idi 



PA- 



-AN. 



To tomiijand fh^ a^f^on of v^rbs in "*?jf" the particles '"'pa^—au" 
are employed. The prtlcrile of ihis farm is '^pin'j— — ati" There is 
also an idiinnatic tise which will be noted pre&enily. 



Paptriioitgiiin dayla aso. 
Pupil "lis urn doguiti pinggan. 

I'ivasi^gadociin. 
Pi'injnciiyncinr. 

FiiiiUulbe^aiida ti riqnfp. 



Have some tmt shoot t^at dog, 

Tliivc die dishes washed. 

Tell some oek- (o sweep my room. 

I bjvc Etlreaily given ord-er^ lo 

havi^ it iwepl. 
TIavi' thf pifhald hrir?p e^ferci^ed, 
J hiivc ^Irta^iy given urders to 

have il ridden. 
Thcv gflV'e orders (o have (he 

d'njr locked. 



\ 



To lip, hind, or r-eciire. either a man or an animal by some pari of 



— ifJi," 



the Fiody 
liele "p<i- 

T*ii Sti-jM laguTida. 
Ph \a^ii I aa n dii^(^w i. 
PiitJi^iqiirS/inda id'r 
Piiuitc>\^jf^ed<tc. 



\yy making a v(]'rf> uf hiith part with thf^ par- 

r 
They are 1yin« him by the arms. 
'i'liei tied U5i by ihe feet. 
Thty tied him by ihe waisC. 
I ried liin-i bv the neck. 



CA- 



-ft>'. 



The particks "ca -ah" have certaiTi itses which are idiomatic, one 

ol Ihe forms being a substantive. Thtiic are glvCli btlOw. The pret- 
erite is '"qiiiua «n." The main use is lo indicate the aecotnplish- 

iBient of some end designed. The verb wilh these partictes denotes its 
cccusunmiaU-on, 



io6 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



F^AMTLES. 



Bagba^<iJlm ri ubin^mu, hm-e-^io Rf prove your boy lo sefl if he wUI 

j IbH^gyo toy a pagay. Iiareiii no Pul ihii ticc 'iu[ in iTic ■;un and 

' c/iib'Sa^an ■<cr il i[ can tn dried. 

.S'lifH/am (fflji'fl, iMrtw^ *ia irai-um- I'ulinu' Ihal man ami icc il ytur 

ffm. can ovizrlakc hicn. 

l^ailodgavt dnyla eauiliiH. ha'Pit£ I'irc al |ha( chlckcn anjf try (0 

nn capaUoogam. hit it. 

The prdcrilc under Ihi". uic iii "irrz iff," which i^ [he ^amc a^ ilm 

prrlcriic of "fHa ftn." a form which ^iil be cor\i\A<^rt<l undt^r ihe 

panicle "mfl." 'Ilie i>arrtcle "'«□" can Lt uw:<l m^Hcail i.f "ca an" 

a.1 can alfij ili [iTlvalivc "tno at'' hai-liig ihc same rufuniiig as ire 

jhr tasra given above. 

Sitfroico. H£€m diac naivrotoii. I loHo^fd, bin I ciniW iiol over^ 

lakt hirn 
Bina^ba^aa^yfa. nient saa» a ho- 1 icpro^'cd liim, bui H did iny 

W}ien a iLlimbcr of indiv[illia]ii ii ^iven, a^ for [hi pirrfi^rmance i>f 
some duly, and Ihc requeM ir. rna^lc lo inrrr-aFe llial niimhcr [o li ^cr- 
laiii jioinl, ^ilh &oiiie e:ciiri;&sion as "make lliem," "rai^'e tht cmniber 

lo," tic, llii^ Is dune by ciinitillilliK Ihc yardcrcs "ca irn" ivilll Ihc 

nuTtiher Tcr][iired The prrlrrilc in llii.i earc 1^ "qftina an," 

Masib cayti^ i-'ifa iiffi- !uca^ ICiiw many arc you? Wc are 
iTiriJ^n ri?j'di'oj' Cfljo. CapiloaH' five (i-i anrl bring [hnl Iri^. 

rjdHTHifMi. Male up our niiniber lo siiveii 

(i e., jfivt «a Iwo more men). 

Co^ J"(iWi jwdoc i7»Mt [ncrcaie our nunihcr In niiif, 

^dVfj/iiannanrm rti frrfro. Give u^ Pcler 50 ihal there may 

be el^hl of ui. 
Up-itppatda qitei ^iitfuiaTnai ida TIlch- wctc Iju[ fnur iini[ T m- 

crfa^fnj ihcii r:iimhcr lo iiiiir, 

"Co an" 13 nlsp nwd [o form a cflll-cclive sulrtfanTive, or a iiouir 

JTidicaliii^ atminJunLO of Vcat which Ihi- ruul bignifi^. Thli is mfrcl; 
nmcd here In ci'ni|i[cle Ih-c usci of [hcic jiarliclc^ 

Cobaijuirait. A ran^^ ni fitcilF, 

Caaibaat. A b:3ii:3na grove. 

Cadfirilan. A «9nd pil. 

■7afto/,j(rif. A canc-brakc or liamboo 4hick?L 

Cauayan. A thicket oC ratlan, 

(TjiraoWH. A iiieadoMv. 

SAPjCrt- AN 

N'flvfs places this parirclc amoTig |hc v*rbs. Ha troff place ahonLf 
hf Rm-mg liubManhlves, wliere il ha? lieon already raenttoiifd. Ir? .limi- 

larity as in (orniinR cnlfcctLVfi to "fa ctV perhaps cntillc^ !he com- 

hinahop To Tiolife hfn. Jle il^c is l* dennir an aggn^ealion oE indi- 
vidu-al". 

San^aiUaii. A lovk'ii (i. e, rhe ptoplc mhahii- 

iirg a li^wn). 
SaHiapvSotan. A Lanirly, 



ILOCO LANGLTAGE. 



107- 






The peopl-tf dw^^Hing in otic houses 
A married couple. 



XX3. 
[. 

In coiini:c[ioiL ^ith this partidi: will be trealed the forrn* "ipa" and 

"a an." The pariicJe T fs a preliK, 1 he preterite is "in" if the 

rnot begicis with any con^rinant but "I" or "r." If the root begins wilh. 
one or other oi the&t the "n" is converted to (hsf con&onart. If the 
rool begins ^*[|h 3 vowel then "in'-' berome.s "iiV 

This partidc may bu calkd Ihc parcick of "means." It is eniplojcd 
when that is referred to by which the action of the verb is .accom- 
pJished or accompaniecl, [n aihliUon "r" is nfteh uScd invherl it wi^uld 
ietm that the proper particle should be 'V^" or "an." The probable 
origin oi variation? of this characler has already been diiictisscd. 



Gataniem l^y a cabaye. Aoan ti 
IriqMSpm^ ti nfaw^an, 



Itaraymo dayfoy. 

Atiia ii igiipotn iadiayf 

jruarmo U hoiirlia. 

Aii/i Ii inpataydi ' 

Irnunno dayta _ palanstrtf. fr-rvar- 

con. 
iiacom day J a cabayit. It-tacuroK, 

i^uHongmn daguifa sirguelas. 

luiita Ii maktuf. lyKUcoH. 



Buy this horse. I have not the 
wherewithal to buy itr 

Close the door. (In this exam- 
ple the means oi closina the 
"ruiin^dn" in entrarci: is to- 
pnsh I0 the "nqu^p." which is a 
single part or valve of the 
door.) 

Gra quifkly (runciingf with this. 

What art you bringing out from 
til ere p 

Bring uut a bottle (come ont 
with). 

Of wlial did Ihey die? 

Bring out that chair. I have al- 
ready broiiKht it out. 

Sell that bor^e. I liave just sold 
Jt. 

Drsiritnile those cherries. I have- 
already distributed them. 

Bring up my valise. I have just 
lirnught it up. 



SPECIAL \fiw. oy I, 
This particTe i^ employed to denote that a thing- is or i& to he put iir 

a pGfticiilar piac«. 



Jditoymo dayia^ 

Idiaymo day (a. 

Irabaottio toy a rehs iti htntsaju. 

Jsiractno. 

Insidegmo diloy. 



Place that (article) here. 

Put it there, 

Pnt this liUaith on the table. 
Put it below. 
Bring it near. 



Note.— Some-time s verbs o-f this dass pass to the active form, 
such cases ihey do not lose the passive particle, 

Apayapay inbuldsmo ti cabayo? Why did you loos* th* hori*? 

^aan a siac Ii nansibitto-t, ll was not 1 whn did it_ 



Ift 



lUKO LANCUAGK. 



_^jm is nangiffiUn toy a bado? 
J-nbifitfio Sa ntLilep. 
Aiin ii nangipocat cadagviii cab- 
ay of 
Dkafay coma incafai. 



Who huifcg up this shin? 

1 did, for It was wet. 

Who ihartics^fd up the horses? 



You should not 
IhcriL 



have harnessed 



IFA. 



To atlribuie, susped, accuse, apply» t\c.. are expressed hy Ihe par- 
ticle "ipji." The prelerite of Ihis form is "inpa." 



Jfiapanco it naimbag a ncQu^mHa. 
Ipalacaoda quetscuana H rdos. 

I i^aaisiicda caniac toy a uhing- 

Ipoayso toy a limos cadagHiti 



1 attribute it to hi^ good ■will. 
They su spec Jed him of stealing 

the "watch- 
They accuse me of being the 

falher of this child. 
[ ^will) apply Ikese alms for the 

benefit of the dcparied 



This particle Js used to express the placing of ar object En some 
particular place or direction. But \vhen some OTiC o-f a group is ^in- 
g-led out or differenlialeJ from the- rciit, or when aTi object is to ije 
placed definitely with reference to another object, theu "aquiii" or 
■"pfliTHru — -^en" is employed. 



Ipaiguid tho. 

JS'Otensnsam pay. 

ipasotUm. dayta. 

J pMb^igifiifinda dayla ^^Jtr^. 

Ipabahayo day fa pa gay. 
Ipplffudyo tiaguitoy a &flfj, «^^rt 

paquindayaem ti meysa. 
PaqHinhaba^m dayta »J^a iibro. 
Paquindayaiiyt^ toy calre idiay 

iKcysa, 



PJace it towards ihc edge. 

Put ic more tourard*^ the center. 

Put it in the corner there. 

Ltl tliem pTit that herl in ihe 

south part of Ihc room. 
i*itt Ihc rice down befo-w. 

Drive ihfj.'e ^-^uk wtsi. biji lead 

this one cast. 
Put that book under the other. 
Put this bed easi of the other. 



It has been shown that the phrases "give tn." "cause to eat, drink," 
flte.. as when speakinc of the care of stock, are eKprtssed hy "pag- 

en" or "pa — ■ — en' ; hut when the intent is to *itate what is to be 

Biven, etc^ ihen "ipa" is Ihc proper -verbal particle. 

Fe«?d the horses. What shall I 



ParaMm daguiti cabayo. Ama ii 
ipucun-co iadacuadnf Ipacanma 
cadiicuada t\ pagay. 

FainMmtriyo da^uiioy. Ania n^a 
arac ti ipuinHmct) cadacuada? 

Pagarabem ii haca. 

u ^paarobmo toy a baca. 



Pinagarabcon. 



To put any object to a use for which it was nof intended 
"HHd. 'he particle being connected with the root expressing 5uch u^c, 



give lo them? Give lliem palay 
fRicc iir the husk). 

Give them liomething to drink, 
Whal kind of wine shall I give 
to them? 

Lea this cow go to pasture. 

Lead for drive) thi^ cow to pas- 
ture. (Note the peculiar sig- 
nificance of the particle in the 
nne and the other instance,) 

r just noiv let Jl go to pasture^ 

I havp ju5t taken it to pasture. 



"ip<i" is 



TLOCO LANGUAGE, 

ipapHiiiinco toy q h<it^. 



la^ 



Ipapisoco dafiuiJi i bato. 
Inpasagaysayda daguili raiaayda. 

lnpampulco H cai-logongco- 



1 (will) u&€ i\\h ^I'jnc for a pil- 

low- 

Tlie palm of my hand (wilJ) 

iervc! far a glass. 
I use 5tone3 for weifthts. 
They used iheir Smgets for 

combs. 
My Iiai 5crve<l me as a purse. 



-AH. 



These particles arc used when an adion is performed for or in be- 
half nf anolher- 

Iftramifiatinai it digo. Make me some soup. 

fgatariHamfac ti niay^a ^ga reiis^ Riiy me a walcJ], 



Istpftlandac ti sapatosco. 
idiitiaSaTiiiaC li san^abuquel a lin- 

apa^. 

ivrabasiinTtac ill njeysa nga 
caunr. 



Have Ihem look for my shoes. 
Vfiu sweep for me (i. e., in my 

sceadl. 
lie is cnoking for (in pi^ce of) 

his father, 

Pie is asking for a loaf of brcadl 

for me. 
She cut nie out 3 dress. 



When a monejf debl 15, or is to be, paid by personal service, tho vrTfy 
h fnrmefi by ^h-e partidcs "i^^^nh." the root teing e^rpressive -of the 
iervicf lo be rendered. 



Indaitac li Wian^co quen Juan^ 



i paid my debt fo John by sew- 

inR. 
I wiEl pay my debt by weaving 
for you. 
ItohtraimatJto ti utau^Ha cada- lie will pay ofi his -dfbl fo them 

{Uisd'j. by i%orkiiig on Thear f.arni, 

ihaiiiyaumt'ifo ti ritangmi cada- We will pay >'ou by raising your 
cayo. houat for you- 



PAI, PAIPA, PAI- 



-xn. 



To cGimn^nd the action of verbs in 



II • pj 1 



ipa'' or 



the par- 



tide "pa" is prefi>!ed To these in the preseTit, and "j'sta''' in tht pro- 

terile. 



Pairuermo daylcy. 
Prnasitlitn daguiti mbaf 

Paipajiatmo. 

Finaif^QcatcoK. 



Tell them to take thrs away. 
Did you order the banatias to b<- 

brought up? 
Bid ihirni harness up. 
1 have already ^\vt^ orders to 

have (the hor^e) harnessed. 
Paipoigujdmo. Have 1* put close to the side. 

Pinaipaabagatanci}- J bade them place it southr 

Faiaratnidanvac its sopo. Have them make me some soup. 

Paidaifanda ti niangco cadaatado. They have ordered me tnj pay rny 

debt by sewing. 
Pinaisuratac. I cdlrirtlflrtded ihsin to wt'iU for 



.110 TLOCO UHGUAGS, 

MA. 

Thi^ parCkIt ha.i Iratli del Active anil A pAii&ivc Ubr. Tl i^ Ici be Ecmcm- 
bcrciL tiisx the prguliiir Jind dJ^iTindivf Eraluci: of {hf. pa^^ivc i^ lh« 
-jbjfct as [he principal rkmenl. If in on* iusraiice the verb in "ma" 
■does not admit af iLk obj^tt, then iJit a^livc form would raluraJly Ljc 

fiUBgrfitctI- if an objrcl ii rniuircil, then Ihc p^^fivc firm would he 
pTD[fccr. Wirh "will" will al.in be cmiii'lcrrd thr ii.ir d the p.ani(!lc5 

"ntf trn"; 3P-6 ihbs i^'ill f*nclude what, U i& ]n>ped, may giv*^ a 

■working knoNi'led^e of lln? verb. T]ie preLeriii- oi "ma" is "na." This 

forni Admilh of tht foEniulas. whrch ar? thi- a^mc at Ihoie cf Ehe 
jclivc particle "taaea"' lo rHicIi ihc ^[udfnT i.i Tcfrrrfil. 

With -flifl"' rhcre i^ a grealrr IcnnifTicy [0 lli£ ■syncopation ol ilic 

root, rhaii *itli llie oilier \erbaE partitles. This i& c^special[y Irne 
■wlitrc [he voivcl o{ I'he fiTil ayliatlc ib "e." and when [hi^ is (uliowed 

by A douMc consonaTil. The 'e" ii dropped wilh one nt Ihc doiilile 
ojnannajiE^, This will Jjc-ii bc iflu^trafcd by soipc txamplcs : 

Lfmmffs, dronring. suffocating; ndJxiff, to drown, 

Z.j'fPfli, carcluiinn ■ malpas. In diniiln 

Rehhtt. sjnllng, taTcctirig; •nafJ'fl, lo Iv .■.liipwrr-clwdr 

rrjpno^, falling-; mclnag, lo fall. 

Liday, ^adrcn^ - malday, In he e^cL 
r^jjiirff, rspjdiry; iH/tpgu^s^ to go awifrly. 

If the verb is a lieqiiemarLve, or jiegsiively imperarive, uih^n ihe 
loot i? iiiono&ydabin:, or bas become so by s/iicopali-oii, <he jiarlicle 
ilfcli alunR with the initiil cnnwonant of [he rnot ii rciJup[ii:a[cd 

Pan. lo Ko. tl"fVfl iHJiJ/ipif^ffH?«. Uoii^t ^ ye[. 

Deni«ieg, hearine Adti ti maninmngty^egco. 1 am kraiins many 
thinn^. 

SrddactO, ji&torii'ihmfnl />^fl ■n.ufcfJJJ'iJuao, E>on'l be Bitonishcd. 
■ (Hert we have a Irisyllable syneopjted lo a dissyllable.) 

^ed4u. wcarin<?is. Dica muiifiidtt. Doti't lire jour^elE. 

TH^ prrn^ipg] um of Jhii form i? to inriioatf thf abiliry ('^r inHhiiity) 
of [he siibjecl lo accompliab or perfocm the actfon enprcsted by the 

mot. 

Ijppaseiyo dayta alad Saanmi a fMnifih Chdl fence. We are tlOl 

fHolpai. _ able lo do il. 

.Saanda nga fi^lnitiy ta nasaejv'l- They ar? nnt jihle rn (^minuc 

1^ [heir worit, for ihey are ill. 

. ■Cufieniitt ti Intmay. .'inanda nga Lei ihem man? Hie jar. They are 

mmnSi. nnl able Co muvr it 

jyailfinte loy a btdoc. Diia fU- Have her menJ Ih^.i ^hirb n-f mLrTe 
dait, la masoiftiH. Stii- c^ti nnt do it. because ahc 

is sick. 

iMilam li pidlodzf Sdatica d Did you hrinfi' the fun? I did 
Knala, la aeav iiiiay ai Pe- nol, for Pttet na& ncrt there. 

. Saartro d tiabfdtfd tl tfjuingco , 1 could n-ol hand^ijc up my arm, 

lit POiiR a fiBJtii dagaiu bed- b^c^uEe all the bsrrdagt? were 
frrJ. uufiF for use. 



iLoco lat^gltage:. 



Ill 



To ^:x|in:i^ that uric has ur hai nol acrain^d Lht abjccl or rnd cnn- 
Ic-mplalod 11 c-spTCFsrd by l}ic paiticic "fnff " The iflmc verbal rHX>l 
ia ii^cd both in ihe irgn-iitivc ^LuFr and wirh the pariic[e "mo"; biii 
Lji irani^laFloii the meaning' iieeila oiWa to be eHpKsaed by a totally 
Jifffrcnn ivofd. Tliu^ che tool ill the initial or trajisilivc cLauEc mishi 
be "fire at" or "shoi^r at," whik in the rtau» with "via" the. same root 
woufd hawf lo hr tranj,laitfii "hit" or "mlM;" as ih* success or nor- 
ajccei? of iJii? act mii^l delprminp. So "toWov" in one tlajse vuuld 
bff iransJatfid by "ovtriake" in the ncxl ; "search for" by "find," dc. 



Quilaem d^dfty a ta^, Qaitqui- 

iaa, Hf^ <^'^^ maifmra. 

Camacaiaet^o daf^fita sst'tj^aali. 
Cn'tiiCtfi^'"f'''ft*. nfifffl di- 

BcluCrn la ntattOc^ baTftig Hu laa- 

baUi IB. 
Infit-atayca Qfet soaica nzQ rfau- 



l.odk BE [hat man. 1 a^i Iflokkig, 

b-u( 1 4J0 not (dm wo^ able toj 

s-ce him. 
I'ailuw after thO;c strangers (vii- 

iCiiTS from gndhfT [own). W-e 

qjll follow iJiem, but ive shall 

iLol be able to overtake Ihcm. 
TliTow a dioji? al thai rhii:kfn 

anil Ticc if you can lilt Jl. 
I »iii[CHl for you, but (and) yon 

diJ ifcol come. 



ThiEi parliclc i^ usf-I iiiEransiiivefy [o form the {so-called( neuter 

verbfp aa il^o whst m Sp^iiL&li Are ^-aJkd retiprocdl ytrba. BuL il uiu^t 
"be reicicinbcred that Ihe r^icivtocal vcrh ur fcjrm m the SpaniTih li u!,cd 
|a dcEcrihe persnn-al act^ or cond il ii^ti!., i^hoTC in T\ng]i5ff [|]^ jipipj^ 
form of the v^tIi [s if^rd, nr rl=r the pa-i-iivc. So "I forgel'* would t»e 
recjproea! in Spanish, and siieli passive (oriiis (EiL^llsh) as *'it waa 
9£sid' (j^ t'endio) art; tous-lantly and notmally oi-cuErinp- in the Span.- 
ifli a^ re^exiucii i^c [fciprgcal.i. Naves ^ipeak^, of coursc, fram his 
•aiivn iilan dpoi nt. 



Mm/K sfiqu-ii ita. 
naf 

J*'aliicnca nga mariri. 

Sfiaiifo 'tgji naKlicf 

Moidaacac. 

J{Iayti£ nalmei idi calmoit- 



1 ffifpil 

tie ia itidi^poi^fil 

Eo y^^ir pa la her hflUift o/l^n? 

Ynu arr easily dii;trflplcd. 

Were you tiOl sea-^ick? 

I 2 Til anloniiihcc]. 

J wn^ aiearly drowned jeslerday. 



A frw pTampffi are given of the verh ir "ma" aHecTfd by the for- 
mulas ol cau^*, mantier, iTistruTtieTit, tic An ha? been alrfftdy sralf'd 

Iheie ate ehe ^amc a& thcc of the aeJivt parliclff "vi.tmi." 



Jtniti ts dina pacaltduyaaf 
Adin ti niKaiayan hi otnamt 
A""! t' pflfui J N anna idray^ 
^djFP t' yait li iacayait* Narha 

idi "apan a tfio". CffOiO U 

pa-tntica'-baniiT - 
Nalmcsda ammf Up-uppat li 

na^iliag. CasOHu Ii panitacO- 

biagda ^ 
Adit li nacalrtaeam* Hi igtld U 

cartryan. Casano li painafaiia- 

b^mf 7a rttiilif^cvl li eabayo. 

i^iia it l/lcarlibcuiaHRa^ III 

btii<f a dacqHfi. 



Why could he not fiirlbh It* 
Where did your fathcl- dif? 
Why dues he remain [here^ 
Where i\ jour VF99et? It wai 

wrecked Last monlh. How waa 

it wrecrked? 
Wpre air (at rhc crew) drowned ? 

I'liur nnty c!;capcd. How did 

[hey ^ntdnagc to) escapeP 
Where did you lallP At ihe rivet 

bank. Haw did you liappen lo 

fall* My hoTse atiimbled. 

Against what did il stumble? 

AgainaE a iag stoiie. 



112 



IT.OCO LANGUAGE. 



W^cn the- parlicle "ma" affects verbs iii "en 
dropped; bui \vhen it affects verbs in "an" or in 
rclained. 



the laEter parjjcle is 
'j," Those par[lcJi:ii arc 



Auilenda. Saanda n^ji maauil. 

Cupinem toy a habito. Saan a 

wafMpin day toy. 
Fatilem ti campitrtj. Saatsciy a 

tnapatit. 
Funaswielti daj^uili pinggan. S'uais- 

da nga rtmpuita.iaii. 
Sc^adtinna fi sUidco. Saanms nia 

mosagadart, !a agpipilay^ 

Svcalanita ll badona. Dina w-asu- 

calen. 
Iputan^yt! toy a JtS.'yay, ^cQiiflif (i 

vinipui^iiig. 
Iruiirda !i caive. SQatida n^a 

niairuar^ fa naiiei ii runngan. 

Ivuhstfio f' Payo'iicoT Saonco 
n^ii uaiuiog. 



Let Ihrm carry 

able 10 carr> 

FoJd Ihia dress. 



itr T^^ are not 

'H. 
I can not fold i1, 

RiriR the bell, f am not able to 

rinjf il. 
Have them i^'a^h the disTjes, "Ihty 

cannot do it. 
Order hirn Id 4 weep my rooiii- 

Ue can not sweep, for lit is 

Let him chauef hi& shirl. He- 
can 1101 thanjic it. 

Ty|<e !iacl< thi? hatch?!. We art 
not able to rakt 11 back. 

Lei ihL'm ryrry nut the htd. Tliey 
c-an not lake it out.^or the dour 
i& tOti narrovv. 

nirl ynn pni (jowii my urahrclb? 
I j^ould not put it down. 



MA- 



-AN. 



To indicate that an action has reached its limit, has ^nc a^ far 35. 
ii can, or ttial it is. nol tn be suffered or endured any further, etc., is 
expresatd by the U£c of the particles "ma an." 



Mabhintsn. - 
SaoK a mnii»u-7an. 
Saonyoufo a masapulan. 
Saan a maatialan It saotar 

Di wiaasitgen (from uside^, near). 
Dinta war/ViJOH dayta. 
Soan a madooafan day!a. 



Ht is oviTcome by hunger. 

That is ingnffprable. 

You will never *i.nd it. 

She dties nol nnder^tand a word 

that he fiays- 
It is ^mpos^^hle lo approach it. 
Hi? will Tiof be able to l^i^o it- 
He may not a^k for that. 



Wilh these examples co-ncludes what, it is hopecl, may be a help itt 
the tinderstandin^ of one of a group of laneTia^es, intercslinR- espe- 
dally to Americans* and deacrving of further inveatfgalion, 



VOCABULARY 

OP 

WORDS AND PARTICLES 

USED 

IN THIS WORK 



COMPILED MAINLY 
rtiau THi 

WORKS OF NAVES AND CARRO 



VOCABUr^ARV 

OF Words reiferred to in tehs work. 



As vfry many of ihe w>s'i.i eiv^n iji ihis \ocabularjr are simply 
roDl^H Ifiand Rcncr^lly in ci'mbinMlc^n nilh pAtliclcs, and a^ ibtae 

fi>D[^ arc mainly .luh^I'miUVCS dr^crJliiTig gcrEain ^ction^ or c:0[ldi[IOII4, 
JiEicir deJinJlion woleJiL al (iinea be eKJremely prolix and icdi-ws- Fol- 
lomn^ [he exampl-e ai Narro and alher Spanish writers we shall '>itcn 
«niflay [Il£ ilirinill-vf As a JcRnitiDn, it brlrlR Uhd^rSlAAd [hit IhC TKtt 
aa given is not ncc»£djily a JoEm ol i:oinjLigBiiD[i, 



A. 

Ababa. 

Abac. 

Abagis. 

Abagat. 
Abbovg. 
Abel 

Ab»g:. 
i^-Abujto, 

Abut- 
tyAbuyj/. 

•/ Aci^ 

A ear. 
AAi\l 
Aiitilem- 

'" Adam. 

Adda. 



Addaya. 
Adiho. 



'- fc< 



r 



A. 



TJiia word is used as a ligature, vhosc ch^i'ac- 
ai ^nd powers ate explaiiifd Jn [he erantmar. 

The wonl alia tika hs place when Chf lawa 

of eupEionv M demand. Thfir mcaninR ja [he 
same. The^ ai>e ilso used as r«klivc». 

Shiirt, wlitlhcr of diiDfJision w time, AbaS/a 

Ufa aSdan. a lihDrl day. 
ShiL^lciWp JiupeTfin^'ial, ^'hclhcr physical or mentalr 

rf&u&arj ti dtayan, iHc river i^ shallow. 
Gain or advantagf in ganiing, (rede, strife, or in 

n conleil of wils 
The .1 hfiu Lrfc r. 

TJie iowh wtaid. Abagaian, the gmrlh. 
To (.-Over ; clo-th ar bisntict usfd as a cnvcr, 
C^al^l, testile. 

BrollifT-in-Jaw, MElcr-in-law- 
'I'o drive, beat, spur, incilf, 
r'unhcrmorc. 

A hnfc, pil, cxcavatiair, grave. 
A wdld chlcttn, 
I, personal pronoiin fnominalive^, ujcd aa a 

luffis. 
Brua.ll {oi dirtjensioii) ; coaeaha (t-rea'^tli *it 

wicTchl Taltopolu a toto li taacaha ti baiaynv. 

The width oJ yijur hou^<; ia fhifly varas. 
To change place nr po.iitinn , 

To tmdy. 

JJeep fai river, hote, etc.) j alsio deep or profound 

(inffllpcluuLly). 
Nearness, pro?:iniiiy; alsni in lime, aa (he neu- 

nrti of Chrislnias, Easier, etc, 
A word iif wide use, employed as indefinite pr-j- 

nniin. gi a vcrh, ami anaweritiK [o ihe Spanish 

"hay." "esiarr ■ttier," "al^o," "aJfiH-o," etc. 

^cr Iht Ei'^mmar, 
FaT, ai A qiedt di stance. 
Yoim^fr brother pr .iiaici. 
Where? Generally ^yncapalcd (fi adit. " A/tin 

Si yan li i^bay^T Wh^ie la ih? hpT^c? 



iiG 



ILOLO LANULIAI.;?:. 



Adip^n. 

Adii. 
Ag . 



Aga^^^. (^ jr^ 



? 



1/ 



Agaag. 

Agartip. i <■ ■"i ^/u^ 
Asas. I ^ 1 



*^ -^gfJ -. 



<- Agcam- 



-^ Agtamtitiof 
^ Agciistg. 
^. Agdan. 
Ag mil— 



Aglayao. 

As—"—. 7 



Agi<rH{tyon. 

AsOKS. 
Agpa . 



Aepayso. 
V Aasin- — -. 



^ AgsipMd. 
\/Agtagui- 



A slave. 

Much, many. 

Acrivc -verbal prefix. Used also wiilj "-ft^ja" 
("thc^ i^iiy")' Asin ii a-gcona? Who 5ay5 so? 
AUc empJctytid lo e^Lprcu^ mutual rt:latiujibhip. 
Aganiadd. They are father ai»d son, 

AciiuL' vtrlial paTlicIo. AgdaiOMnca Yum smell 
of Dnion&. Agatlengng^d ti dmiuin Hi p-agba- 
Uoou. In fording iht rivtr the walur waij neck- 
deep. 

To fiplit, crack (ai an oUa from the hi-at of the 
fire). 

To [hink, opint. 

fo nflmini^ler m^dkiiii^, A/^nlii^afi-Jf, a phj'si- 
eian. 

Vermin infesliiig tbe ground, \^'hp|her animals 
or insc^cls. 

Active verbal parlide indicating phy&ica! or men- 
tal or moral Tcicinblancc btlwrct:!] two indi- 
viduyls, Agcarupti dagsfHoy ii dun. These Iwo 

set alike iJi ftaiiifeb. 

Similar to precerling, incjicnling resembJance or 
something- in commun beliv-ci^n ihrce or more 
inrliviiluals, ^gf affljttfufr^-ffjp w^a lipptlf Ar^ 
>ou four relalions? 

Similar lo ihe preceding. tfiP sraffix "an" being 
optiunaL 

luio how many pads? 

To Jij afur luch and such a manner 

S-lairwayr 

Aclivc verbal particle iiitlicaiing: rtdpmcicy or 
rivalry-, Aglfinamgda. They are rivals in 

beauty. A^iiiSKuioa^dn. Thty aid each other. 

To jinnp frnm one side to the other. 
Acliv'c verbal parlick- indicaling reciprocity, ihc 
"ff" being inserted af(er (he vovn'el of the root^ 

anil the ri>ut being rt^pcaled. AgmitQiidii (from 
(n^.ii. piiy). They have pity on each <)[|ier, 

EtcrnaL for ever and ever. 

Nope. 

Active verbal particle, for whoiic' uscb see the 
gjammar. ll also .serves to indicate !he per- 
son comTTiani3eiI with paa^ivc verbs in "cjj." 
Af^pasiiKiid^a tSi sibd. "Have the room swepL 
Nagt'disbisgaSan wf atnamonf Ha^ your father 
gone south yet? Aiia dh-a agpudengngt-g can- 
iacf What, ilo yon think I can'l hear (have 
no ears) ? 

Certainly, indeed. 

To shave, 

Active verbal parliclc indicating rivalry or reci- 
procity. A^sinsisinbda. They are rivals tti 

learning. A g^inquiquilada. They arc looking 
at each oilier. 

lir'caiiJ'c. Sii"" a nnmav n^sspud ili cad^qnes ti 
tietnpo. He did not come because (he wealhcr 
wa^ bad 

Aclive verbal partide iiidicatitifi supply or equip- 
ment, A^ia^uipsltni^gcaT kr^ you suppfie-d 
(equipped} with a gun? 




117 
Kias cht tdCh- 



Aidao. 



Alt!. 



y Ai-ifc. 

Ai-hd. 
Ai-iU,io. . 

Alyidr 
ASurHnmay. 



AiunHi. 
AivH-r!. 

At'ta. 

Amaf. 
■^ AmffS. 
^ A mia n 

AmJK 
vAmii nc. 
Aaiino. 



ILOCa LANQUAOE. 

To kisi. Asfiff I' ima li Padi 

cr'i (llic pric^t'j,) hinil. 
Aclivf VfTbaH particle indicating prt:]rnf!c or the 

a££tiiii^rloji of A {biriittr or part. Agmtipi^i- 

iaifiia Thcy ptctcHil to bt laihC. 

I.liTl-p hy luclc- 

To Sake, rocci^c, bring (for this "yrg" i? mgrc 

commonly used), grab, seiae, steal. 
I-cncc oJ ijamfjuOj cane, staJteSj etc. 
Phanioin. (rumiiifc aliao. Icar). 
A ivord or ad indecent, difih-jnorablc, or iimply 

Linproiier, or not looking *^ell. 

Day Aldai^ li coian-gay, fjittliday. 
To flUTry, cither another of oneself, 
Foiir, horrnr, Er[ghl, xcp [ignancc 

TooJa of an drLi&an, hoii^ch<jld, vKn^itSp ?L?, 
AnLUlt;! Hied ffj ladrone^ to protect them from 
111 inp iihiil. 

Crcal ol>^cnr[!y as of Jl cavern, dungeon, cK 

Wild pip;, pig o1 the Tiniwiitaina. 

Tu CrinifL-r or maiT a ihiMg (rom on* plac« lo 
bnottitr. AI.10 u^cd Ear conta^an MaraaSiS d 
jj],;ii^( ri bn'/ti*'^. SmallpoM is coniBgiou-i- 

A carpH?mer. 

iBcauiy. 

iJcch-wax. 

To he inl^laLren. 

Canr, [ij be carefLl to du a ihinp wf]l 

SiidVLly, alTahiLily in mflnncrE anil a[>?crh ; mild 
or olrn.'.anr wcalHcT, tc mperalurt, tic. Na<lJu- 
liai'mv ti soGta. His ^iddresa (.words) is 
ag'rccaLlr. 

To cat without having T1CC at hrcad, 

"KevT, "irand litard, 

ParFit^r (plural atuma or ■ani'rjinnr.ii). 

Oh! 

■Peacr. [rarii[uiliiy, rc^lr 

Pear, frUhl. 

Th( north wind. AmiananQy the norlh. 

Al], Ihc whole. 

Proviikd that. 

To know (passive and irrepilar) : combined wilh 
ih-c paissjvt? particle "en" it ineana "to learn, to 
Iry [n Icnnw or un ilersEdtid ihfll of wliicli one 
WAS previously ignorant"; wisdom, knoivlrdgv 
of aiivrhing, ' 

Passive verbal .suEIixh far whose mei see the 
grammar. Wiih in fmy) at n^aEc.iccrt to form 

—^—ac. with mo (ihy) it forms am, with 

j(- (^oiir) to form -^ — aiyo. Exaruples of 
ii!ir^: Acaba tilay toy a tA})la, ^issayaVi frju- 
Jlt Thii lioard i^ very brnad, Irjtn il tiown a 
liLftc. Calnban ti btirna^. Put the eouer or the 
jar. AJuifflaiifon/o^ How manj will yOM have? 
PifniitacS". J .ihgll receive scv^n Siil^'n day- 
la fff^Qim. Rope that horse. JVfcna li daifai- 
daf How tntich do ihcy earn by sewjiig? 
^■Hn^y a pagayait lay a laiatf Are yoU HOt 



ii8 



I LOCO LANGUAGE. 






. Anges. 
Angin. 



Ant. 
Ania. 



v/ 



Ania ti gapunaf 

A"i*sioan. 
, Annad. 
-J Anno. 



Antonattno. 

A<I3H. 



A oat. 
Apa. 

Apag . 

ApAl 

Afamaty. 

Apan. 

A pas. 

ApayapayT 

Aplag. 

Apo. 



^ 



J 



Apon. 

A Pros. 
ApMg. 
Apuy. 
Aquin- 



planting rice in thU field? "An" Is also us-ed 
\vilh nouns (-o dtiiole aggrega-lioo, lh.p partial; 
"sanga^' being used as 3 prefix, as: sungcputo- 
ivn, a family ; saniaiHun, a town (inhabiianis of 
a town); sanaasapaioasan, a pair of shoes. It 

h also used (opiioiially) with the suffis "&n" 

to form an cscla-mation (seie — ^ — en"). 

&7n, daughter, child. Fliiral an^ac or an-nnnac. 

An in^c-Ll, auft-bodied^ working in the dark and 
through tunnels, very des true live, improperly 
called the "whit!! ant," Sufficiency, lo equaf 
&ome(liinK in measure, weigh), or Jiumber, e(c. 

ImmoJcaty, indtcency. 

Respiration^, to br^alhe. 

Winil. Naan£in unay. It is very v/indy, 

Eflluviuin, wiih passive partick "tn" h ineaijs "to 

anicll, u!*!? the acniiu oi amcll." A^anj^angolda^ 

They emit an odor or scent, generally offensive. 

as cerEaJn animals do. 
EfJlnvJmn or bad smell from fish. 
The rice-harveiL 

What (.inierrogalive). Al^u exclamatory, an- 
SyiL'ring tii Ihc Spa^i!^h "qmr £os<£' or our in- 
terjectionary use "WhaM" 

Why? 

A phanlom. 

Diittru&l, misgiving. 

Unkss, jf not, answering somelimes lo the Span- 
ish "o dno." Ibusem Ji tinapay annu pusaen. 
Ofar (throw) away ihe hreari, unless [he cal 
will cal it. Aj^rrabajoca on-no baulenca. Go 10 
wnrk, or if not he will beat you, 

Ohli^lionj duty. 

An indepeniieni particle iinlicating future time. 

To htini with horses and do^5, or with dogs only. 

None, no one, nothing, no; being the negative 

of add^. Aoan fi r7i(> iti b^jhy iti^^})! la there 

no dog in this hnu^er' 
To deliver anvthin^. 
Stfife, wranglinj;. Agapis. to wrangle (tWQ). 

A&oapOy the &anie when there are three or more. 
A particle denctinR recentne^*^ nf action or oc- 

ourrciscc. Afidgrrloi;. a new-lajd e^K- 
F.nvyr 

Scar-^ely, hardly, poorly. 
To go {see ''pan" and "ay"). 

Peevishness, anger, suthn^ss, 

Why? 

To spread out a thin^, as dolh, pa^er, mats, eJe. 

Graniifathcr, master. Plirraf appu or ap-appo. 
Aho used for .grandchild- "To^to lo toman 
para *""^ (otno para otro^ ya por ierptino 4p 
propriedod, ya par e;ipreswn de amor y carino.'^ 

— Carro, Iloco-Espanol vocabulario. 

To gather the herd, round up. 

To squeeae getitly. 

L^ime, chalk. 

Fire. 

SubjLlantive partic^t; indicating ownership, master- 



JLO-CO LANGUAGE. 



iig 



Arab. 

Arac. 

Ara^p. 

Arado. 

Ammid. 

Ararao- 

\yATtssati. 
^AretH- 
^ Aricap. 
A n V c, 

\^r Ari^nian. 
Afipajia. 
A ritoi. 
Asa. 
AsQ^ta. 

Asides. 

A^in. 

Asino. 

V Ajipa^f 

AiO. 

. A^pili. 

Asliis^- 

Asuc. 

Asug. 
h. Ala. 
^ Atg}iitd. 

vAtiip. 
Atep. 
Aliddtii: 

Af!ddvj(. 
*■ Atiiiar' 



AttaVr 

Avid. 



Auis. 

Ayf 

Ar/ib. 
Ayam. 

A^^/lf. 
^ Ay-ayo. 



CSpanisli, "saraUos"}. 
iHvife, plural assaua 



ihip, responsibility, Aquinbalay is^u. He is the 

niai^ier of the house. Aquinbasol aco. It is my 

fault- Asin Ji a^uincua dayioy a relosT Who 
owns this watch? Aquin is also u^ed as a pas- 
sive particle to denote the placing of one thing 
with reference to another. (Stc "paquin — — 
ftj.") 
Narrow, dose. 
Pasture- 
Liquor made from the njpa p-alm, "vino," wine or 

ijislitfed tiqnar of any kiniL 
To cmij^tc, 
Plough, to plough (Spanish)- 

Work, labor, act. 

Complaint, lament, 
Washins of meal, rict, etc. 
1_U!j1, Jasciviouiness. 
Scnai- of touch, to touch. 

i.oaiJiing, repugnance, 

.\'> if (hke Spanish "cumo si," "como siJio"). 

Gashfulne%j%, shame. 

Ear-riji>fS, penctaLils 

To sharpen. 

Spouse^ husband or wile, pluraJ assaua or ax^ 

ossaua. 
Prosiiniiy, ittaruess, used with the force al the 

preposition "near." 

Salt. 

Wlin i* (Generally ahJireviatef! 10 QStn, some-* 

times found as aiinno.} 
Interjection of grief, answering to "Woe is me I" 

etc. 
Hog 

Y'\i\. to pin. 

To h^ OTi the point of (doing). 
Smoke. 

Complaint, moan, to complain, 
Gr^enntss of fruit (that as not yet ripe). 
(rod fattier, godmother, 

SiispicioiL Crossbar, ^vedfic. 

Coverj]!^ of roof of hou^e, roof, 

.\ long thirty, 35 a rope, pok, r?tc. Ta iMilafg*; 

used al.'iO of lengthening a conversation. 

Same as abovc^ loiK- 

To lo?e strength, bewme flat or insipid (as b?*r, 
wlrrt, etc.). 

The tnit-=fcirt5 of a town, f 

CiiiilUTn, habit. To draw a thing towarda one- 
self, R5. pTillinff down the branch of a tree to 
get at the fruit. To retire, retreat. 

To movf, incite, attract one to good or evJL 

To come, cSasstd with the irregular verbs, used 

with active partide am—. 
Ahl 

To call, to Ifnock at the door. 
Pleasure, di-vcraion. 
Care, vicilance, to watch. 
Lovp. affection, pleasure, gratification, to loye. 

Amiabrhty, affection. 



120 



IL[>CO LA IV GU AGE. 



B. 



/ 



J 



Baac, 
Baba. 

Baboga. 

Bahaoi. 

Babcy. 

Baca. 

Bacal. 
Bacrnng. 

Bado. 



Bag^. 
Bag^s. 

Baguis. 



Bain. 

Balan^at. 

Bahsang, 
' Balaton^. 

Baia^. 

Bnlffds. 

Batm. 
rBalinsuec. 

8a!iquid. 

Buiitoc. 
^'Baliu. 

ySaJ-lisui. 
Bah. 
Baton. 

. Batmisi. 

y Banag. 

Ban fit. 

Banco. 

yBanga. 

Bani'tr. 

Baniai. 

Boniit. 

Bannug. 

Banfay. 

Ba-it. 

Bai^ttr 

^BoquPS. 
Baqnet. 
Baquir. 
Bti'tiro. 



Stak, inuiC>, rancfd 

Down, lidi>w- 

Advice, counsel, reproofr 

Reptnlarco. 

Woman, (rmakr 

Pig (whether male i>r female); baftvy a tao, a 
dirlj, indecent fellow. 

Name for dumtslit caitiff (male or i^male; Span- 
ish ^'','ii^a"). 

Baltk, fighln combat, whether of Iwo or more, 

Nohilii>", eminence (either because of birth or 

uf wi^ahh). 
Aid. ^ufcor, help, w*>rking-bo1o. 

Shirt, and^ntb applied to doibjiiE, which u^^ 

srill *iirrvive5 in the Igonil furho ("f" fur "*/' 

"rft" for '^d"}. 
To say. 

Rice ihat IS husked and ready for use ss food- 
Pan, pnriinn^ sei la^ik ("Sj>ani.sh "lareis"). The 

body, whet]ier of man or of o-lher animal?. 
Tripe, belly, intebline&H abo Ihe wick of a can- 

dlc. From ihis \tord comes cabaguis (brolher 

or Risltr froni the sSnn: nnfthef.) 
Shame. 
Crown, garlantl. 

Maid^jpin imtnarritd w^man, Phiral baff-lralajisTi^, 

A 5:iiall he;in (samt a.!i Ihc S|iani&h '"mffn^os") . 

Kou&o, A^bohy. to Ihicken, coafiulale (as milk). 

Pronun-cialion. 

Power, ability- to be able. 

To iland on the head. 

To turn, to reverse, get on the olher s-idtr 

Gold. 

Change, mutation, 

Triump-h. 

Widow. 

Convoy, supplies for a ]ourncyT food, money, 

arms, etc, 
Cmss-bar of door or -windows-. 
Kffect, re^ull. 

A card eaync ; Qp^bonca, lo play ^'^fiirri?."' 
Hen^h (^fom the Spanish). 
Earthen jar fi>r cooking. 
Sidt, also the leaf of a book. 
To gtl ay (as frijm a recumbent posilion). 
I-iijard, the ip^vana, 
Fii^h-hook. 
We.arines5, exhauAlion, 

Mu»tniairt; cai-e, vigilance, gtiard. 

Mouse. 

One who is sent, messenger; manihaon. a ser- 

vani. 
Strength, firmtiess (of it^animatc things). 
Monkey, Ihp niacaco. 
Old woman; plural, bah-baqueU 
.Ttingie, Ihicket, "bosq^e." 
Bliie-e/ed, 



JLOCO LAI^GUAGE. 



121 



. lianhar, 
liailqi/gs- 

Barvcani. 
Basa. 

Bajmi. 
B^iii. 



Balad. 

Balala**. 
, BalcnS. 

Bali. 



^ 



Halt? 
Btio^. 

B.3ir 

li/Jind. 

Boyog. 
Efiyyabas 
y Pedhcd 

BA Ung. 



Bidois- 

Btifbig. 

ysiis- 



jBiit. 
Bilas. 

BilaiF. 
Bitanio. 



TianiiLiury, v^in, cnLply, s upc rail [i iia led, Eal&e. 
limi. Dws Q ^ir'i^n^iTJ'f J[£, a falic gacL, 

(f, iJfiTcliai me (Spiiiish, "a vfr n." ' pn* si"). 

Uit^id? down. 

Ginh, bflnEJ, ftllcl, Rircllc, 

Y-cmili, unmarried man, pEural. bab-hara. 

To Tiad (flcccDlcd oiT the peiiuU) ; tveEn-eas, lo be 

w^li 10 vitt (iua:nt an ihc ultjmatcj. 
Glas^, tiijiibler (from llie Spanish), 

Little, !,linrl of sciliite, few. Uied s.\aa lo form 

diiiidinKivf-;, as; U a^iyo a bastit^ j'our licule 
(Iob, pup, poodle. 

CIcir, Jrank, nichouC dU|ilic1ty. 

Call-bn:!!, knocltcr tyi d(-ir. 

IfurnJiig-p-ec. 

T.i Ic-avc (iiassivi?) , as: ibati, I& leave something i 
•i\t'hi'/, li> Ira^'c n>me[hiiiH thruUylL fOfEflful- 
nc-^=r To rcTTiain [acliyc), as: agbaJi. la re- 
llfaiii fii plfSJOS*] , mirbul'. lo rrmain wilhnul iti- 
[tiu^Eft^ {tCute tlial ''<H'i" is iij^d bolh ac- 
tively irid pa ■. ilvirly. ) 

lilorie. rnclc 

Riiii^, Hlf, J inc. 

(iarlic. 

Whip, Liih, ilriiJic ui whip. 

Ti> jil^afidnrr an cnterjirijie 

l-'-iyni ml . 

To hull 'ii?(!. 

I'aciliiicii 

G iiav j^ 

ELjinil:igc. 

"t^jliii^ brava/' fan. 

Ti* lliruw away a norchlesa Fhing; derivatives; 

ibel-ieni. Id ca^i d pDilioin ol the cargo intu Ihf 

ScA- aifbieitB, Co rr][cvc nnescLf, lo hav-i: ihc 

diarrhejii pa^faibU'isan, » \a\v'\wi. 
To jprii a [fee leiigrhi^jse. 
Mui^jujia-utl -CrADJ^nj^frf^," Carro), tLtrLh hung 

liver a ilocirivay. 
To ftrf^h anylbjng, 
I'Te^h-waler miisse-ls. 
Til ]oie cutor, lum pale 
T.ip^. whether of a periioii or an HninisL 
Apron, topis or doth worn over the skirt by 

KIJiEfJnos. 
T-o eKamine atcpntivcfy, lo iccoKiiiiei ^/TabiRbiscn 

1! Atifnin [ recognize Anlnnio. 
All In ihe sense of segregation froEn oth.?r EtiJngs, 

as: bus I* f>i£OS, all r^e; hnt a ub-ubbiHS, Ihey 

are all chiUren. 
Awakening, lo analten. 
Soon, sbortly. 
Tu iilace lUmfEhiriH in the sun for iho t>ui'pfi$« 

at (9ry[ng. 
To accoEiiil, Kcoiml, aam up. 
ConnaUe, 



122 



lUiCV LANtiUAGE. 



Bifin. 

BifU, 

Bvn-ig. 
Binting. 

Bircug. 

Biru^. 

Birri, 

Bisin. 

BisHCoi. 

Bitay. 

Bitin. 

Birla. 
Bifuen. 

Boh. 

BolcnM. 

Booc. 

BoCTlg. 

Brisca. 
Bu bon. 

Bu bus- 

Bti cacao. 



BifChif. 
Budis. 
Buiol. 
Bugagao. 

Bughuglong^ 



Bus-go. 

Buis. 

Buia. 

Bufan. 

Buiding. 

Bulig. 

Bu hH. 
Buhs. 

Bvlsec. 

Banag^ 

Bunni^. 

Bunga. 

Bii^nlrxg. 



BHnuhun. 
Buquei. 



Command, order, pr«ept inrtrucllons., 
Pure^ unmiscJ (ate !iiig)- 

Two reals, value being twenty centavos (old 

slylc)^ or twenly-fivc (Conani or :)ew style). 
Vagabond, 

To seek {aec saputy. 

To split, T)nr£t open (as wood or other cnaEerlal). 
Hunger^ \Q he hungryn 
Round snail foumd in lakes ai3d ponds. 
To hatig a ptTi^on or animal; pagbitayan, gallowa. 
To hang oneself by the haiitls or feet from some 

elevated object^ a* a iTapeze-bar or rings. 
Speeclij address, or^lion. 
St^r \ bitueti a nagdulao ^ a cnntel ', umalis a biluen, 

a meteor. 
Cane, banibnoj caiicloiin, a qanebrake- 
I.eaf of ireo. plaiiT, book. 
Ilair nf a person. 

To sp-lil, break, fraclnre (as a dish, e)c.)- 
A game of rarH^ (Spanish) 
A WL-]], R lillle hole by (lie bank of a sEreain^ 

marie to nhlsjn filtered water. 
To tonsil trie, use up, eshausl. 
A plant with 5fem re^emblinjj' tbaf of mai?e, and 

Tiead like thai of rkc, probably miliel (I^pan- 

iah ''mi'if'J'' Tagalog "hugaga"). 

Same as llie piereiiing. 

Back of a person or animal, back of a book. 

A person vvilh blue eyes, an albino, one with red 

hair on he^d and body. 
An nnly fon, who neither bad, has, nor will have 

s brolher. The only ojie of a class or species, 

m n hou.'rc, QT a tree, like ^vELich there i& UO 

other in tTie viciniiy, 
rie^nlincE!^, to d?3iD^ wash. 
Tribute, iaj*. 

Biiar for brttding- (Spanish "verraM"}- 
MooTij mon(h. 
Twisted, deformed. 
Clusler of bananas, A load carried between lw;> 

persons. 
Prodi^aliTy, profusion, 
TiJ rekait or free a person or animal that has 

been confined or lied. 
Blind, plural bu-buLec. 

To -carl, trarisporl from one place to anolher, 
Bnlo, tnachelc. 
Pruir. 
To fTive a name ta a person. This word was 

ancienlly and aiithoritalivdy used for baptism, 

and Is sliil in vulgar u^c in tHTs sense, but its 

employment is discoimtena«iced by the Rom^n 

Catholic Church, 

To sow sefd, to plant. 

Stone or seed of fruit; any complelc, round ob- 
jed, as: a wbeel, a cone of sugar, a loaf of 



ILOCO LAHGUAGC 



133 



BuTei. 

Burioi- 
Bitrttay. 

Bvrto. 

Bitteng. 

Balay 

Buya- 



Co. 



Cn— an. 



Caatio. 
Caat-fiba. 

Caaai. 



brtiad, tic. To ^orni (as * 'octua in ihc wanil), 
a jiTjTit in imil]. [o fonc^ive an idea, to cte- 

alf- wholly, cnJiiTly Stf iot its tarioilS UKI 

the "'lofahuiarift" iif Carro. 

Harvesr of Anything but ih^c wMch hoa n tr'ain- 
btarins h^ail (Bi cite, e(c.). See anL 

To liiiiL (waict. or anytiiijia cookineJ. 

Sucltiii^-pia. ^ 

A ;3H jVfa JJiT ^ftu'fJajj an empty far, saitsabur- I 
nay^ a jaT dial ia lilled vrirti an^Ehjug. 

A Rime □! cards. 

SiriS|L]pflx, 

Gjtiery-, lo eiil lo repletion. 

Arrn-dJair, (iaiy-chlir. 

Fear 

Calf oi Ihc kg". 

r<» Ace, [ij regard or view ihat which canKa pleas- 
ure 2nd .pt^lificar ion. 

Fi^ird 'imcLI zii^JTig from nutdus or putrcfactiQii- 

O. 

Same as t^s (s ayiwopaTioir), dcdnfA by Cana 
a^ an grtvcrb of ILIicricii, The meaning i^ rather 
"is like," sonieliitits '"'a^ \.i" hi htilsec eas hi 
rnalittatHriis The IJind arc like those who 
&]e?|i. Coac di hp^jny Jjiiji. A^ if I shiiul'l not 
romc herf, Per:ioriflL prcnoiin of Ihc 5CCnnd 

[ifi'^'^ii nckniiji^Llv-e 5insuJ.ar. vs^d aa a aLffin. 
JVajHrJif^f^ir ij^r; /Ui^. Yuu aro a good man. rar- 
Fick uic^S 31; 3 prchv in farminfr ab^Trart noun?, 
a^ ; Jidi (many), iTfifrdh (miij[fiinlc) ; nfal9 

(hifiJiJ, fffngii/K (heJehl) ; dac^ii (ar*a[)- 

EuoTif^iiE'J CtTeacnes:^), elc. Parlrcle USeJ sl a 
prefix wilh ncrnni ar vcrhal ronis to indicaCe 
rrccrnnr^,';, S9\ Uiog (egg), caittog (a new-laid 
*8K) ; '"'iJ C'o cook), Cfj^ji/Kfff (just cooked). 
Particle [i^ccf ai a prtfi^ Ici cJenolc companion- 
ship, Hi: adai (to smdy), iacdalco (he ia my 
flcliooL-mjie). 
rarlJi:Ets Li&cd la cAimaa Ihe liuc &upi:rlalivc, 
ariFwrlng In [he SpS-ni^h "So ftJQf," as: f^lJuif'- 

tan, mo^t dit^cLilt. U&ed Lo l^dicdLe a plate 
where lliere is an abunJance 0I the ihin^ dn- 
(lUlCiJ by the iiiol, ai ' daiat {^^n^] (~a^[;i^[aif 
(a ^and-jiil) - irayji (jroe) , MCOycaK (a forest)' 
Passive verbal particles, £or whose ilse sec the 
gran-imar, Prefcriie in some caEei na — an. 

aonn?[imCi quma an ipama^atH H tado. 

Ipams^a-c, fluent diitlfl cotnagQin. Lay the 
shirt oul In iTry I wiHI do 5h>, but ll wiU 
not -Jrjr, Pifpito cami ftualoanHatam. We are 
only seiffn, increase uur number In eiRhl, U^ 
npftxlda, <iuel quiitai ia'tac. THctc were Doly 
fmur, and 1 increased iheir number to nine. 

Perliele iiaed «kh verbsj meaninii "when" dI 
lime fiasl. 

.Wishtof. 

Mcrey, pity, compassjoTi. 



124 



ILOCO r.^NGT;AGE. 



Cabdya. 
CahiL 

Cubsat. 

€aea. 
Caeaisuna. 

CadtL 



Citd^madtl. 

CodaRMti. 

i.tid4t^yan. 
Ctid/iia. 
C nda la/} . 

CodalaM. 
Cadi. 

Cadpay ta. 



Cailalai 

Cai^l 

Cliap. 
Calapai- 

ColapalL 

Ca!r 
Cfl-Sogtuti. 



CiXitorn, Jiitbif 

BroLhir ^f^OIll ba^nri, ivomb). 

Wcakncj,!, (icrni zppElcd tu bobaccO, &pit*&, per- 
fiinif!;, cic.) 

HorsH? < Iroin the Spanish). 

To mflflreat 

SaLulc, HiTcting, ccuiRTaculaLicin 

Erothcr, siMer. 

He whd ih (iyllly di4i>o&td loward^ another, de- 
sires tn injure hiUl- 

|[ 1:^ the tiiiiy one, Ltie E^sL rKere is, rh^fe is no 

more than llii.i. 

An niitranslalablc (xsnj urun mn (mcaniiig "anil"), 
used WF-}nTe a iiiiriitier nf individuals are cciiim- 
cralcil b>cfi?ri? ill save Ihc "firit anil labl o( iht 
gnup is»dt. roifti Pi-iirt>, rufia ^/iritj. foda 
fiiblo. Qutn Difgc. Sim (stv ihe gtamniar (or 
Ihc tf -■tpl an flilun of iht use o( a plural insLead of 
a ^[URuLar^i rttcr, Mary, Piul, anil DicRU. 

To, for, in, wirh, by u"! Ifv^ltiFivr of rhc p<!r^n 
or persons adiresied). 

To, f(ir, ere, yuu (plufil)- 

Tn, for, ctr.. ihrm 

To, (nr, etc., ibo&i? jSpaiiiiih "n^uj'iJjf"). 

Tu, lor, cic, lliu^e (Spai^ish "tini'l. 

"Tile" [jiuf af |ru, Eur, en..) , ihu n*eil tor oblkquf 
cahc nt "fTioHc" (ijcc eg d P gl' d'-O yi - 

To, Inr, crc, ihese. 

Ciisioin, lialiiL 

Tn, ([^r, tir , ui (llicc ind mc, dufl] lorm}- 

To, Jor, cICi, nn-f f in dc H ni [o J 

To, for, elc, il& {h& ami ilice), 

I'erhapi,, pcrttiaiLcc; also used st a iui>plicaclve 
aflcr imiicrulivcpii [ikt pur "pray" ^jr "please." 

Tli^nts (Spariiih "^•mfui (juf"') 

Pas^ivf p?,>-LLLk^ givjng Etie idea r>t adding t4 or 
subrracCinp irum, doing more or leiis. C'ldueni 
It fifufiii, Tncriii.ic (ikc .lupply of) loi'd (Ta- 
bii'e'ida H tigf^t/it. Ln iheiu xing for a lirtlc 
whiJe. The prelerile is quiiia-—. Quinabayag- 
da li ncigpal\l They tariR fur a toUfi ntllle. 

To bite, [ati': !f I'ilc 

Whal a pity 1 

A ncishhor, lejrow-lonnaman; alao the common 
jicnpLc, llic "I'ulgjii." 

Tlie blr>od orangr (EpanUh>. 

T"i*.liii)a, io lisli wirh nei, liooJi, *rc 

Hill, a iioor. wrelchfi[ liouse, especially ore in 
ihc Rulil^ {iefteRiEra^ 

l-loii^e-pi^COTi. 

Kivc euarlos, one-1oiir(h of a real, er[iial lo (*o 
and a half ccnlavo^ (old style) 

Hoal. 

Hole in the earth, to die- 
Dei ire. ■ 

Hfll of Jiny niiLlcrial nr form. 

Yfislfrnlay O'SfJ with frfi, pJi ^.jIvkji). 
To clear aiiay (^as diKhtB Jrora !he lable|. 



rLOCO LAf^GUAGE. 



:t25 



Caiub. 
Cam^ciim. 



Cumuli. 



-camt. 



Canuite. 
Campif. 

Clin. 



Cainuair. 
Cane-It. 

Catiitida. 

Caniitna- 

CanUa — 



Canwas. 

Ctsnfa^ 

Capas. 

Capu-y. 

Catabucub. 
Comdcad- 

Caramba. 

Carara^. 

Cararuii. 

Cursyan. 

Car!. 
Caro. 



Carlib. 

Carting. 

Cos. 



Casabn. 

Casatio^ 



Cas ^Qsia met. 

Casar. 

Casiisin. 

C aspa^ari^an. 

Casta. 

Casfn met. 

Casta tin ospaysp. 



FaiJialoons (from the Spanish^, 
Lid of anylhing, blab on a gravt. 

Froliibiiioii, 

I'g ralnh up Id zntl juin a pt^T:ii>n or aniitist going 
befuTt, lo anain, lo arrive in lime (as lo mass, 
tht Ihealrt. tic.j. 

To pnrbiic, lo folloiv, autceed (as one shower 
succeeding another). 

Wc, <:xclii&ive of [he per&oti or persons spoken lo. 

Yam, sweet potato, 

Tu wander from Iht poinl, lo tntriide inio a con- 
versadon Ihal does not cortcern one, 

5yncopati(in of "cuntr" ("they say"). Adda riirt 
J"' Apo Obispo. They say that ii is the Lord 
Uishop, Syncopation of catiih ffood}. 

The right hand. The rifihi. 

Fowl, 

To, for, me. 

To, for, ihL'm, 

To, for, hjin. 

A particle u&t-d fonni^rly in the composition of 
ni^merals [now ob-^iolele). Melhod of u^e given 
in the grammar. Exaiiijpj!; ; Cafiitatii) que! lai- 
lo, twenly-lhree. 

Tiifrjflion nf Ihe law, contrariety, oppositio-n. 

Sacred niiibic (from the Spanish). 

Tree-cofton, used alsi> lor o^^llnary cdttun. 

Tu ^raip or seize ionielhing lo keep from falling. 

Weakness, dehiiity (whether physscal or spiril- 

Larynx, the "Adam's apple." 

I.ighinc*!i, flgility in mOvcmtni, good healih; HO- 

coeodcod. well, in Kood heallti, 
A Ifirgp water jar or nlla. 

Prayer lo God or to iht saitils. 

The sonl. Ancienlly it was carma^ 

Riv(!r. 

Vow, promise. 

Excessive (deiHusitido). Nacaro li saQUtiun. li 

f'wdi'f'iii, etc. He 15 very III, He has a high 

fever, elf. 
Scissors. 

Lij^hlness, reatiines^, 
Adverh cf likeness, how, as: Cas caiman pa W«g 

li ipifatny iti AntmiiG. I| ^ecms as if it Vn-ere- 

oi^ly yesltrday that Antonio died. ^ 

Sermon, preaching. 
Particle of intorrogation, answerinft generally to 

"que Jaf." how, e(c. Used also in inquiries as 

lo dimensions. Casino ti taion ni Pedro? tloW" 

large is Peler'g farm? 
Sn as (fl.Tj ii^m'j, asi tatntiiea). 
To marry (Spafiish). 
Cousin ["^ninfl camaT). 

Fcr example (from arig, lil<enessj cijinparigon). 
So. 

So albo, in tht: same ^ay. 
In effect ("rtjr es efectivamenie"). 



126 



fLOCO LAJ^GUAtSE. 



Costa wiay. 

Casiiia. 
Casitnub. 

Caiaiec, 
Caiaw. 

Calaoa. 
Caiay. 

Catigaid. 
Catte. 

Cauayan. 
Coups. 
Cauiian. 
Cayai. 



Cayp. 



Cayo ng. 

Chocaiafg. 

Cigarithj. 

CO. 



Cochero. 

Cocinera. 

Cociua. 

Colal. 

Cofna. 



Use^l 



m 



conibi nation with ti—^ta. As so- 



CoKa. 



Confestif. 
Cpto d. 
Comdor. 
Coio^. 

COf-tOlgr 

Cua . 



Cuh-ho. 
Cubitrt^. 



( Span ish "mn — ^ — que " ) , 
Spaniard, Spanish. 
Rtlalion, plural ctimsuiiub (from mcvb, parentffs- 

Prolcclor, advocate. 

A carpenter's brush; Quinaiafa, slisvings (that 

which 15 hrushed up by the calam) . 
Laughter; nacQCUtcafaiia, mirth-provoking. 
SaIiva^ the filime ihai a serpetiE casis- about its 

prey. 
The left hand, the leff. 
Cot, a small bed ^Spanish). 
A chain or bonds, whelher o£ iron, wood, rarian, 

or uther m^ttrmL 
Cane, banitioo (used generally of Ihc Jalttr). 
Garim^nl, drcsE, clolhing. 
Roosler, 
To wish (pafiiiive verb). Carro says that (his- 

verb a[i5i%'ers rather to "querer" (the- acl of the- 

wilf) than to "desear" ^the inipulse of the 

heari or of the einotiotis). 

Wood of any dcs-cription, even iigfr<1 of the item 
of lettlice and other plants, tree. Personal pro- 
noun (stifJis), second person pluraJ, nomina- 
tive. N^ifidin^itcayo. You appeBf tO te Bad- 

Bro[lifr-in-law-, 

Chocolate. 

Clearer 10?. 

My (sulTi:^), abbreviated to c 

and after an or en (the 



■fter a voweJ^ 
being- also 



'•n" 



synt^opattid). 

Driver (Spanish), 

Cook (Spanish), 

Kitchen (Spanish). 

Curly or wooly-haired (as negritis, for instance). 

An indupcndciit particle used to indicate the sub- 
jnnclive, used either slone or in conjunction 
wilh Gthtr words; aho poicntial in character- 
Agiuralac comn, n^.a*" ft^asaduiac. 1 should 
he wrifiitg", bul T feel lazy. Nti coma, no saan a 
piiisy. If he had not been tamer 

To say (irreg-ular verhl, used where the words 
art actually quoted. Ccna ai ffsucri^io iti ez^an- 
gpiio Savf Je.su? Christ in the gospel 

. Its pfetefiie is ^hiinona. Umoyaclo^ 

ffuinomi li uftingr "J v.'il\ come," said the boy. 
Cnnfesiion (from the Spanish). 
Mod fif -trap. 
Corridor (Spanish^. 
Art ("fsr-rati^a"). 
L-cartncsi^. 

Particle indic:iling proprietorship fir possession. 
From thi^ arc formed the possessive pronouns; 

cv^ic. (iiiim. ciintifs^ *:uatayo, cuafni, acaia, cuayo^ 

ciiodsr: mine, thiny, his, hers, etc. Used alsf> 

with aqttin (which see). 

HunchhacW (also rnhho or quehho). 
Dish (Spanish). 



ILOCO LA.NGUAGE- 



127 



Cueu. 

Cuddut. 

Cudil 

Cudrep. 



Culhtiip^iy. 
Culisip. 



C^pin. 



Cup pit. 
Curad. 

Curcsrapnil. 

Curibul. 

Cvricur. 

Curtla. 

discus. 

Cuspag. 

Cu!i. 

Culo. 
Cuycg- 



-da. 



Vaan. 

DacamL 

Dacayo. 



Dadafl. 
Duel 



Knife (Spanish; ^ee imtico}. 

Nails oi person or animal (also eoio). 

E^Cate^ properly, elTecI^ (a f^duplkaEion of cua, 

A gam? play^d^ wUli petbleg, similar to jacfc- 

stonc-s. 

To pinch wiih the ends of the fingers^ a pinch, a 

^niall qu an lily. 
Skit] oi a person, pelt oi 3n animal, fulside skin 

of cane or bambac 
Dimness or opacity of lights whether natural or 

ar[ilii:iaJ ; cbscurily of mcaiiing^ in language, 

Ihoiiprht, cotnpc-silion, etc. 
Shells surh as are used fiJf witlcfiwS. 
Tub(^ fur dritiking (slrawj, stem of P'pe> elc 

(Also cuUscp). 

To duubli' or fold (as cloth, paper, etc). AUo 

fflfNP, The use of "»•• for "«," of V for "i" 
seems lo have no ^et rule. In the ancient alpha- 
he[s Ihere were but three vowefs^ namely "a'' 
one doing duly for 'V" or "i," and one serving 
ft>r "fl" CfT "v," It is not considered (^■iscnliai in 
tht fulurt 10 nolc these x-adaTions. 

Flal-n cased. 

Ring- worm, lettiT. 

To lack, b-e short. 

Small bal, ihe housc-bat. 

A Iori|^, broad basket. 

To wa>h or clean out the cars. 

The cutlle-fisli. 

To M^rape, raSp, fifd 

Pride, haiiehtiness. 

The sinking or giving away from ilB wciphl or 

Other cause of a hovise, postp rvjbhle wcjrk, elt. 
To move, either transitive or intrairaiiive. 
Hcad-l^usc. 
To accompRny. 

' D. 

Personal prnnnirn, suffix of the third peraoTi 
pfural, nominalive or genitive. NafatroSda. 
The/ are cowards, Cntcalienda ^eydiay u cayo-. 
Th-:y ar-i- dif^iui^ up that wood. 

Old (of lliings). To wait, expect soipe person, 

Wc fcKflusive of the p^^rson addressed). 

Yoii (plural). 

Crcal, ^rand. Dticqvel a b-aiay. A iarge hauftr. 
Used in Ihc plural for parents, elders, and for 
more reinole relationships as grandparentSj. e|c, 
DtiKwli didffCQi*eIco. My parciiEs- 

The palm of Che hand, 

To caai away or lose a thin^, to mangle, break, 

squander, wastt. 
To heal somelliini; at the fire a lillle, to warm one- 
self. 
Hrare, mafesty, b^auly, prorgenusness- 
Scarcely. Dad fv viafMiTa dediay a bifu^n. One 



128 



jj-oco r.\N(jU.H,i':. 



Dogas. 

Dagdag. 

Dagsen. 



Dogttidiay- 

Daguila. 

Daguiti 

Dagtiilpy. 

Dagum^ 

DaguSr 

Dolus. 
Damag. 
Da manT 
Damiii. 
Dom{f. 



DandaHi. 

Danes. 
D'jHSOt. 

DGHger. 

Dani. . 

Daniff. 

Datiug. 

D^iKUjn. 

Danun^ 

Dooel 

Dapav. 

Dapo. 

Daques. 



Dara. 

Daras. 

Darat. 

Darey. 
Daru-m. 



can hardij sec thai staT- Also wiih seTi^ie of 

gralulalinri £ur happy cuntingcnoy. Daet sa 
pay no adda ^iimaSuKg, la tnadadaekn. Il was 
a gooii [hing thill it was huiight, for it was on 

Iht- point 'A spoJliiiK". 
To ha&lpn, hurry, be quick. 
To hHTTy. 
Weighl. grflvUvi either physicfll or nmral, !^a- 

diigseii a cayv. Heavy wood. Basol a iGdsg- 

Nominalive and gtnilivc phiraf oldediay. Thoae^ 

of tliose. 
Nominalive and gtnitivt pluTaJ of deyki. Those^ 

of those. (Spanish "<?ji>j,") 
Wominaiivt and gijiillive plural of Iho (Cefiniie 

articles i/i (common) ^nt^ ai (proper), Abo 

u&ed For dagurdrny (Spanish "aqucllos") . 
Nominalive an<i genitive plural of diytoy (or 

deyloy), thc&t (Spaniiih "/^jfos"). 
NecJIe, iUng <>f bee, proboscis cif mn'^quilo, cic. 

(S-jmetime!i donun). 
To eiilerjam, hfistclry, inn. 

To b-CHT. 

If oarE, 

Lemon, 

Wave of Ihe sea, or of a. lake. 

Pik'n htaji ("ntuijij^jj d^sfffdi'it^do'"}, as of hay^ 

linen, wno'l, elc 
Cleanliness, both in phy&i-ral ancl moral sense. 
>Jews, rumor. 
Stop! lloldl Refrain] 
Chinswarp. .and all kuid*^ nf pnllery. 
Bepinning rf a p-criud of Ciitie, or of an act- 

Dmno li huhi'. Tlie beginning nf the mnn|h_ 

Damt^ria ti a^suriil. He has btgun lo wrilc. 
Disquielude, periurhalion. 
In a day nr so. 
DisdfLin, insult, pergeeution^ to despise, to try iff 

III] ure. 
Distance from the thumb (extended) ]o ihe lip oF 

tlie liille finger 
Mirlhful, jcMinx. aracioii?. proud, hsirghly. 
Near iir linse f.same as aifiitij). 

Secular jiing (act c^iifa). 

Blow wJlh the ck-ncined fist- 

Waler. 

To rcaLh, arrive, 

Crneltv, harharitv, alrucily. 

Sole of thf feet.' 

Ashes, 

Bad fpTiysicaHy or morally). 

siio, iira-mid, ^-"daoyaii, tie. 

work, habit, efc. 
Blood 

TTurry, liastc. 
Sari<C, 
Clear, pellucid^ the opposite of thick (used of 

liquids), 
Accu^alion, denimcialion. 



A bad chair, word, 



ILOCU LAN'UUAGE. 



129 



Data. 

D aiagr 
Datao. 



Daiar. 

Oaiayo, 

Daya. 

Dayao. 
Daydi. 

Ifayliiy. 
Dediiiy. 
Oep.de ^. 
Del-iao. 
IJendin. 

Det'ia. 

Depp^el. 

f?e.ijtitir, 

I >eyla. 
Di 



Digo- 
Ofla. 

Dhigo. 

DlrdHt-us. 

Phaag. 
Dita. 

Uitoy. 
Dun. 

Dun polo, 

Dufut 

Dutirr. 

Dtimaiaga. 
Duiigngo. 

Duitesii, 

Dunrif. 

Duri"i. 
Dustr, 



To place oncsplf with the mDuth up. Wp ttho-u 
and 1>. 

To give a rtason, render account. 

Nommative and Renilive cf ihe impersonal pro- 
noun "one" ^aiib wiring to Ihe French "un" 
or the German "mnn"). 

To pldci: anything (food, eic) on the tahLe, ur 
on Ihe iloor, to share anylhTug, to issue rations. 

Wp and rhuiT. 

OfferinKr oblalionn sacrifice. 

Feast, party, wedding rect^plLon (accent on ihf 
uTJmaEe) ; ihe easi (acceul -on the penuU). 

Hon Dr. 

Tbai, of ihai Catiwdio")- 

Tfiis, of Ihis. 

That; u£, in, ^i-:,, Tbai {'^ij/jucllo"). 

Vo add, jugiTitnl, iiicro-asi^. 

Novelty, news, nolicfr 

To ji?in cnr ihing 10 anoths^r, io approach, to 

caust^ 10 Rpproach. 
']'o h^ar, the *;en^e of hearing. 
>Jc3riiciS, proximilj (compare nda'ti, d<iJti)- 
A fathom, a-rmstretchn "bfflza''' (used with ioasa, 

s'jii^adi'/ipti)- 
S-ignaiurp, impression, ma.rk, engraving; lo im- 

phTii, 6(.al| Mamp v.\ih a seal. 

Floor of a liouj^e, elc- Idesstscr, lo place a Ihijig 

on the ffuor. 
That, oi Ihai Cesi>"). 
Thai, of ihfll ("oQUcUa")-, noi (used a^ a prefix, 

sec Ihf? grammar for ils idiomalic uses). Diea 

Wfifucfj*?. Thou shall not sleal, iJiac cayai. 

I rio lint ^visli 
Broth, bouiiJon ; also used for the wal^r in which 

Brfmpfhing has been cnoted. 
To haiht. 
Tonpfne of -an animal, clapper of a bt^ll, a^row- 

puinl, plough- share. 
Lest. 

Tn rai^e (ir fatten pigs ur other animals-, 
God (Spanisli"). 
To wSRh th* fact. 
To slight. 
There ("aUn. 

Two. 

To dcnbl. I 

Angi'ish. di'' qui elude, affliction, gadnes?. 

To Kti3f<^' Iff^P' 

A vr>nn^ hcii that has nol yet hegun to lay, 

Afftciion, esteem, 

T'o do?e. In sleep out of the regular time, 
flrrr. Ifcinn, wotind (applied evefi to Tffg*table 

lifel ; somelinnes danar. 
To push, imppl. 
To cbasttatj punisli, impose penance. 



130 



[LOCO Lj\NCU,\OE, 



E. 



Em. 



En. 



Esifibii Hit. 



Bul, iiiiJiA^iihtL^ndEnji, than (oniracunt of 
n^r'-i). Ill comparalivc phraser il Jiaa llie iome 

of "[fiaci." Loyaida. ^m . They iviiti la, 

f'ui WatrtimhaR dnyloy eif liediny- This 

is hfner tliaii ihai. 

Irrt^ulJr vtrlr "Icr j;o." "fiii" or "in" uwd tn- 
difrcrcjitly. 7iJfiJ ir ^fica, \rni_ on (lingular) , 

Siiflih ivItJj (i]c ]or« of the Sifam^Li "yfl." ju&r, 
y^r, alrtijily AElor a vohhtI iti^s abbttvianid nu 
"n." When allichcd In the pronoLSTi ac (I) il ls 
cihimgf'l [n "fi(r."' C'lijj. He- ii CJIHliig. 

L'nju^vff. He is ^.or[*in^ now. Maturog. ' Ht 
i^ i^Fccpin^ Ainlun/^uen F Jt h^i ;i].it f^ircrr 
a.ilffi Uituvi'f. ) 3iii cofiiiiifl. thl'i^^i'"', I 
am coiiiiiiB now fa^si^e pacLicIf ^ufliA, ior 
ivhuS^ Ii5ca &CC Lhc t^r^ininar. D\n(l^ columt 
Jiiji 3 umcflf? Will Tiot [he ann c^it llii? 'iii- 
gai ■■ ynf^nwii'jfurif .^n J In! a^s IE I vitT^ gu- 
iiip 1u hdvc Ih? !iTJi jl l[ko >:. Sa't^apuluftda 
Xhc^ iii0ilr ihriii lip |h> an fv*!!! [fTi, ftabfdoet 
dayU'y a abel. 'l']i[s niateiial is eood for 
^him When iullowid by cu (my) Il (x>alcscci 
Wich il [n inxm ^£, II fnlliwcd liy (ti (ihyj 
if lurjiis wilh il cm. When, lolfonod by yo 
fyuUrl l[ firrm^ fiji-J. Rapt'Utnlsyec !t UgiOh 
J am lagging wil^r my fiLtqcF^ Taei-otriJt ti usee? 
Do y-OM tlu»lf my Joe i? co**,ir^ly? i"jipfcjji^rt t'l 
cabuyu^is' An yuU hujllliiji hiS rorsc? Ustil 
alj^o in e^elamatian? nf nurprLiit (wiih or with- 
obil rlic par^icfc "-li" prn^cdinji) ^atirtbagftf! 

How good! 
Cli>[htfE-ljrub][, Lrooni (Spanish>. 
Scrihf, sfCTClary, clerk |Spiniih). 

C- 



Gaimt. 



Caoay. 
Capo. 



Tl^e iich, 

l^uqiuse. «id, imeni, 

Aclivily. 

Sikr 

To sLicle, slip, bflcleslidc. 

To lie, (j^lcn, lijnd. 

Cfippfr. 

Hurrvj ^Spe*d. GuifUganatan t aratnrd. A Ihinj^ 
dnjne nurriedly. 

Dryncsh a( leavi:&, plant*, lrCH?6, flC. 

To [f0ch SHjmrlhinp IliaC i^ an hi^h ur clisCanl, 
to a^lalll wirh the undrrilaniimB, "> gain an 
office or poslcioji, to l>e equal to. Diar inagaoat 
flayln. I am nob sufficient tor that 

Rc°peci, TcvcrfTicf (bIso aaoaanaji). 

Cause, oriEiii, poin! of arrival ot of dfpinurff, 
by if' Dins aoan Ratfona God has no( a be- 
ginning, Iti dtllffi li gapnna taA^'San li loH^- 
paJaa. He who scarls iKLdly will end in werp- 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



131 



Kiaram. 

Garvgad, 

Caud. 

CisynA. 
Ctsytsm / 



Gorrood. 

Onltiigotoc. 

GubaS. 

Gi*ifdua. 

Guerguer. 

Guefteng. 

GugM. 

Guiguir. 

Cvit-nyab. 

Guiling. 

Cum-aua. 

Guirtguined. 

Gulgut. 

Gup it. 

Gura. 

Guvigor. 

Gusugos. 



XTig. ipagapo iti caicarian hi CfisiO. By virtue 

of the mmts of Christ. 
A Jaugh, laughter. 
Straiv of rice, imlleff etc, 
Ui^qirietiiiJfiH restlessness. 

Household effects (furniiurc or utensils), tools of 

carpenter, rtechanic, -etc. 
File, ra5[i. 

Sharp <in taste, as mustard, pepper, etc.)- 
Milk. 
iKbitig on the body fjr head. 

To slrip the leaf of lobacco or buyo. 

Oar. A^gaud, Co row; manggoxtd, ^xi oarscnan. 

The leaf of the buyo. 

Length, a Eon^ ihiiii^ (like a tirailing skirr, the 

pfo;ecling eaves of a house, etc). 
An extJamation of admiration or approbalion. 
Lan-ce, ^pear. 
Friend. 

Ginger (Spanish), 

Profil, dciidrvLng. Ihvd as an expression of 
ni-ockery for one who has received nia just d*s- 
crls, suffered punishmeift or loss, 

Tintnder; Agg-orrood, to (hutider. - 

Palpitation. 

Battle, fight, combat. 

iJiviiiGfi, indking Iwn- of OHti- 

Si^n, notch, mark, elc. 

Scis'iDi-s. GucttettgueH, to gut -with Scissors. 

Soap-tret bark. 

Fear, suspiflGn, apprehension. 

Plamc, flash, hurstinfi forih of fire. 

To grind. Guilingan, a mill. 
Re&I, refreshment. 
Karihquake, 

To -wash ihe head with gugu or aoap-tree bark. 
Treasures, wealth. 
Hate, anger, 
Fev-?r 

To flourish, as brush in lalhering', pen in v/ritlug, 
handling brush in painlin^, rag in cleaning, etc. 



I. 



Prepositional particle, indicating from where a 
person comes (as his home). IbacnciaHac. I 
am fToni BacnotaTr, "Verbal passive particle, 
whose uses are given in ihf gramraar. The 
ppfteriiE is "in'' Ijefore any eonsoftanl except "/" 
or "r,." when it is "'iV" or "W." Before a vowel 
it becomes "ii." Iditoyme dayla. Place that 
(arliclc) here. Atiait ti igafangco. 1 have 
nothing wherewith to buy it. Jtma ti isangp-el- 
vi(t dtlayf What are you bringing here? When 
a verb in "t"' takes an acHve particle the "i" 
ifl not dropped, Apayapay inbHlfSfao ti cabaynf 
Saan a siac ti nangibulos. Why did you let 
that horse loose? It was not 1 who did Jt. 



1^2 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



-an. 



Tbbat. 
Ibil. 
Iboz. 
Teamen, 

Icao. 



Fcgan. 
F^qu is. 
fda. 



i-rfi 



Idiay. 



Idi caiman. 



flulspa'tf 

ni 
riot. 

Tma. 

I maim. 

[mas. 

rmafen. 

ftnbag. 
[misr 



-tmrn- 



fmuco. 
[mvi. 
in . 



This parlide i^ often used in place ol the pas- 
sive particii-s " ^n" cr "- ati." 

Passive verbal pariicles, for whose uses see ihe 
grammar, fbtiieiyaiimiitio ti atair^mi cadacayo. 
We Will pay you by rajsing your houbC. Isa- 
Hadaruiac. On ihe sweeping- for me (in my 

To fooftc. 

Crying of a child. 

Usetl up, ej[liaii&ted (as flour, sugar, hay, eit,). 

J^alivt mat. 

Ptndaiti, tar-ring 

To iifvE. Iicniiinc lit Umos. Gcve me soiiae alms. 
To jjulj jjjacc Jcfiim dayfa biin^a iii ^msil a 
asin. Pul a Tittle sail in Cliat pot. 

Yolk of an eg.g. 

To cry, caJl, a cry heard from afar. 

They, Saaniia n^a goyyem- ida. They are not 
their friends. 

Then, when. An adverb of linie, u^eil a^ an aux- 
iliary, rcf(?rring^ lo time pail. Adu ti pinicc& 

idi- At that time I had mneb mnney, 

¥of, tG, ihai (d^:^^/. tiaiivt o-f the dtnuihitfa- 

tive) \ there {nlla, adverb) : used as a preposi- 
tion with rtfi:rtnct lu p-lac:c& ordiiiarily frt-- 
qiienied or occiipied by its obJRft, Adin ti ymi 
H Pi'di'^ tdiay li iimh'r'itt. Where h the Kalhtr 
(prieM) ? He t'^'in the churdi. 

Yesterday. 

'i'he nsl Asutgg-nc'tt, In slrike with the fisl. 

To lake a &iip, drink, draiighl. 

Bnrrler. edge, cna.sl, line of llie liori?-on, border of 
cloth, fl-:. All a prt-position it may miaii 
"along," "on lihe edge of," etc. 

Wh^at a pilyf 

Town, 

The desire lo act. 

To squeeze. 

Hand (hucnan), paw of animal, sltcvp of a gar- 
ment. 

Nca[ni"!iS, cleanliness 

Sbaine, bashfulness. 

PleaLiiint* Liwect* uppetij^iug. " Imascn, tO XS^Sti. 

i-'or^-sierht, proviJeni-e. Imnlmanittifay m Af>i> 
Dios. God rare? for us all, 

Coodness. physical or mural. 

Prudery, fasli^linusne.s.s, efTetriinacy, foppery. 

Preterite of ihe aelive verbal particle '' 
WW — — /■■ Dif^marquat doguiti f-usatn. Your 
cati have grown quitp large. SinstnaKgpfi ui 
aifiomot^ Has your father arrived yet? 

Beauty, gractfulneas of person, 

"Kirife fsee cu^hilio). 

Niggariiliness, sorilidnes^, meanness, 

Preieriie of the passive verbal particle "i." Placcrf 

before the root, if that begin with any tonson- 

ant but 'T or "t." Tn such cases "il" or ''ir' 
arc used respectively. If ihc root be^n with a 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



133 



-ttf- 



•m. 



Ina. 
I nana. 
Jnanama. 

Jiapuy. 
inaudi, 
Jiauia. 

Inday&n. 
/'I gal. 
Ingd. 



Jnggwt. 



higpis. 
J nit. 

I not. 
JntaeT- 

hifeg. 

hit on- Anno, 
hit find. 

Jnfuud. 

Inudo. 

IilTtm. 



Jpi 



vow^l [hen "ii" or "iy" is used. JubuHangcon. 
I have already made disfriburion. h-ruircon. 
1 have just rcJiLoved it. lllacacatt. I hare al- 
ready sold it. lyulugdan. They have shut them 
now. Preterile of ihe passive vecbal parlide 

" en'' inilial or inserted. Tnatamidcon. I 

hav!^ finished £t now. Pinarulmi amineH- We 
have already gathered evciylhiog. Particle in- 
:^erl<:d in nouns giving: force of an adverb of 
lime (diilnbutive), Binigat, every moroingi 
inoran-horai, every hour; dim^mmgo, weekly, 
tvery week. 

Prcterke of the aclivc verbal particle " -an." 

Quitiauesafniti ti wbingf Have Ihey dressp-d the 

child? (From caues. doihing. tlK "c" being 
converted into "qu" before the "f"). Preterite 
of the formula <>i qsuat fti th* aciivs verbal 

particle " -unt ." Ania Ii saany/f linuga- 

oaa? Why did you not sit for a while? 

Mnlhcr, Plural mtia, in-inna. 

Rest, quiet, repcse, 

ConficleTiccH hope. 

A fiuesl. 

Boileit rice (^'^m tins que J a," Spanish). 

Lasi or y-ounge^t br-jther. 

First or oldest brother 

S!ow, little by little. 

Cradle fashioned after manner of a hammock, 

A little stick, a toot3i-p{cW, 

y^iftT, high spirit; also strength in wine. spiritB, 

etc. 
Ejid. fini.s. ttrmination ; also meaning "hasta/' 

until, ^[lil&t. etc, Inggal mal^m, until the tven- 

Adverb used with adjeetiv-e& tn express the super- 

lalji-'p degree, anawcring to the Spanish " -^s- 

sima." Ing^uct dal^s, smn-it, lejfpcl etc. Very. 
{most, exceeiiingly) cJean, sweet, chasle, etc. 

Delicacy, fineness. 

The Bun, 

I am going (see "en'*). 

Sin. Inrr^m a pQi-lo, aixly. 

X-ittle by little. 

The dregs of a liquid. Ag^tiniaer, to sellle 

(liquids). 
Residence, doniinle. 
When (in the future; see '^auxiliarfea" in the 

grammar). 
When, particle of the future (see above). Intono 

mal^m, in Ihe evening; intono robiy, at night. 
Inqulrv, question, investigation. 
To warm oneself at ihe fire. 
A drink, AgH\ii»m, to drink (inlransitive) ; umi- 

ijum. to drink (transitive). 
Passive verbal particle, for whose Tises aee the 

gfanirtiar. Jpafiyc/i fJ>y'o limo^ cadaettili caro- 

rua. I apply these alms for the benefit of souls. 

/paf<jin^aii£o roy fl bain. T used this stone for 

a pillow. Ania ti ipacance ciirfflfWffJfl,' /^ftfflw- 



^34 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 



tPag. 

If US. 

Iguif. 
{ren. 

frlen^. 

Fsbo. 

fs-ist). 
fspal. 

I slay. 



Fiay. 
lied. 

Til 



fioy. 



La, 

Load. 

Labagth 

Labang, 



Labas. 

LaboiiK 
Lab- ba. 
Lohes^ 

Labilabi. 

Labong, 

Labus. 

Lacay. 

Lacco. 

Laca. 

Lassa. 



fno ejidis^uada ii pagay. WJtat shall I givt 
[htm? Ftcd ihi^m palay (rice unhu^kcd) . Ipaa- 
bagaiatda dcyia catre. Let them place that bed 
on tht ^oulh side (of the room), 

Sialer-in-law. 

Cuckro^ch. 

Tail of an animaE. 

Aunl. Plural iiquit. 

Wrinkles on the face or person of human bcingi 
or nCher animals, 

Tenaioii, lo slrelch (as a siring or cord). 

To calculate, reckon. 

Urine. 

SmiEe. Umisem, to s-mile. 

fireakage, frai^uire. 

Defcnccn ^^ilvulion, vindif ation^ Seizure of chatlels. 

To be on tTie poiut of doing-. 

lie, !ihe. Plural isMda, they, lljs gOod, 5nf!itiem, 

i'^basta 3'u"). Isu meS ftienj^. It is all right- 
It i:* all the .same, 

^ow. J!a pay laeng^ ri^lit no*; ita unay, juat 
how, at thi.s vel"y mnment. 

Just now, instaiiUy. 

In 3 Jiaile while {^'hace un poco"')^ Hay bij^af^ 
el^:, ; tlfjs morjiiaig, etc, 

To givt: (irrtjrular passive verb), ^oitu H itedci? 
QMenca. I h^te iiolhinH lo giv<? you. Mangted- 
mo. Dii you give. 

The, nominaliwe -»nd oblique (to, for, iti, *ie.) of 
the comnnfn article, singular, !ti daydi, tti 
day/a, iti dfdiay^ (_if!) deyfoy. Oblaquc forms 

of iLc dt:mo[Lstra lives, iti puiy.sc tli may- 

j(T. Tlie one llic other. 

2n, with, for, etc., ihis. 

Only (see "iaeni," of whicli this is an abbrevia- 
tion ) , 

Ugliiif^ts, either physical or moral. 

Red-colored, bay. 

JiotlkJ, with white (or light) spots on the face 
or body (applied to men or animah), dapple^r 
A "calico" horse would he called "tabang." 

To pa^s a person or thin^, lo skip in reading-, tt» 

J leave a page or a space blank in writing. 

'ReddUh, bay. 

Basket (square at the boctoTn). 

F->:cess, superabundance, overpast (of time). For 

the II5C of this see ihe gra-mniBr, 
Toad; also applied to a dull or sluggish person^ 
Lasso. 
Kudity. 

Old mfin (plural ial-facay), old animal. 
Bend of the knee, ham, hock. 
To sell. 
Te^ thousand (from the Sanaciil, meaning one 

htindred thousand, a "lac"). 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



135 



Lirdiio. 
Lams. 



Lag-on- 
Lagda. 

Laguip. 

Lal'jetJi. 



Lalaqfii. 

Latiil. 

Lalo. 

Lamesaan. 
Littniis. 

Latnpeing. 



Lautid. 
Landoc. 
Lapses. 
Langoy. 

Langto. 

Lanvt. 
Lansa. 

Laf'C. 
Laon. 

Lapayagr 
Lap-it. 



Lmag. 

La.ii. 

Laiirt. 

Leixoita. 

Lava. 

Laud. 

Laya. 

Layas. 



Layat. 
Lav^ay. 
Lee COS. 



Latent: as, tardiness. 

Sadness, 

Only, 5df, always, provided {"siempTc'). just, 
now, already ("j'n")- Ska laeng ti imynay? 
Are yoid ihc only OEie who has come? Siac mei 
iapii^. I myselfr iVfaturogcn laeng. Sleep on, 
now. ComracI form, "!o." 

Lightnes?, frivolily, a thing easy to do. 

ririmat^ss, sirengTh (both of inartimar? thi]]gs, and 
iiiflaphoricarly of the ^qllI, will, spirit, etc) 

Mtmory, remcmbraisce. 

Kleaa^ce, beauly, 

Enlrailb, ihc pans wilhm ihe body; used meta- 
phorically as in our JdioTnatic. expTesaiuns "bow- 

th of compassion," "his bowtis yearned," elc. 
Man, male. 
Lcaih-iT, iJclL 
K'^ce^s C'demasiado-"). 
Culdni-ss of tho weather or of the wind, 
TBbk 

Cold ( ^uLil ami ve ) . 
Mosquito, 

Wild aniTnal. Savages of ihc mcmnlain reg-ionE. 
Men who live by rapine, t.ong-haired peopl* 

Oil. 

Inscription. Itanad, Lo inacribt or write. 

Iron, 

Fitihy otl*>r. the natural itndl^'of fish. 

Swimming. Aghngoyy lo swim. Lumalangoy.A 

svi'iuimcr. 
Vile odor as oi stale fish, spoiled meat, utccrs, 

PtC. 

Verdure of plams. 

Twining plani, iised for binding. 

Nail or pin of iron, bone, or wood. 

To mix i^'inesf!-/!"}- 

Cotilciil, space, capacity, room, Dina malaon 

(imin. There is not rooni for all. 
T3it car. 
flexibility, Ihe property nf bending easily, like 

that of ratlan, sleel spriiies, - etc Frailly or 

Wfatrnp^s in the individual. 
Meat, fltsh. 
DandrufTr 

Separation, purling. 1 

Onion. 

EresElth, ipaciotjsnfss. 
TTie ivesc. 
Ginger. 
Sterility in animals. Somclimes ttsed of stenlity 

in womerk, bu( the more correct -word 19 

To menace, to use a tlirealenmg gesture. 

To wiiher. dry up fas a leaf or plant). 

Temperature or Ileal of things qook«d, season- 
ing (ancieEfl). hliiimhag ti Jeccosna. Fl i? well 
served ((hat is, of right heat and properly sea- 
soned). 



,36 



rLOCO LA>Jr.UACE. 



Li'ddaang. 

Ltm mcs. 

Lengngts. 
i-ennec. 



i-eppa. 

Lepras. 

Libftc. 

Libaj. 

Libeg. 

Libal. 



Licud. 

Lima. 



Linac. 



Upat. 

J.i.ibn. 






Liany. 
Lovgon. 

Lotulof. 
Lva. 
Luae. 
Lualo. 

Litcot. 

Luchaii, 

LucneKg. 



Affliclion, tnelacichoiyr 

Con<!(?flImf?Tit, hiding. Aghtnm^. To hidt one- 
self; ileftmeng, lo hide somelhing, 

Suffocalbn. 

Sesamt^ {"ajoftjoii," Spanish), 

Tbe napt uf the ncck. 

Occulta! ion, sinking of anything out nf sight, 
pelting of ttit aun. LuniTtec ti init. The sun 
js setting. (Here ihe verba! "urn" has caused 
the suppre'^iicn of the Iclttra '"en.") 

Digeslion. 

ConduMniL, tcnninaLion, ?nd. 

To deny. 

To e!^c3|)e, run awa>-, slip off by ^tcallh. 

Tnrbidily of Nqti^ds, ivine, vater, e(c. 

To gn around, as a process mn gocis u.bout a 
iluircli, pl?z?, or Town. Ag/rbuf, lo take a wailc 
for recreation. 

Back of> behind (used wiih the anick 'iti"). 
Ftve. In old Malay it ni^an?. ihe hand; in the 

Buntoc-Igorcjt, ihe arm The llofn for hanJ 
IS "into," which seems io be a survival ol 
'^liTiia.'^ Lima n^ii tacsil^ fifty ihoUsaniL -(fnr 
nrigin nf i/irsu ^ee that word). I.im^l'olo. fifly. 

Calm (uf the ^i:a), 

Softness (o l1»e Eonch. Used of cleanliness, fin*.-- 
ncs^ of maroriaL nta^rcri?, easily dedphpr^c^ 
wriiing, pnrity of soul, chasTily. 

Df?tv, ScTenlly of the night. 

Reclimde, righl [ruz-on), ]\\s\\':t. 

CorTSolaliim, comfort in Iribulalinn. 

Forgdfiilifes^. Lipaten. lo forget purpoacly ; 
lipataji. to forget nnintenlionaffy, 

Overflew. 

The pcrinielcr or cirrirniference, or the area, of 
die base of a regular pile of stone, t^arth, "hay, 
etc. Sometinies it is uie<J Iqv the fntir<? COn- 
fenis or mass. 

To ieparalo, Teav*, part, 

To (uck np the clothes. In the Bontnc-fgorot it 
hils ihe iilea of threatening, as one mav luck 
up his sleeves for a fist-fij^hl. 

Ntpligcn<:e, carelessness, 

Pri:.fMnd[[yt depth, iitinjcnsiiy. 

CofTln. 

Ripeness, maliirity of fruit 

Mud, mire, .slime. 

Tears, 

The foJm of things cooking: or fermenting. 

Prayer, whether addressed It* God^ »iainls, or men. 

The w-i>rlcl. 

To uncover, as the arm, a basket, a vessel, etc. 

To opei snWhinff, lo uncover or reveal fhe 

thonehts of the heart. 
An orange (large and sweet). 
Robustness, stoutness. 
Soflne.ss, delicacy, daintiness; also spiritually. 

Nuluin^ng iy Pmuj. A iL-nder hearl. 



n^tO LANUtlAtJK. 



137 



l^uton. 



lAigan. 



i-umba. 

Luniks. 
f stipes, 
Lupot. 
Ltippo. 
Luta. 



M<t-^-% 



Mtsbayag. 



.Macjpog- 



Madi. 

Mag-anca? 

Maica ■. 



kiaicanado- 
Mais. 



Iticliiiiun. To pm one ihins in aiiolhtr, as a 
letter iii an envelope, i ^mftll box in a larger, 
etc. 

To enler a vehicle of any kindj embark in a ves- 

sd, gt:t lEito a bctfit ; any kind oi oiiveyaiicc 

xtlielher on land or water^ 

To takf off the hat in salute-. 

Unwell {''ijwitido'^}. woTJn<iciJ 

To jump up. 

Kace, conte&l in running {"earrera"')^ 

To hainlle. 

Sterility (in womt^n), 

Clolh of any kind. 

Mus-cIg of the body. 

To cook. 

M. 

Fa^^ive verbal pgrticle, for who'ie u^e^ see the 
grammar. S''a<intni a vnal^as. Wc cannot fin- 
ish the huilrtinfi; of the fence. Quitqttifa^Cy 

ngem dine nriiqttilii. 1 am Touking, bul I can- 
not see him. Masiifuit d vhi'igco. My Tx>y is 
sirk. Malipalmo. Yuu forgcl. Drca inapmo^a- 
nan? You are tiot going yel? Adi* ti Jwang- 
mat\^ngeg(t} (frum deningeg, to hcir)< I am 
hearing niany things. 

Passive verbal fjaHJclFa iridicaiing that aii acii^m 
has reached lis Imiil. Mabisi^anna. He is 
periihhing of hungtr. 

1q delay, tp be late, 

Aclivc vorbaL panicle denoting ability, tic. See 
|[ie aTammar Dkanto fsacasangpet itr ttim. 
Ycui will not be ablt^ to reach your lown. Maca- 
iufogac wiiiy f am i-cry ileepy, Mocahula- 
»aito sad! amVflirif. I shall be in ih-e north for a 
mnnth. Macupupntay ti sabidoMg. FoisoTi 

taii&cs death, Maciilatai-lom iaens^ I bought 

three only. In an^iver to Ihe queslion "How 
lon^ did you livo (sray) there?'' Ma^adomrn- 
goac. mfn-aliiianii''^ macataoe'Hic. I slayed 
(Vitrt a week, a Dionlh, a year. 

Active verbal parlicfe giving reason for inabililyr 
Sa-c (he Brattimar. Diaf iituctif^ag^ural. ia adu 
ti sii'i^aifiC- I rnuld nnt write, for I had Tiiany 
vi&iiors. Sa/tn a mucapa^ulo^, la agpudfudof. 
\[s cannot rnme down, for he ha? i fever 

To L'hange one's mind, lo relracl, to be unwill- 
ing to do what had beer intended or promised. 

Dryiie&s. 

How are y^u ? 

Panicle used m formitig ordinals.. Maicadua, tlie 

second ; maicalh, ihe third ; mGirafimn, the 
fiflh. tic. Kole (hat the first is an exception, 
being "omona." 

To be c-onvonieni, useful, profitable. 

Sanif an ihe preteding, 

By, Thriitigb. 

Indian corn. 



'38 

Maiabato. 

Mahdaga. 
Mah. 



B4ama. 



Miiumg- 



Mamin 



Mamm- 



Man. 



Mfitag- 



M^tnani- 



-eH. 



Mani- 



Five cuarlo^f value two and a half centavos (olif 
slylf), worth about one and a hajf cenis. 

Infant and up to the a^e of seven ytaTs (about). 

Hainmtr or other in^trumenl for striking. 

Active verbal parliele u&ed before "&" ot "p" 
{thtse being Suppressed afler Ih? parciclej. 
Same in u!se as "mans" (sfe iht graimnar). 
Asin li mamalit (from pat\f) iti c'^t^pQitaf 
Wi]o is rinsing ihe b<?ll ? 

Buyo, be I el -nut i^reparfJ for chfwing, Aclive 
verbal ' panicle (prefix.), the pr-elerite being 
iiatnti [see "tuatnag" in the grammar, of which 
ihis js a modification). Im li niinata^ao cada- 
CUada. He made them sit d^>WTi for a little 

while. Servt-s al&o for \\v: formula of ihc per- 
son commynded for vt^rb-S in 'Vjr" (?ee that 

dass "iif v<?rl>s ill ihe granimar^ Siocto ti mii- 

mtiuii cadacuadaf Shall I leJl llieni to come 
up? 

Active vtrtial panicle ilciioiing rnmpulsii>n ffvee- 
th-c fi-ranamar). Asm li iJiamogsurat quenca?' 
Who iibligcb jEHi In write? 

l^eavy, tall, grass or cogon. 

Pariiek- Uicd in furming numeral adverbs. This 
particle has a prtierite £orm "namin" used when 
tht: aetion ib, in paal time. Ollcn mamivipin is 
Lis-ed Mammdita, -mnmiixpii'diia, namitpiHdua 
(tftice) ; nmminsiin, etc., once. 

Active verbal particle used in formitij^ verbal 
noun* when the ruoi begins with "b" or "f" 

(5ee "m^ng" in the grammar, and "+m<tjh " 

above). Daguifi tiiutntntiti ^ the failhful^ the be- 
lievers. 

Pray, please. An adverb of cnlr^aiy or pro-catory 
esclamationr Agpuditoyia niasi. Pray let us 
go Ihii way. L'&ed a^ an iiiliTrogalive particle, 
and following (lie first word of ihe clause. 
Dica puiij tfusmtitff Why do you not believe?' 
Tu Eruth. indeed, 'V-'. rerjis." N'/spudot tuan. 
It Js -warm indeed. The fsirm assumed by the- 
active verbal paTlicLe "vmii^" before roc^is be- 
gitinii3g with "d" "j," or '^I." said letter being: 
^nppresseiT, See "wang" in ihe ^raniniar. 
Munait ti badd. She ib mending (i^ewingj frcim 

jdail) tlie shiri. 

^arliek- of the verbal for active forms in "ti^-" 
See Ihe grammar, Mnnisdait. Que who sews 
much. MiifHigpaApttiiunayc. Yoi3 are fond of 
walking. 

Pattielt of the verbal for activt? forms in "man^" 
See ihe grammar. Dnguifi iifi'Jti'igiacj}^ (he 
sellfTiij daguifs ■maitun^Eisfang, the buyer.';. 

Particles of wbich ]he parts are app-ended lo sep- 
arate words, meaning together "again," Adda^ 

fttx-man diSoyen?' Will >ott be here aKalKi f 

Active verbal particle, transilive, for whose uses 
and modifiealions see the prammar. Atangaiuca 
iff Htay^ii nga pulan^ca. lirinjj a chair, inlay 

inaiig-nsairoc. Lei us go to- buj some chiekens. 



iLOco languaoh:. 



139- 



Man^rabiy. 
Man 71 . 



Manjia'ca- 



A^anjiaqui- 



ManHta. 
Misgm — — . 



Maquln- 



MoQuipag- 



A^aqui- 



-utn X 



Marabuiit- 

Matfil. 

MaratisuTt, 

Mofrnat. 



Maysa nga dfuquel. 



J^ay^apay. 
Mcditis. 
Met. 
Met laen^. 



Meysffr 

Meysa Kga hassit. 

Meysa unay. 



ManQuayaiia. 1 will go ta Igok fot &Gm* ca.!- 

To JinC. 
To supr 
Scantiness, scarcity. 

Pariide of tlie verbal for active forms in "man" 

(rnoJificacion nf "man^" ), wh-en the root be^ 

gi^s with "rf," '-f," or "J" (see "man" above). 

Oaguiii mannitlad iti naimbag. The fQllcwerg 

oE that wliicli is fiooJ. 
Parlicle of Ihe verbal from activ* farms in "ma- 

ca." Dacayo fi manna cagoud. You are the 

ont who shall ro-w (the rnwer). 
Panicle of Ihe verbal for active forms in "ma- 

Qui." Manns^uiciiyf^ S''^y/>- Vf^u like to accoin- 

paiiy the othors. 
Similar to the above, Kor llieir uses see "niaq«i^' 

in the gra-mmar. 
Chjclffn (generic name), 

Buutr, lard, fit (Spanish). 

Ho^^' TnucEi, how manj. 

Active verbal particle, i^v *ho5e uses see the 

grammar; preierile '^naqui." Maquisa^da cawi- 
uc. They are talking to me. Maquidaooica Hi 
arQc quen <ipo Psdif You aslt the Padre to 
give yoii some wine gratis. Saanca ngo naqui- 
ragcap qu^iiiuann ifi swa^ Did you not aslc 
him for vinegar? 

A partiofe preii\ed to nouns and indicaimg: own- 
ership (see "■aquin"'). 

Active verh-al parlicle indicaCing action in com- 
paciy wilh more Ihan one, lanac rnaquisao^ qu^n 
Ci-pitan. Initac 'ftet nutquipagsao guinea. I 

am go-ing to i^hat wiTh the (Tapfain. I will ae- 

compary you- 
Aclivc verbal p-artrclcs- itidicatiti^ desire. Maqui- 

iuiKun! jfr i have a great desire to lalk. 
A little mouse. 
Ivory (Spanish). 

Often, frequently. 

The eye. 

To pay alEenlion tu the thing one is duitigH to fas- 
ten (he eyes on s (hing. Ufaimalam li aramid- 
MJD. Look well to what you are doing. 

To wish (see "<iyat"). 

Two cuartus, ont cmiavo (old siylc) onc-tenlh 
of a real. 

Furthermore^ besides ihiS, 

Stockings (Spanish). 

Also, as well (sometimes muff). 

Sdf&arat, self, very (Spanish "misni<i") ; always 
following its notin. Isu mft ioen-g. He him- 
seir Iti bdaymo wet la^ng. In your own 
house. Sine mef iaeng a sioc. I myself in per- 
son. 

One- 
One cuarlo (also naysa nga bassit}. 

Above all, especially. 



140 



II^CO f.AMGU^GE. 



Mi4ff. 



Muft 
MurgHg- 



!^a- 



Naba. 
Naca^ 



Na 



ca- 



-QH. 



Nacapa an. 

Nacapa£ an. 



Niud. 

Nag — '-^H, 



/ 



Our, setiilive suftix (.f^rrluding the person ad- 
clrej%j%e(l). 

The Mass | Spanish). 

Thy, genitive fhuflijs. When p-receded hy the ver- 
bal p3.rEicl(^s -en or on it coalesces lo 

form - — —em or a*n re?ipeclively- 

The forthcad. 

Also, as well (see *»el). 

Din adhering to the person or oloThin^r, or aris- 
ing from not having washed for a long time, 

Particle farming adjectives from subslanljve 

roots. Nsmbag, good. Ui^cd with concrete 

nouns to form an adjective nr an adjective 
phrasir denoting abiindanct. Too a iiaitajnini. 

A mar pos^e^s^ng inany caraha^j^, I!' a napa- 

gay. A tuwn producing much Hcl-. Nabaio a 
dalan. A rocky road, jVtrtfiita ngit bolny. A 
house hiving many windows. Used with the 
reduplication of the lirst syllable of the root 
and tilt fullowing cansuiiaiK to form the siiper- 

laiive degree ^very, Spanifvli '" isimn^'). 

Nakimlanriii foy a danwrn. Th.i& water i& very 
coUL Preterite of Ihe verbal particle "wa." 
Siiiin^o a iiaah. I waii not ablf to tiring it. 

His, her, j|5 (personal prnnonn, sufiix). 

Preltritc of the passive verbal particles "cii 

ait." Siiiwotco 't^irit diic na£!Afota*'-i. I fol- 
lowed after, but I was nut able to overtalte 
ihem. 

To fall from above, from a height. 

FrefiM u^ed with noun? or rool? ^xprtssive of 
emotions, forming adjective;., whith are often 
equivalent to a relative clause. With ihig pre- 
fix the first syllable of the root with its follow- 
ing consonant ts recluplicateil. The tvord ex- 
prtiius thp idea of causing or excillnfir Ihe par- 
ticular emotion, Nacacatrataua dugnili jaom. 
YcXif amiisihg fcniarks (laiighier-cauErng), Iti 
na^if-atici' a siUdim, In her roon* that eiscit-es 
one's disgust. Naccsaaisongit daguiH oj^jh- 
^i[fl, His moans which move ont to tear£. 
Preterite of the active verbal panicle "iHai:a." 
Sinjnca Mgo nocodait idi caiman? WiTC you 
not able to sew yesterday? 

Preterite of the aclive verba! particle "miica 

an" 

Preterite of "mm-apa tin." 

Preterite of ^'mucapaf^ an," For ih-ese Ihr^e 

see "MflCff " and its derivatives in the ^am- 

mar 

Residence, domicile, town (tbat is, native town 
or city). 

Preterite of the a-ctlve verbal particle "ag /' 

Nagsursutat. H-c was wrhinft. 

Preterite of The formula of caiise, person, or 



JLOCO LAN13UAGE. 



I4B 



write? 



of llie active verbal parTide 
ii nagiumtasyo? To wlinin 



ag- 
did 



you 



T7ag (..i"0 P"- 



Magas. 
Nagpa- 



f^agtagaan, 
Nam . 



Nama . 

.\'amag -. 

I^amag- a n. 



Nam — —an. 






t^ 



A'flB on. 



Naquem. 
Naquf . 



CoTnponnd partirles ui^ed with one word, or with 

ilie irirtial and ihe final words of Ihe phrase, co' 

express w-undcr or adtniralion See the gram- 
mar. The "<\yt" is optional. Ni^gdoaiuflarnHf 
ilciw vasi ! 

Character, style, nalure, 

PrelL-riCe of Ihc aclivc verbal particle "agpa ." 

For i[5 u^es see Ihe grranimar. NagpatulocoKT 
Ua.ve you grvL-n orders about the cooking yet? 
Nagl>niibas<^San >Ti amamon? Has your father 
gOnC sillilh yel? N'Agpadayii queldi- Od the 
cnnirary, he went east. 

Splinter*. 

By cliaiice, perchance. 

PrtlcriCc of the active particle "mam" (moditica- 

tion oi ""rfiiri" before "b" or "p"). Sioc ti 

ntimalrl idi caiman. Yesterday I rarrg "the bellg. 
' Preterite of the a-:tive verbal particle "mama."' 

Asin ii namainum quencnf Who obliged you 

to drink? 
Preterite of the active verbal particle "mavxag." 

Asin ti namagtacao queica/ Who forced you 

tn flee? 
Preterite of formula of person, place, or cause, 

of llie acJive form in "mamag." ("namii^ an" 

is Ihe preterite for "jna-ma"}. Adin !i latnaca- 

n/im cadaguili cabayiff Where riid you feed the 

V- hordes ? 

Taste, savor 

Prcterife of the formula of person, plaee, or 

cause, of Ihe active verbal participle "nam" 

(inodificarioji of "ntang" before "fr" or V\). 

Adiii ti 7tiima£iaiida qvencunTia^ WBiere did 

they overpower him* 
Preterite of the particle "mam-irt'' which ape. 
Prelerite of the active verbal particle "may" 

(modificalion of "mung" before "d'" "j," or 

"t"). A'anat'at. He asked. 

Prelerite of the formula of person, place, or 
cai]se, of the active particle "man." Adit ti 
ymr ti 'tauiiigimm cadaciiada? Wbert did you 
pay them? 

Preterite of the active verbal parlide "mang." 
Asin ii iitsii^laco cadagusti pumusihyif Who 
sold \.\\t hens ? 

Prelerite of the formula of place, perwTi, or 
cause, of the active particle "mai^g" Sadin H' 
iia^Jgafaam Hi apugT From what place did you 
gtt the limt^ 

Especially, above alt 

Prttt-ritc of the irregular verb "fw," to go; de- 
rived from the regular verb "tKupan." 

Judgmenl, discretion and soundness of under- 

r^tandin^, Mana<iV€my judicious. 

preterite of the active verbal particle "tnaqui" itir 

whoif uses Si?e the gratrimar. Na^iuiMUHfg can- 



,'143 



ILOCO LAHGETAGE. 



Naqui- — -aUr 



Naquipa^- 



Namac, 

Narra. 

Narraganag. 

Naieng. 
Nayon. 

ygadas. 
Ngalay. 
Nganngani. 

Ngato. 

Ngato. 

Ngiiao. 

Nihil. 
Ngudel 



Ni. 

Nifa. 
No. 



(u6^4 with iii). 
in effect- 



Ntigng, 
Nupay. 



lac. He played nij>me wiih me. SaoKca aga 

ntiijuibayabas queTt-^uanaf Did you not a^k 
liim lo ftUe jou some guavas for nothing? 

Prcl-crite nf the formula o£ place ^ person ^ of 
cause, of the active forms in '^maqui." Asirr ti 
naquiamMaanna^ Whom did he (or she) mar- 
ry? 

PretfriTe of active verbs! partirl-e "taafjaipag" (a 
modilication of "imigus"). Oen, quet Jtaquipag- 
tuyog cisdacami ni Ffdro. Yes, and Feler also 

joined u&. 

To divulge, reveal, make known. 
A hard, dark native: wood, u^ed for flooring, fur- 
niture, etc. 
Revelation (sc-e nisrntsc}. 
killed (preterite of matoy). 
Greens, any kind of herb used for food. 

To add, augment, increase. 

Boorishiiciis^ ignorance, stupid ilyr 

Ltgalure (see 'o." and also, for thHr uses, (he 

grammar^, Useil also Bs a relative pronoun. 

The palate. 

Half- way J in I he mid-die 

To be on the point of. 

Thin (logical), 40 Ihen, 

Perhaps, perchance. 

Doubl, uncerlainty. 

Up, on lop of. 

But, than (iec "fwi") 

General name for fly. 

Price. vaLuu. Casino H ngsna ti p-agay^ What 

is the pme of paiay (uTihusked rice) ? 

Blacltness. 

JJullne-ss of a cuUiiiK instriinieni, also meta- 
phorically applied to rusticity or rudeness of 
manners ('Viirf^:;ii") . 

The. arlicle used wilh pTOpcn namea and femjs 
of relationship and affpcl Ion. Esclamalion 

CalliHE allfiltiOTl to aif objecl Adda payongf 
Nr! Is Ihere an irnibrella here? See, there 
is one. 

A small palm, whose leaves are ustd for making 
roofs and in building, .also used for inalfing a 

native drink. 

If, f^o uttayc-ar If you come. When (used of 

fnlure time). A'jp iumhrecca tii sif^fm-aK , 

When yoii enter the ehurch . Nu tasann 

fi casta met ti. As is so is also. 

^0 cosla. this being so. No dadduma, al: 
times, sometimes, other times. No laetg jk>, 
lest. No madaTfid<ifftfi. scton, aftet a while, 
Nd malem, thia evening, in tlte tvenln^. No 
rabiy, at night (tuture). 

Carahao. 

Although, however, notwilh standing. 



^Oac. 



Crow. 



ILOCO LANGUj^GEr 



t43 



Cay. 

■tJlrtOHltr 

Ontong. 



Thirst 

Rati an, "ie/HCd," 

Ctri[<], Euiy, Ecrvani Qu'HOiitsng (or ^H rHdufr JP^ ) , 

The queue, or ?iiic I hat wtati ^ qutue. 

YtS. L'3»0Kn o^'if'i i''dfcir aae it") [o jsbcni. 

Or. ' 

Cu^tpm, habat. 

Til* hcadr 

First. 

GaihcrinR {"ivnta"). slora^e of various articlf?. 

Order, arriif^cniinl, cfthcc^t 



Paca on. 



Patapt 

Pacopaz OD 

FacodtL 
i'acDt. 

Pate. 

i'lscuiAbaba. 

P/iiiiranS- 

Fodana. 

Pa^at. 

Patii. 



Pags , 



rartitk u^od lo express iJie cominandiiiB of rbe 

zrEion of iiaTiSLvr^ irk "fir," chi:^ p^rlklc cll^dp- 

praring, ft; preterite iz /n'na , /nta ufofn 

li cai-logongio. Paaliito. Go for my har. I 
will ijrdtr It litoiighl. Uwd for iJie Sinn: iiiir- 
paic wilh Ta.i.hivc^ in "i," lllis pJrlicrc In^iuR re- 
tained. The pTfjr rite \^ ptna , Paipaialmo- 

Oti\ix iJiem To haritess j|). Used als-o wLlh 
pia^iiviii JTi "an," Ihj^ Li^lli^ rf^taincd. fi^pvnti- 
fain d<igti'lt pitS^n". Hb-VC Ihem wa^h the 

raii^iiv? verbal patiielc^ iiidieatiiiR rht [yiriB by 
£i'iiir part ol the boily. Pataqubsj<ai"ia They 
ijo hiiai Jjy [he arms (lie hja arnis). 

Disrespect 

Formula of placf, person, CiT cause-, ol active 
%Trh5 111 "t^aftt." niac pacopaipattar-an |^ prlay- 
h:ii. 1 am noL able to- go walkine'. for T tm 
la-me 

Mnrfifiralinjn nE' ihr atmve 

Modilicslion o[ Ihe sbovt. 

To depart, Rive ''Roijd bye.'' 

Tn Tiarncii up animAl^ fcir caxTJiae, carl, tic. To 
fay an. ambiiscanje, aet a irap for rais, elc 

To itrjocb or eali at tlie door of a house. 

Yoke fur any kind of callle. Ipaco, to yoke. 

Humiliry 

Same aa ihe preceding, 

II is al] Ehe sauiF. 

Rx[>crieiicc. 

Term ior adiTrrsa to pripsts (Spanish "^Padie"). 

A gKort ^ticJr gtfKHcd Cn iho n*:!k nf a doj- Tfl 
prevent its bitin? al (he eord, or alEacking ihe 
ptrbr^n IradiiTiT JT. rfffffiHAH, Eo alTach aurli v 
slick tf\ a dnc 

Chisel. 

Furmula o( inslrmne-in ol the acljve particLe ""g"' 
(see che piainniaT) Fas^MtKdo J051 fl jTdjiiin;. 
TJlis UlJlbcetla is uaed to protef:! (rnm the rain. 

Dativ.ei ti paiins^raimo. Vojr pen ia bad. 

An active verbal parlicFf relalinK !□ what part 
of [he body 3 gBrment reKhc^, witct in ford- 
ing;, elt <S*e- "flf" bi Ihe grammar.) Pagasi' 



144 



ILOCO LA.'Ji^UAGE, 



Fag- 



-an. 



Pagcn-anay. 

Fagiso. 
Fasay- 



Fag 



en. 



Faann. 

Fagsagiilmi. 

PaglKpruan. 
Fa^u d- 

Faid. 
Faialv. 

Palangca. 

Fafapal 

Paiapala. 

Fain. 

Paliiit. 

Pai^ijft. 

Palt&og. 

Folubos. 

Pam _ 



Famag- 



Fam— — an. 



qiict lii damsiii The wa(er (in fording the 
str-^am) tamt; np to rhi: waist. 
Partides for ihe formuJs of person, plate, or 
caust, of the aclivc fnrnis in ''ag." Pretenle 

nog All. Sadin ti f>agpasarGiyff ? iti iguid 

ii fmyhuy ti [-/igpaspasiaranmi. Where art you 

(fiolns tu) walk? Wc (shall) take a \ta3k 

along ihe !ica-^Jn>re, 

Qolliiiig iti general, complete outfit of, ^it of 
sacred ve^lnienis. 

Turtle-dove, wood pigeon. 

Unhuskfid rite, wuh or without the straw, pa- 
hy. 

FricDcl. 

Parlitlcs (if ihc formula of the: ti!:r:*un cunimaiicl- 
cd for aclive verbs m "og." See ihe Kraiuiuarr 
Prttenlt 'tag-. — — f jr. A.itii li pagsagadciyu ^ 
Whom did voii L-onmiaiid l-o ^wetpf Uii^d as 
a paijsivt with the idea of "givf to," "cini^c 
to" (sci- verbs in. "ftr"). Olhtr iiscii an- si'lii 
in rht grEimniiir. Wh^re rhf ront riof^ not !icU 

mic or "a>;" iheii ^'pa t-n" is uii-d. Pii5,us^tcni 

i\ iihi'ig Niir.se ihe ctiild, ir *■-, give it (Lie 
l>rea^l). J^ntai- pagmolvenf Do you think I 
cannot sL'c (ihjl I have no eyeaj ? 

Aloni^ ihi; road. 

Cola]Kkr. 

St-al ill a water-closet ("r^frcfff"). 

Cuipidor {"liipi-'iJ' iativa). 

Nul, liule houss^ ("aisifa''^'). 

Pain, di£fi<:iiUy, iiijwry. 

To refuse, not io admu or allow. 

ExLet'i (iuT i\i> u!^ce; sec adjectju<$ 3nd adverti'i 
in ihe grammar) , 

Chair. 

To flirow a slick at aii^thins. 

Plalform, sraffnhling. 

Thickne?^ of liQiiJJs. 

To nolife, (ih-;ervc'. 

Cui^Jf-figfiL P/uinii'd-hi, gatiie-cock ; fal-lntan. 

ci>ck-pi|. 
<!jun, muskel, tic. fiinliovg or agpattaog, to shont, 

fire a gun, 
Liccni^e. ptrDiiiision- Poivh/jststi'- to flive good-bye 

10 ancMs fi. e., E>frii»il Ilicm lo go). 
Particle for Ihe forrmila nf irsirunient of arli'.e 

verbs in "niinn'' (modification of ^'man^" th:- 

fore "lj" or "p"). A^iia ti patnif'fda Hi am- 

panaf With wliai did they ring the hell? 

The preieriie is fiua. 
Panicle of the f<irmula of iiiihtrunipnl of verba 

tTi "T"(]"jfl^" faciivo). If The root does tioJ nd- 

mit of "ns" llieri "mnma" anil "patna^'' are em- 
ployeJ. See iht? Hi"fln"nar. ^f^^'fj ti pumauh'*-- 
mo cadngaiti "im^ Hoi-l' dii yon make the dnp;s 
go ilown (i c . out of ihe houfic') ? 
Particles of the formula of place, rime, nr person, 
for active verbs in ^'mum" (see "pans" above). 

.4irii ti pfiitntlilfiiidii it! fi^wptJUQ? For whom 



JI.IJLO I.A^tJIJAOl-:, 



H5 



Pama^ a a. 






Pommog . 



PatKusian. 

Pomuspusan. 

Pan. 



Pat'ag- 



Pafi 



-nn. 



Pattong- 



Panao. \ 
Ponateng. 

PtJitdaras. 
Panday. 

Piindec. 

Pundiling. 

Pang . 



Pang' 



-an. 



are thiy rtiigitiK Ihe bells? Preterile nam an. 

Pariifles iciw the same fornmla o: aclive verbs 
iij "nuicu." Aniti li puniusi/iusaiyo ili glubo. 
What are vou turning [he globe iorj 

Faniciti fur the furmulii uf limc^ place, ur per- 
son, of active verbs in "mamo^" (see "^orfiff£"), 

Thi: pftlente la namag^^^ — an or nama an. 

Adin ti namaarmim cada^uid cabayo? Where 
did you have the horses feed? 

To stLiTt, appcat. 

Excuse, reason, moTJve. 

ParFii:l>! of tht formuh fif manner or time of ac- 
tive verljs Lii ''mam" (see "ptsfn"). Prelerlte, 
piiiistii. hiisJtsgdfi fi patKnialiiK. Great is your 
f^itll. 

Parlicle of (he Inrnfiula of time Of manner of 

j-ciu'C \crb?. jji '^wii'naK" (see "poniag"). The 

prcltTfte i'i fiiimtnag or pinatna. Coano li pa- 

'iiiniasus"Hi ili liiguibrF Wh<jn did you nurse 
the \>',iby? 

Doiiitslic htn. . 

R.fmpdy. whfclier ph^'sical or moral. 

To gv (iec "as" amuiig Ihe irregular verbfh in [ht^ 
ft-rainniar, Spanish, "ida." 'Unisio'i"). SuRiv 
parlick ■i>f llic £i)rrmila of i^^l^u^^e^I of aciive 
verbs in ^'mai" (modification of '^maj'i" be- 
fore ruois hLginniiig with "d." "j," or "f")^ 
T]ie preterite is pinan. Aiua li pinailmoT With 
what art >'nu 5twir^? 

Panicle of ihe fc-rmiila of time or maimtr of ^i- 
live verhs in "ag-" The p re (e rife ij, f-rnag- 
iiflonn'ilo ti paim^iliiifnii' sH fi-snvc? When will 
yi'u .sew my handkerchief? 

Farricle.t. rtf the formula of p!a<ze, eaiise, or person, 
of aclivc verh'i in "tnan" {see '^pan'") . The pre- 
lerire is nan an^ Adin Si f^anumtamia cfida- 

^uiii' .^ursurfiT Wiiere i^ tbe writhig-rocii] F 

(Where Jg Ihey write letti^rs?) 
Far[ick of ih* formula of lime or manner of ac- 

live verhs in "mang." The preterite is pinang, 

Nohca a panaKgaia Hi darci. It is easy to 
1^ haul sand. Caana ti pinangalam iti gaSasf 

When did yon bring ihe milk? 
To depart, lo be absttit. Cvgop^ grass 
A cofd ("rcistifado-") ; used also for any kind 

of Jijtlijpositioti. 

Carpenler's adzCr ' 

Foundry work or manufacturing work in iron, 

Fandisyan. a blacksiniih, 

A dwarf, a person of low staluxe (also pandacd)- 

Skirt (ja.vj). 

Pardcle of the formula of ingtrumenl of active 
verLs in '^mtn^." The preterite is pinon.^. A^iit 

if pgngQt^p^Q iti sirftbaan^ With what are 

they roofiiig the church'' 

Fartjck oS the formula of place, cause, or person, 

of active verbs in "mangJ' The preterite ia 

HtiHg- an. Adm li Panglacutinda cudaguili 

matga^ Where do they sell mangoes? 



I4G 



JLUCO LA.NGUAGE, 



Pangguef'. 

Fangor. 
Pan^quis. 
Paniqvi. 
Pann— ■ ■ - 



PannaiO- 



PiiJinaqui 



Pane. 
Panunot. 
Faqai ati^ 



Foqu'in en. 



Parabui^ 
Paraw-ai. 

Paraiigdaii. 

Pardi<^ 

Parosf^ai. 

Purato. 

Pardaya. 

Pariir./' 

Parintutn^tii^ 
I'anot. 
Parit. 
Parol, 

Parftfi/, 
Pasao. 
Fasia. 
Faiiar. 

F^i^. 



Pa.iindayao. 
Pasiep. 
PataiyfC. 
Palao. 



Purpusi", iiitL-riL 

Foir^Tiyr 

Cudgel, club, Fuitgorirn, io strike wilh a club. 

Bird -lime. 

Large bat, vampire. 

Panicle of the fortlillli of tinlO of manner of 
aclive verlis in "tnan" (see "pan"). Soimba^ 
■uiiay ti paf^naiimn cadaguiii badfrndo. Ynu are 

sewing iht shins very well. 

Present and prelerite parEicle of t|ie formula of 
limt^ or manne-T of active verbs in "-aiaca." In- 

!on-airo H patirncapagpo-iiarlaT When shall we 
^a ^'^Iking ? 
Present and preterite oi the forn»ula of lime or 
"mJnner of active verbs in "piiiqui." If moie 

ihan two arc included in the aciion ihe for- 
mula is pa'^iaquipng (See the grEiramar). 

tHlvH-iiMff fi paimcf'juis^o^ ^uenra? \Vb?n an 
I have an opportunity o! talking with /uu ? 

Clolh, handkerchief (from Ihe Spanish '^paHn"'). 

Uiidc Til tati ding, cumprthtii&ion. 

Particles oi ihe 'formula of place, cause, or per- 
son. i)f active verbs in '''yniiqui." (Also tnnjurpafS' 

flu, for \vhich see the grammar). The pret- 

eribE is naqui an. naquifn^^— — an. Autt ti 

naquiasauanftaa^ Wboni difi he marry? 

Passive panitlt^?. (s-n-e '^(tfU'i" in the granimBr), 
10 iiidi^-aie Ihe placing <ji onv object \vi]h rela- 
tion to an<>thtr. Ptiquinbiibaaii dtiyfa t^ti libra^ 

Put that book under the other. 

l.iberalityj generosity. 

Fineness. smoolliiiesSn polish, delicacy. 

Presentation. 

The court of a house, yard. 

Hoar^ene^jH. 

To pnuien to cut a tree hi^h tip, 

levity, jesting. 

Calumny. 

Coolness. 

T(j kneel. 

Frying-pan. 

Prohibition. 

To puEl out (as weed& from a garden, feathers 

■from a fowl, hair from the head» clc). 
To crcale. Ma^norsiio or yiamars\ia. the Creator. 
ErasKado-cio, boasting. 
To conquer. 
To walk, prcimenafCe, for dKereiac or pastime. 

(From the Spanish '"posMr"'). 
F'irmnes.s, tenacity. Thi^ "woril is at^o used in 

the aen&e -of "ti'i'^/' denoting: that articles or 

objects are pure, without mixture, all of a 

kind; for cxa tuple ; all silk, all wheat, all of 

"Malay fdraclinn, elc- 
VEirity, vain^loriousiiess. 
SteeL 

Pitch-penny, bcad^ or tails, "cara y crus." 
Buoy. Hfe-biioy; some floating object m the water 

whJL^h one cLin ^eizt: to ^avc himself, 



ILOCO LANCUAOE. 



U7 



Pali. 

Fotinayan. 
Falay. 
Fatit. 
Palo. 



Pauay. 

Pawl. 

Pay. 



Faya c. 

Payapay^ 

Fayal. 

Paypay. 
Fayo ni. 
Pir-:gn€L 



FesffU^s. 

Pdics. 
FcnpFH. 

PpTTeng. 

Fes pes. 
Pia. 

Pica^e. 

Fidil, 

Pidot. 

Piec. 

Pigsa. ^H. '-{ 

Pi^ar^uer. 

FUao. 

Pilay. 

Filit. 

Piman. 

Fina : 



*( 



Pina- 



Pinag- 



-an. 



Prictj value of an article. 

Vaith or credit in a person or lliTng. 

Counsel, admoiiiCLon. 

Always. Patinayon no, provided ih^t 

To die. 

To sirike, ring, play a niUAic^l instriiTneTitr 

To think, determine, form an opinion; to "beckon 
or signal for iSie perfori¥ian<:e in 3 tJieatre, 
ipaSoc itay a niiimbag. I thought ("tue pare- 

cia") Ihai i[ was good. 

A counlry wilhoul inhabitants, soliludi!. 

Prohibition. 

Adverb oE time and measure (Spanish "f^ri- 
mero," "antes," ^''todavia," "aun," "mas.") Yet, 
mort:, bcfure that« etC' Mangar^cay pay, quet 
sacaytG mapan. First eat, and (hen you may 
gG. liiannav psy. Give me some more. 

The wing of a bird. 

To call, beckoti with <he hand^ handkerchief, etc. 

Footslcp. 

Fan. 

L'mbrdla, para*;ol. 

To pinch, s<jiice-;e gciilly, lo gather (_^& moris- 
qu£ta or boiled rice into a ball for eating), 
Sangapecquef, a nio-uthiul of rjj^c. 

Rapidilj", velocity (as of ihc currenl of a river). 

To c:hangc one's linen or elolhing. 

A well arranged pile of goods as in a More-room 
Of oti a wharf, LiTider guafil, etc. 

To look a[ one from top lo l-oe ("rf* kiio en 
hi to''}. 

Tn press, squee/.p. 

Health, improvemtjnl fn physical co-ndilions (see 

Carro's Diehoiiary for idiomaUe uses). 

Palpitalion of the hearl, vehemence of desire, agi- 

lation of the mind. 
To pincTi g^nlly. 
To gather som!:thing from the ground, to pick up, 

1o sleal sinall articles fpetly Ihimng). 

A young chiclcen fsmall), 

SlretiEih it! a person or an animal. 

Trembling of [Eie hody, wEiether froni ci>ld or fear. 

Spot, blemiiih, defect; marsh, swamp. 

f.ame, halt 

To force, com-peL 

Truly. 

Preterile of "Pa" for the formula of tommanding 
the action of passive verbs in "s" ^'ipa" 

"i jin," and in "en'' Pinaalim (iagMtVf ja&fl,' 

Did you order iho^e baranas to be broughl up? 
Ni ^ujiHfini''? ti pfnadait/^o. I hade my cousin 

sew. 
Preterite particles for coiiiinandmg the action of 
pa.6f[ve ve.r\i3 in "<irj." Pinasaea^acim. 1 have 
]u^l given him orders to sweep. Pinasacaanda- 

^'inti. We liad hitn tied by the feet. 

Prelerite of the passive particle "pag en" for 

which see tliat word, and under the passive 
in 'Vff" in tht grammar, Pre1eri|e cf the for- 



148 



JIJJCO LANGUAGE, 



Pinam- 



Finamng- 



Fman- 



FlKUflg- 



Finiii 
Pirac. 

P\sl 

Fitac. 

Filo. 

Pocpof. 
Poh-oc. 



Fvnpon. 

Fucan. 

Fuccao. 

FadaOr 

Fudno. 

Fudol._ 

PufAitg. 

Futeng, 



iiuilas of place, cJU^e, or person; gl.sn of Tiian- 
ner or ol tfiiie of active vt^rba in "tig" Aula 
ti psua^tilepiin ifi s/miiaai.^ Wilh whal liid 
Ihey roof the church? Asin li pintigsuraSdaT 
Whom (lid Ihey order lo wriLfi? Aiua fig'} 
hotm piaa^miia Si PadiT At whal linie ijid the 
Fatlier t;ay maj^s? 

Preterito of the formula ijf instrument, aUo nf (he 
formula of cnanner or time, of attive verbs in 
^'ffliiw" (modilii:atk>]i of "mtin^" see "riiaw"). 
Ama ti ^nmninim U linafiayT Wilh what did 
yuii cut Ihe brtacl? C'lfsto fi pfnainalUda j(j 
mi'ifti'ifi^ Whi^ii did they ritig the bt-tl? Pret- 
erite oi Ihe formula *>f in^trumeii) of aclivt 
vfrbs in "meca." Se<? lh3l vtrb in Ihe gram- 
niar. 

Preterite of ihe lormiih oi initrumcni of active 
verb? iu "ttamag^' (if nf vtrhs jn "wfiT^Afl" ihcn 
rbe formula h pinama — — . Hi imtic ti pina- 
mtigpusiposcf- I turned it wilh my hand. 

Preterite of (he f-jrmula of instruintnt of activt 
^erb'. in "mai^' (rnndificaiiou o* "wflflg")^ al&o 
for ihe formula of matiucr or time. Airiii li 

piiiifiiiisaiiino iti nf^dtifit Wiih what did yoti 

iiu'ctp tht 'itairway? ^aladao li pifia^ugquelfno 

}ti i-itudfla. YoH are IJEhtitig (srrangitig) ihe 

eaiKlks la[e. 

Preterilt of the formula, of iu^lrutnent, alio of 
iuani>er and limp, of aftiie verbs in "wifjrj^." 
Asriti ti pinifn^afdmidy'j ili JtHivm-iSf How did 
yoi[ tnakp Ihf canriv P S'aimbas (i. pmangnl- 
(sdda iti itshuerfa. Thty have fenced the g-ar- 

Plate, croflfcry. 

Monkey. 

Anklp. 

Silver, money. 

A pp^n (value fifty cenls. United States ^r- 

rcncy ). 
To pari or divide anylhlng (as a slriip. of banjnoo) 

along" il5 len^h. 
Mud, mire, dirl. 
Seven. Pfli>pc'i'\ seventy. 
Re&iimt-, re capitulation. 
Giving away rif thp mind nr i^oura^n to be over- 

powcTed by Hricf^ lo despair of Ihe health or 

other thing:, eic. 
"Religions praytrs, obsequies, etc. (for one de- 
ceased). 
Ca^l*', lineage, OTigin. 
To fell trees. Muwhj'oh, a woodsman, one who 

felh trees, <The V JiaappeaTS after "mafn..") 
To ery, 10 rail in a loud voice. 
Whiteness (th? same a& purao}- 
Truth. A^pudno, to lell the truth. 
Heal. AsP^d&t. lo heat i pudoten, to feel the heat. 
To r^^torpH replace, retUTn, 
To perform personal labor on public works, its 

required by Spanish law. 



}|JXX» LAHQUAGE. 



149 



PHhj. 



Puilac. 

J'u'tffiel. 

J'jIFIJ^I"!. 



J'ugnis. 

Pvrao. 

J'urar. 

Fusa. 

Pvsle. 

Pulfd, 
Pultfl. 
Puur. 

I'Hyat. 



t'mc, Lviihout mixture. I^ulas a /'urtia, all wiiiir- 
m^nlai a fiitSns. a Jii53.r<f of pure gol^i pniiri 
4J bigai, pure rdce. 
-[>][, iiiii;-liun. I'tiloian, in aaiDJDt (u a liing* 
pricsl, ctz.'J. 

B^Jd. 

t'jLluw, LiU]:^l^:r, cuahroil, 

AfijwrF inrliFralinn. 

A doll. 

To jiiin or platf lu^ihtr twu or more ulijfcu. 

Tn have fiirfflhociphl. prc^n^n^. 

locking lip, iniprisonnscril ('^njifli"). PmA"- 

^Ni'jj, to loch JLiiy H>t]e in i rooin or ull; ns^U' 
fiV€, d Liri-o[irr, dnylhiriR lliat jb locVrd up C^i 

ML a i^Rlrl, 
IJrLld. 
Whjlcr^c:'! 

To ^arhcr b/ hiind tJie fruit from a Lree or pla.nl. 

■CaL 

To iiciMraic out Fram h™"? mr ci^unity, i*> wcon 

To revoJv*, rum around (whtthtr a person oi 

Ihing) . 
Thr hract, coiirajri:. NapHM a loo, 9 vsJianl man. 
TIill'^:iii;5s, biiEV, ^iio, density; aIso coarseness (u 

of urockcry). 
"Riitini^ s^dJ?, aaddiv with irfrpping^ <"rt49iE- 

To cm a-CTo^5 or lliro-ugli (a tree or other object). 

To EjL-Jn?ad a person or animal. 

To hum. TiurniTi];; ( "^f WJ urfiJ '■0" 1 . 

To he weary (sfccpyj ihrougli keeping lon.B vieii, 

Blasr, pufE, breaiEi, oi wind. 






Qfctca. 

Oucwmng. 
QuFf. 

Qi'rday. 

Quigao. 
Qiu'eiot. 
QuilkbaK. 

Qb'!-l/>. 

Qitiira . 



Q 

iJouiiil.h whether ft iimc, plarc, cir quamhyj deier- 
niiralmn tii g p^r[fl■^ o( punishnieEit, sentence 29 
pronounced by a ju-dee. 

And. lit rntpan ii Anta, qtif>i Anitc. qtten HiPrriiu 
Sii"lt>- fn tKr Tiamc of ihr FalJifT, etc. Oblique 
i^if: of Th-f proper artick 'W (for la, i^ith, 

by, (it.- ), ll^cd also with Icrm^ cf afFccIran an^j 

of relatinnuhip. 
For, lo. thrc 
For, rn, [hc[*i 

Rou^hn^^s lo iJif touch, as of cloth, wooH, flc 
Atfd. For Ihc u«i nf "gkfif" and nf "qiirt" see 

ihc gram/ngr. 

Rather, on the contrary. 

The fycLrnw. 

A iLuijiin^ csraEr^o calf. 

Frighl, horror, consternation 

C^^LI mnnii/uela hj boiled rice. 

Tn iwiM; ■facuH-ic, rwisied (aa the body, a road. 

The ''>'crazh . Ihr liRhlnrn^. 

Pgriiclf profi^fnl lo a root to [orm ail abstract 



ISO 



ILOCO LANGUAGE, 




Quired. 

Qiiisguis- 



QuittL 



euifan£. 
uileb. 
Quiting. 



Rabao. 

Rabiy. 

Ratrac. 

Raem. 



Raep. 

Rasodi. 

Rag-o. 

Ratnan. 

Ratnay, 

Kumramit. 

Rartsut. 

Rana. 

Rangcap. 
Ranigaj. 
RoHitay. 

Raoet, 
RaquiK 

Rtua, 
Rasaj/r 



Rasi 

Rayo. 
Reb-ba. 



Rebbeni. 



ntiun. Thxi?i imbag^ guoilnca^ (ai the goodness 
oE a person, an animal, iiianimalf objects) ; 
quinaimbag, guuiln-cis in the abstract. 

Prelerite oi ("he passive verbal partides 'Vo 

an." Qumajiamac ida. \ increased their num- 
ber to nine. (Sef^ "m an" in ihc grammar.) 

Sensalinn -of lictling, as in ihe throat, etc, 0^^'~ 
quiet, to tii:kk a ptr&on; tnaquiqui, lo ftti a 
lirkling ?en^a|jon. 

VigOT iii body or spirit. 

To shave; quisquisoyi, lo shave another persoii ; 
iSgqMiSq-uis, to !ihj.ve oneself; pisgquisquh , a 
razor; mangngisquis, a barber (for the literal 
change in the root sec "maufi" in the gram- 
mar) , 

SiB"ht ; Alaqujfii, to ite. Sp'^cii:;*, clasi, asptct of 

a thin^, tic. Ania fi iiuttanaf What was his 

appearance? 
Outlines (for fishing}. 
Hed-hug, 
Shortness or 5caiitinc&a of a garmeDt. 

R 

Fun, jokf, jest. Rahrahaqneti, lo make fun of 

a person. 
The surface of HTJ^lhing, th-t upper part, on top, 

Upon. Hi robao. upon. 
>Jiftht. 
To destroy, break up of off, d^irtdish^ break a 

ccmtract or prnmi.se, break a friendship, 

Htvcreiicen respect, ob&tquioiisncss fas of a child 
iQ lis parents, a jolijier li? his ofRi^er, a SWbjeCt 
to a ruler^ etc.). ■ 

To transplant I he rice-pUnt, 

A saw, capcciatly the large cross-cul saw- 
To rejoice. 

Test, proof, taatc, savor. 

The finger. 

TcK)h| impltmtni&i etc, (Al^o ratnitramil.) 

Root. 

Chance^ coincidence. 

GifF, presenl, benefit received. 

VcKalion, aggravation H offence. 

Bridge; also the passaf^e from the tnaiii part of 
a house to the offices (kilchen. etc.). 

Gluitony^ wiir:thcr in man or ai^imal. 

A Tafl of bamboo; sometimes ihe term is espe- 
cially cohfined fo a litile raft. 

General name for crabs. 

Scantiness, flimainciiaH as poor texture in cloth, 

scantiness ol hiiir on head or in the beard, pc>or- 

ncss of ctof", cl-e. 
Fraailily, ddtcacyH a Ihiriff ea^y to break fai 

g1ass» china, the edge of a tool, etc.) - 
Affection, liking (especia^y of a person). 
Shipwreck, destruction of a vessel. Marba^ to 
wreck; pa^arbaan, that which causes a ship- 
wreck. 
Obligation, duty. 



ILOtO LAJJCUAGK, 



15" 



f^egi-o- 
Relci, 
Ribu- 

Rkna. 

Ridep. 

Ri^ui^s. 

R,in^. 

Riinbao. 

Rinsaed^ 

Ripirip. 
Rsqu ep. 

Riqu^l. 

Rirl 

Riro^ 
Risay. 

Riuriu, 

Roinoy. 

Ro'nja. 

RoHQirong. 

RuK^roirg. 

Root. 

Ruam. 

RubbuQf. 

Rmb^ib. 

Riiihos. 

Rucap. 

Rucf*d- 

Ruj(»i. 

Ruguil. 

Runt en. 
Runao. 
Ruigiil. 

Rupa. 

Rvrud. 

Ruiay- 



Dcp^h or prcfundity of sleep. 
2eal, vigiUnce. 

VVatch, clock (Spanish, 'VHoj"). 
Thou&andr Sattii^nbu, a thou^^nil 

St^u^aLiiLiili the bijJily beuACfi' 

'J'o doit. 

Rag. rinlh (''Srapu/' Sp^ni^h). 

To al^'Rke^, 

Promintnce i^arimhan, sup-erior. 

Di5£|uieliide, lack of trauquihly. 

To setlJe, subsidence of what may cause turbJd- 

iiess in liQuids. 

Conclusion (logicsl), inference, deduction. 
Door, one valvt of a double doi>r, ahutter of win- 
do w. 
Density of a forest, jungl^^ or cane-brake, Nuri- 

^ftet, -difficuh. 

Mistake, error, wandering of ihe mind when Us- 

tfp^jii^ TO a ion-versatiin. 

Same m the preceiling. 

To hav^ [he ear lorn (as a calf that ia marked 
hy slitling its ears), 

MilHon. Sait^i^uurii', a million. 

To boiVn m.ake a[i obeisance, bend (Eie bpdy to re- 
ceive a burdt-n. 

Uarren (used of women), 5t^n!e. 

Thickness of a farcsl, jungle, etc. 

The stub ^of a cigar, caudle, etc.). 

Graj^i in gentral ("zacaie^') ; rubbish, dirt ("ba- 

Rag. cloth ("jrdPo"). 

Custom^ h;ibil. 

To make preparations for a journey. 

Profound indinarion or reverence of the body, 

made as a tokcti of humility. 
Verdure, luj-jiirian-^e of ft>l[afte. 
CarfcSj pus, corrupted matter. 
Measure of length. 
Beginning, 

DirlinesSn filEhiness in generaL 
Tr) ira?h. 
Disdain. 
To tbaw, melf. 
To sho-w Ihe 1ee)hina smile ; regarded aa false or 

insincere. , 

The stomach. 

The fac:e, 

Fnvy, anger at hearing- illy deserved praise. 

Rag, old rags {"dtdrnjo"'} . 



Sa 



Adverb of uncertainty, sometirtiefl of stqutJiC*. 
When united to a word ending' in a vo-wcl the 
lelter "n" is prefixed for euphony. It ^ some- 
limei a prefcx, a1 other times 3 suISk. Addon- 
sa diloy ti ^icrihietitef Ta (perchance) the Wc- 
retary here? Ennae o^luftlo, /ju^i saaeto wmajp. 



^5^ 



ILOCO LANCUAGE. 



Sand. 



Saani. 
Sabor 
SobaiL 
Saban^an, 

Sabat. 

Sab-urig. 
Sa^n. 

Siiclot. 

Sadi. 



Ssdiay. 
Sadiita. 
Sadift. 
Sax 



Sagaba. 
Sa-gad. 

Sdgmay. 
Sisgau ssxo . 
Saspatiiiian. 
Sigubanei. 

Sitgut. _ 

S*r in-Htc^ 
S{f iro. 
Sola. 
Saiacan. 
Saldpi. 

Salda. 

Saidet 

SaU&asio. 



I ajn goin^ to cliurch {lo prayj^ and Uien I 

Stale, ^jJiice, pcsitJoti, toinJaiiGn, 

No, iiol. Stt Ehe copulatives for itB cltfFcrLncc 
frnm rfi" atid 'ouan" AIe^o see adverbs and 
the ligdlure iti |be gratnmsr. As a negalive 
U 33 used aii a icparale wnnl It may, how- 
ever, he II '.ed with verbal partiders. /Jgjjffn, 
(0 Ea> 111), m refuse, deny {"decir que no"). 
Saun a ca.s!a. It 15 iiol so. Saaa met, by m 
means. 

Irony, ^rtrca^m. 

Banana, planlain. •^St'inbmui. a han^ira kTov;. 

Othqr^ auiillser, 

Porl, iht mouth, of a rivi:T that tmplie^ jnlo ill? 
sea. 

Chance meecinw when fomiiij» from oiiposiio di- 

rccLiionzi Q[>itlied also Xo inaiiiEiiaic objecis. 
]■ lower, 

Dowry. 

l.pg, paw, loot- 
To nifin^t a hff&e, 

Tf> draw water. 

The lap, Agsocloi. to have in Ihe lap; jjrrbf^n. 

tu place in [Ir- lap; pamdift, tu sit in ihi: lap. 
A witness, 
III, ac, lo, etL". Pr-eposilJon used wilh reE<?ri:iice 

ti> ^iiyraphicaL iiinjs, the ijoinlii cl the cnm- 

pil^^p anU li>£:a[ii>ii? ^ignitip^l th^T^by (a* "in 

iht nuclh"). 
Tlspro V'oUii") 

Frt&hne&B oi fL*;h, fle^h, or iowl. 
xSlnth, ll[[^Jn^:^5, inSchvity 
A pariide used in irading for arricks boui^hl Ijy 

the piece (c^fi&» rnaiiKoes, elc.) or by iiieasurt. 

Siig^<imanif ti var*iT liow much i> it by the 

yardr" Sogbibuiting. T^vo reab. Sagmdniatio 

dQg\i\i(yy a wun^ti? Ufj^wrV/ bahnssil ja^^^flyjtj 

nii(T dafqwei The 3itlk' ones cost a centa^o 

apicnt. 
SiilTeriiig. 

To s^v^ep. A broom, 3 rakcr 
PrtparatiuUH iorethuushl. 
A large-tixtlheii comb. 
T(i wliliJlle, a wbislle. 
From time to tinn:. 

Slolh. slilT^giihnes.s through iTLiIisposiEnfirt^ 
AdvaiilaKc, privilefje, excellency, 
A prcseitt given a^ di^cinguibhed from a preiient 

TC^:Gived. 
Sobn ^igh. 
To lempt. 

Bah, party (from the Spamsh).. 
Savior, salvauon. 
Four reals, a xuedio-peso (twenty-five rents U. 

S. cnrrency). Ati ear of corn. 
To pawn elT^cla ot jewelij, hypothet:atc. 
Qiiickncss of comprehensinn or understanding. 
To fic fcrwards and "backwards as in a square 

dan.ec. 



JLOCO LANGUAGE, 



153 



SlifpUt. 

So lu^. 

Saiuii-al. 
Stim-'f. 



Sonia- 



Sau^iihu^v^L 






Siin^ciiqu it feb. 

Sim so i. 
Sttitiafn. 



Sansaa. 

5ap{f. 
Sapad. 



Sapay.' 

Sapl^d. 
Sapm. 
SupuL 

Safjiiit. 

Sarac. 
Stiiainsarn. 



To pierce, Brav-erse, g-o lEirough- 

A mcjuiiL-lrflp. 

To Ro [town h[ll. isalag, to arow old. 

lh:Ax\i. 

To minekr A mix-up, a5 a crowd of pcopl? of 
niaciy diffon-nt nationaliEros» or a parly or 
asis-emblage nf people of differeiU social e^adf5^ 
a Si.- rap -heap, a mixture of rice and olher 
thiTigii (nsjt pure rice). 

Par|[de rtenoling a un.i[ nf measure, value, mitn- 
LTalion, cli". Saagavora, saniadeppc, sanga- 
poto, sait^aribu, tic. See the grammari espe- 
cially iiMiier numerals, 

A word used to denote a unit of (generally) 
■nmu'lhing rnund cir rounded. Satgabur/uet a 

Sindp^y. a lost of bread; jaK^fibjtqu^i a iitag, 

an cnj;; ni'ignbutjuel a iau, a man. This w^rd 
mijjht liL w^iA in checking ofl, Issuing, criuiner- 

a|iciM, r;lc, 

MtnsCruaiinii. A ^Iranger from auolher lown, 

a guest. 

OiU' wci^hii]^, a f-uad (as a load of hay). 

1 II ascend Jas a hilt) . 

Thai i^hich is espedal or extraordirary, a&: 

extraordinary bcauly, especial filncsa far a po- 

silion, ere, 
A drauKln. a swallow. 
-^■^ mouthful, 
^niiie as Cbe preceding. 
To i^ecp, cfy. 

Ucforc.", face to fage, fa^ittg, 
Ynke for carabao ; hook for dragging out gra^s. 

To arrive. 

fUrnaint'iilii, pretzicuji jewels, jeivclry. 

Riches, possessions. From this comes ih* idea 

oi litiii^ al leiburc {"dcsQCUpiid&"'). Mtisam- 

ainitc hen^ I only am laifoccupied 
[■"requfiKy, 'iiaso'iiaii. frequently, 
FTir[hcrnn>r-e. beside? ihis (logical). 
Word, expres&ion. Aaxaii, te talk. 
The canine itelh, tye-iceth. 
yearly. 

Sprij^ frotn 3 bunch of bananas, 
Comtnon, for urdinary or pi][>lic use. Sapaiap a 

(tuioii. public highway. 
Oarh. Aj^sapdra, to bwtar (both profane and 

IcrS] aweflfing). Mauagsai^aia, he w3io ^w^ars 

habilnailyr 
Oh, that] This la Uiicd to form whal is prac- 

lically the nplaiive of ihc Greek grammar 
Pantaloons. 

Feather duiter, dusting rag. 
To whip, stroke of a -whip. 
To stek, look for. I^asafiuian, to find BomethiP^, 

whether looked for or not. 
Sickness, indLsposLtion. 
To meet, encounter, 

Mirih. jesi ; fritters, pancakes ("fruias de j-ar- 
'^ Uk"), [idhils. 



154 



!r-OC0 LANGUAGE. 



Sardeiig. 

Sffritff. 

SaTmiKg. 

Sarua. 

Sarul. 



S'aur. 

Sayaat. 

Sfbseb. 
Si: da. 
Seddaao. 

St^ddo. 



Sel-Iep. 
SeUtl 

Sengngao. 
Serrd. 

Sefrec. 
Si . 



Siac. 

Stam. 

Siafi. 

Sibbo. 

Sibo. 

SJftog. 

Si£a. 
Skat. 

Sicap. 
Si^afaf. 

Sical 

Sitaitah. 

Siio. 



Funnel. 

To 5top. delaiii. 

Red Lai f toiiv^rrsatioiL 

Cryiital, glass, mirror. 

To visit. 

PhthUiS; person, animal, or plant h:aTing fi'^mC 
jnlcrnal disorder. Acateness, subliUy^ pentlra- 

Ripping, SaisaUn, to rip. 

To decfive, iihr:3\ in play or at cards. 

Beauiy in g?ntral. 

To be liqiiici and dear, Nasayao a chocolate, 
■ck-ar cliucolalc. 

To quench a hre with waltr. 

Silk {Sparrish), 

MlifvcI, miradCn aijluiiishrrn^ntj wonder, admira- 
tion, 

Tis have a tpasiri, !o b* nvercome hy weariness, 
Tieac, etc. Masdn, tu hav<: a ^pasin. 

Uneasiness m waiimi^, Folicitudc, -cart:. 

Kr^rtion of tlie hair as in animals, Sum^tir, 
to bristle up i niticiipisil-as^^or, to tause an ani- 
mal 10 bristk up. 

Wetnesi, |c> tn: wet. Mosiep, (o become -wftt. 

To place in some reccpiack", lo sLuff iii, push, 
In cruwd. 

Bad vapors, evil cxhaUlioiiB from llie tody, mani- 
jtslalioiis of Ihe liiddcn thins& of the heart. 

To lock. bi>h; a lock (Kvidcntly from Ihe 
Spanish "cermr.'") 

To tnlcr. S^rcan, a lionr, an entrance. 

ParTide U5ed wiTh nouns to indicate Ihai a per-' 
ion or thinE i? covered with or abounds in 
the sanie. To dcnole also that one is equipped 
ivith, clolh-ed in, supplied with^ elc.^ the thing 
ei^prcsstd bv the rone In cilher case Ihere is 
a reduplicalioii of the first ^yllabtc of the root. 
Ajiayapis\ <i srialapucca? Ta iilafapuc m£t ti 
d^hif. How ts it that you are covered with 
dust? Because tho road is (alwj) dusl^. Sifa- 
/fatdiii'tK "^J nalabai^a. Shi: has on a red skirt. 

L 

Nine. SiaiH a '•ol-lo, ninety. 

To &tray, lo wandtr away. 

To test, to iry for the first time. 

To bubble - 

To water, (o sprinkle. 

Thou, H-loody passages. 

Cramps in Ihe buwdSj pains from the movement 
of ihi: focttis in the wom'b, pains of chLLd-birth. 

Astuteiie&s, shrewdness, caution. 

A real (twelve and a half eentavos, six and a 
<juarter cents). 

Purpose, iiilent, end, aim. 

Half a real. 

The elboMi, a carpenicr's squ^Tt. 

Depression of (he minik Masicoran, [o be dis- 
turbed; rtfljEVof, dsfheulty. 



ILOCO LAKCUAGE- 



155 



SicHg. 
Siddaatf. 

Sidinl 

Sigl-at. 
Sigtot. 
Siil. 



Sflid. 
Sih. 

Sim situ. 
Sin^dai. 

Singir, 

Singsxng, 

SipinM^ 

Sipit^eL 

Sipud. 
Stpu!. 



Stquilett. 
Siquig. 

SirL 

Shib. 

Siroc. 

Siuman. 

Sua I. 

Subalit. 

Sub-iat 

SuNi. 

Sue a. 

Sucain. 

Sui-at. 

Sudi. 

Sugat. 

Sugcd. 

Suguigui. 

Sttll 

Sniit. 



Pregnancy. 

J"'Q'J<i i^f 3ny kind. 

Aslonishmcjil, marvel. e(c. 

Mole, freckkn i^pecTi. 

To KO Eoflly, lightness, agiHty. 

Kntjt, bow-ltnut. 

Thorn. 

A light. Ag,siiao, to pEac? a liehted candle in a 

sh^liertd spot and nniice the direction of 3ht 

Hame, or lo pour a. few drops of oil in wMer 

and ubicrve the directinn Ihey lake, lh.es« as 
a mecliod o£ d^vixiation for fin-ding a thing ihat 
is tosL ' 

Room^ -quaTler*, hahitaiion. 

Lasso. 

lo add 10 {'^amdura"). 

Church- ' 

To iSEle, to tC&L 

Separatinn. 

Imraediafely, prompliy, at once. 

Twins; opera -glasses. Agsin^inda, ihey are 
twins. 

To pay, 10 sttiic a dcbf, 

Rin^. 

1^0 cuarlos, ore ceniavo Cold ^Xylt. value one 

and a quarter cunls"). 
Oh&curity, darkness. 
From, since. 
To cul a plant from it? root. Kcclesia&tically it 

has an applied m^aititii^, Sipukri ii maquimisa, 

lo hear a mass from the- he ginning- {_"air ia 

misa (fffrif pTindpio"). 
Waist, ^rdle, belt. 
To nudge with the eJbow, 
Sidi? of ihe body. 
Ri:iing of tht sun or the moon, or of a star when 

ji f>egips lo show ilsdf, 

Rapidity, velocily of the wind^ or of the cutrenl 
of a river. 

Wisdom, Musirib, wise; agcacosirib^ the wise. 

Down, below ("(i5f7;iT"). 

Cherries {Spainnh "cfrueiai"}. 

Slep -child. 

Fip« for smoking. 

A pointed stick, or ^vitli a trowd-shaped attach- 
ment, u^ed as an adze, ' 

To return ihe lite, lo KJve thanks. 

AlternatiGtj, duing ihmga in turn. 

To come back, returr:, make restUution. 

Vinegar. 

To scruliniiie. 

To exchange; subslilute; to measure eapacily, 
whether of solnls or liquid&r 

Lu&tre, precioEisness (of metals). 

Scar, wound. 

Combr 

Toolhpiek. 

A corner. 

Ditfieitlty. 



iS6 



ILOCO J.ANCJUACE. 



Sul-Fat. 
Stmangca- 



Sutn^it. 

Sungrud. 

Supirt. 

Surat 

SuroL 
Srtrur. 
Susie. 
Suya. 



A cork, a stopper. 

A |)-cculiar hi'ib niiEcle by Filipinos lo allract <he 

atlenijon of another. 
A partit:l<j Uitd in comparison'ij for who-^ use see 

the grammar, ^Vp lai'QCtH'iifHy'^ stimnng^a- 

bacnang pay ni ^ayyemcu. If you are wealthy 

my fritnd 1^ still more in. 
An injeclion, clyster. 
Ans-wer. SutHunghiit, to answer^ 
Muzzle, snnul. 
Wood iTial 15 used for fuel. 
Purstj bag^ covtrj moncy-iackf pilloiv-taaCj etc. 
DisobecLitnce, 
To write; a \ti\tT, epislle. 
To follow, pursue. 
Leaving"^, ■ remains. 
To dispTittf conlend. 
Luachitig ftir itKfd. 



Tff. 



Tabs. 

Tabaco. 
Tahas. 



Tacneng. 

Tucong. 

Tacqui. 

TacTOt, 

TacloP. 

Tudem. 

Tadi. 

Tddtad. 

Taep. 

Titer. 

Ta^a. 



That, oi that. Thcrt^ ("iif\i"). For^ bL-cause. 

Mtsyiti la mijiaqusl'-ayn. He has conie because 

yo-u are sick. We (dlial suffij-;. Thou and I), 

our (dual su-ffis^ thy and my). 
Tht dLcp seEi. ^aloaa, at fifa. 
Corpulence, fatness, fat (subslanlivc, wht^thcr of 

ariTma] or of food, '^mafit^cfi''). 
Tobacco (sSpanjsh), 
To CUT a uarmeiit. Tahasctip ia eul ; pagtahasan, 

a |ja[ttrni iumaUibax, a professional CUt^er, 
Carelessness, nesliftfi^ce. 
Sqiia'^h, caJal^ash {"'caiabaia t^ojicn"') . 
To rnh, steal r 

ScaiiTit^r^£5. st-arciiy. 

To ri!*e li> <>nt's feet from a kneeling or isillLng 
pijiiititin. Sifitarder, to be afooL Also hei£-ht, 
presence, appearand:, JSt^lninK !i iacdennj. lie 
has a line presence. 

Modesty; peace, iranQuiliiy. 

A suw. 

l-.KCrcment- 

Co^ardke, Uniidily, pusilanimity. 

To detain, retard. 

Sharpness Cas of a ti>ol). 

Spur of a rooster 

To bite^ nibble, take *;mall h'llei. eat tlehcateSy. 

Hull of rice. 

Elcgantt, grace, haughlintzss 

To hew, (riin clown^ plane, smoo-lh (wood, stone, 
etc.). Par tide used either independently or 
ai: a jirefix Imlh in inquiring Eind in aniwering 
as to one's horn*!, ualive plale, elc. Tas'i'iina 
bafa'f Tagubucnotaiiac. Where are you Ironl, 
young man? I am from Bacnotan. TaUo da^uiti 
ubbtn^ms- taga Dtiguffsn li ojnona, iaga Pntii- 
qui It tnaifuduar quel ft tnaicalio laga' di^cy. 
We have ihree servanls ; otie is from Dagupan, 
one h from Paniqui, anJ the third h froiii 
here. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. 



157 



Tagaano ^ 

Tagaho. 

Taga-mep. 

Ttigapitlut It yucan, 
Tagh-al. 

Tagoob. 
Tiiguibi. 

Talahong. 
Taiao. 

Tafec- 
Taii. 

Tolilfagac. 
Taingeniigffn. 

Tahid. 
T<iUag. 



Taltai. 

Toiogodhig. 



Tomba. 
Tamed. 



Taiia/f. 

Tandaon- 

Tiinem. 

Tangad. 

Tansi^at. 

Tang dan - 

Tan^ig. 

Tn'^iingi 

Taagqu^a. 

ToHgiiS, 

Tan-tyc. 

Too. 

Titod. ^ 

Taoett. 

TaM 

Tapno, 

Tapui}. 

Tatjuem. 

Taqusag. 

Tarampo-. 

Ttjntot. 

Taravn. 

Taraqui. 



to another, turning Ihe 
£uck (e'ven by Carro; 

Y'al-iombagui. three 



Wheiite (jn1erroga.[iveiy). 

Si^rvanr, adtipicd soti. 

Sleep. 

Honey. 

To cut or slash with a weapon (bolo, knife^ 

sw-ord, e1c-)r 

Howling of a dog. 
Bab)-. 

A variety of cane rnore delkflte than Ihat called 

Decorated hammocn. 

To 13 ce. 

To l^u^t, lo confide. 

Cord, halter. 

To look from one point 
head- 

Good fori line, privilege, 
Havtfi ha^ Iclibayn). 

Rest, repose. 

Thrco. Makatlo, (hird 
reab. Tai-iiipoh, thiriy, 

Kase, ]ranquili|>\ 

i'arni, rice-paddy, "Si^Jti^»t^ro." 

Trot. Agtallag or iuavatta^, (o trot (used espe- 
cially of a horse), Taltazuen.. to thresh ouL 

To p-ound, crush, ma^h. ^^y^"^ I 

Prr:roKaiive, pnvilpge; rejiiark marie KTotie con- 

fidtntially. I luiogadingtao a iba/f6. Tell it 

"aside," 

Klaliit^s (lerni applied to Hquors). 

To lall nn soniethiiig sharp. 

Ijiclijiallon of the head, Jlamedmo li olotn Hi 

U'jguii If Jcsiij. Make a reverence at the name 

of JtSlib. 
A plain (especially applied to plains on highlands 

or on Tnp of a mountain). 

Sign, iiL^rk, PtsgdaidanaKaij insigniaj mark of 

di^nnclion . 
Ti^ bury. 
To raise fhe head in orddT lo look upwards. 

Cage for Lirds or for animals. 

Pay, salary 

Pride, li aught in t^s. 

Sand for blolting. 

Hardnes^r Mtif<ingqu£nan_, a person come ofaffe- 

ArrijRan^e, prJfJe, haughlintss. r 

EHcellencen prominence. 

Man^ person, people C'ge*!l^")- 

Qrigin, manifestation, beginnlnR, cause. 

Year. 

Cata|ilasin, plasler. 

For, m order lhat C'fara que/' conjunction) - 

Dust, 

Officen employmenJ, condition. 

The artvi. 

To spin a top. 

To crow (rooster). 

Food. 

Beauty. 



■ 58 



ILOCO LANdUAGH, 



1 



Taray. 
Tarigagay^ 
Tarifnan. 
Turoy^ 

Tauar. 
Taualao. 
Tauid. 
TauL 

tayo. 

Tayu m. 

Taylcy. 

Tebbang. 

Tecquen. 

'i eggiteA. 

Tel leg, 

Tengnga. 



Ten^iigei. 

Tcpp^l- 
TAan. 

Tibbi. 
Tibcol. 
Tidda. 
Tis"ay. 

Tilio. 

Timec. 

Time!. 

Timmaoa. 

Timud, 

Tinapay. 

Tinnag. 

Tintn. 

Ti^a. 

Tiraiir. 

Tiri. 

-^-It). 



Toe toe. 

Tono. 

T^ntOH. 

Tooc. 

Tom. 

TrigQ. 

Tuang. 

Tvbo. 

Tubo-ng. 

Tiicae. 

Tucad. 

TMgaa. 
-Tugot. 



H 



■\ 



To run, race, or go oil a run. 

Hagerness, desire. 

Preparalion^ adGrnment, dres-slnu, arranaemeiil. 

Clearness' in liquids. 

Window. 

To bargaiiij chaffei, adjust prices. 

Vagrancyr 

IiiiitritanH. 

To barkr 

We, of us (including ihe oerson addressed). 

Indigo plant, 

liriflge, 

ClilT^ prei^picc. . 

Pole of bamboo u*ed for propelling a boat. 

iJay Ubcr. 

To be wilhout a point (as a pencil). 

In the middle, Tfti^ti^a ti robi'v. in the miiltlle 

of Eb? night, at rnidnixhl; lengn^a li datan, in 

I he middle of the roail. 
Neck {"cueih 6 p^seue^a"). 
To detain, subject refrain, check (person or 

animal), 

Coniinency, cha&Citj, sobriEty. 
The belly^ the abdomen. 
To £pJIl, 

'l^o trip, to stumble. 
Romnants, leavin^^.. 

A-fov-enien], aquation (used also for mental ac- 
tion). 
To capturej to imprison, 
Tbe voi-ce. 
A flea. 

Tfie rommoLi people, tie ^vuigus." 
A [ten [ion. 
Bread. 

To fflll from a beight. 
Ink (Spanish). 

Obsl3cle, iiti pediment, embarrassment. 
To placL- ihingii in order^ to arrange. 
To lie, to cell a falsehood. 

Particle iTidicatitig- the future. When appended 

to a word ending in a voivel a euphonic "n" is 
inlercalaled. Addaaelu dsfoy. T sliall be here. 
Napigjanto fciy a (altayQ. fhis hOF&e IS prob- 
ably (will be) fiery. 

Top or HTGwin of the head. 

When (of future time, al^o i'^foit-no'}. 

Search, invesMffation, inquiry, 

Turm<^nt. 

This, of ihig. Here. 

Wheat (Spanish). 

To f.ari, to tumble. 

Gain, advantage; eermi nation. 

Pitcher for oil, etc. (made of cane or banaboo). 

F"roJ, 

Stirrtip, one step of a slairway. 

Rain. 

\ seat. ~ 

To lake somelhing wTth one, , 



ILOCG LANGtJA<iE. 



159 



Tntae, 

7 uiao. 
Tulali. 

Tuteng. 

Tuloc. 

Tuiod. 

Tuluy. 

T uiiiatayab- 

TViiHO. 

TuT'^gal maysa. 

Tungpa. 

Tungpni.- 

Turoy. 
Tured. 

Tutu p. 

i und- 



Vacray, 
Uofo. 

Uonil 

Uarii. 



Vasay. 

Vay. 
Vbbao. 

Vhei. 

IJbj'ig. 

UcFad. 
Udi. 
Ud-ud. 
Veg-ucg. 



Vgoo. 



To akowi^r, spit, run Ihroughr 

Tit jmitalen *- 

Trcaly, convention, agreement. 

Kone, 

To spot, slain, 5oiL 

Flute (alio the Spanish •'ilauio"). 

Key, 

Deaf. 

Submission. 

To conduct or accomrany * person. 

To aid. 

Kud, termination, coiicluaion of a work. 

Dody-lous e. 

Trj jump down. 

Bird, parrolr 

Tht kiit^f, 

To nipet, to find. 

Tj> mell Cwax, metaf, etc.) 

Every one, each one. 

A dwarE. 

A blow, a buJIet, 

Kn.d, conciuslon of » work. 

Lackijjg nue or more ictth. 

Rule, command, government. 

Diriii^, vaJor, intrepidity; patience, sciffering, foc- 

[ituJe. 
To sleep r 
Tu adjust. 
Kxpericnce, 
Du&t from threshing ricc- 

U 

To Iciive ihe liair jinbound, as after washing it. 

Eight. 

To open an ap?r(ure (as a door or window). 

Ta pari, share, distribute. 

To sprinkle, Faguarh. the asperger or sprinkler 

used by the priest to scaiter holy water at the 

beginning of the Mass, 
Axe or halcliet for woi^k. 
Rattan, "bejucii." 
.Solitude, 
Vain, without pith, nia.rrow, or substance; used 

both in a spiritual as well as a material scnscj 

The anus, tbe buttocks. 

Boy. child, servant. Plural itb-ubbi\ig} 

Pigsty. 

To open, to unfold. 

To unfold, spread out. 

The last, final. 

Importunity. 

Tc» be shaken up (as when one rades on a hard- 
trotting horse, of in a inter y/hctv. the beareca 
move unevenly). 

The roaring of wild animals. 

Custom, character, a persor's disposition. 

Lack of economy, prodigality. 



i6o 



I LOCO LANGUAGE. 



Ug-gnl. 

Vgsa. 

Uguing. 

Uguis. 

{Jidda. 

Ulao. 

Vioy. 



Ulbod. 
Uleg. 
Ules. 
Uli. 

Uticba. 
l/Udan. 

Vhteg. 

Vht. 

Uieg. 
Ulplt. 
—um- 



Vmo. 
VmA. 

Umisti. 

Umoc. 

Unas- 

U-ttay. 

Ungar. 
Ungtay. 

Upa. 
Uper. 
Ufpat. 
L'ram. 

Ural. 

Vray. 



UUC 
Vi-ut. 

Uyao. 
Uyec. 
Uyong. 



Fir^t filioola of a Iree, tlii: [ondcr heart oi a cab- 

baeCp Ifltunt^i and other grcers, 
DtcTH stag, "venisoitr 

Cofll, cliarcoaL 
LijthlnJng. 
To go In bed, 
Sea-sickTie&s. 

FoIdtJ handktrchief of shtamay (a native cloth) 
worn hy Filipino wom^u, birtliday present, 
crown, vo-Uvc offering l-o the saints. 

Lie, deceit. Tale-bearing, 

Snake, serptiil. 

Shtct, blanlci^t, travtlling-rug. cl^iak, mantle. 

To gn upj 36ceiHl, fnEer 3 house (Spanish, "sn- 
birn . 

Chicken with djrk fle^b- 

Modd, txaiLiple. 

OiTihati. 

Unclej plur;]! uuiiteg. 

To repeal words or an aclioLi. 

Tc gu down, lake duwii. 

Tyranny, iniquity, badne^^. 

Active verbal partiele, for whose uses sfe Ibe 

grammar. Tht prcCiriti^ is — in . T^mao, 

In he a man, art Ihe man. Apoyafiay pumudio 
ti bc'ocmof How is JE thai your bair 15 [uming 
white? 

To Icaihej to kel di&gusl ai siiything, 

DuniTij mule. 

Please Mop! Quitl 

Just, reasonable. 

Me^t of a hird, langkd hairn wad of cotton. 

Sweet or sufiar ca,ne. 

Very. 

Within, injiide. 

To improve, get belter, rise (resdtreriion). 

Hanjile. shaft. 

Voice, sound. 

To ilrclth, become tense fas a tendon^. 

Chictren that has not as jet begun to lay. 

To sleep, soak, wel. 

Fnur, 

To burn (Iran.sitive-), 

The vein?. 

However, ncitwilhalanding-, no mailer, all rit-ht- 
Agumy^ to hope, to expect. Uray cacfiomuJi, 
nevLT, un<iLT no circumitances. IJrti^ no ta- 
suno, 11 otw it h Stan ding, be it as il may. 

Vile, low, dtspicabk. 

Brain, marrow. 

Aciito pa ill. 

Jest, mockery. 

To coueh. 

Mad, crazy, foolish. Plural agcacauyong. 



Yacayoc, 



Si-eve, screen. 
To wade a river. 



ILOCO LANGUAGE. l6l 

}flffl(7n, RecreaiioTi, joy, jnfilatifji], ihanks. iigyoman,to 

^ve thankb for a favor. 
Van- place, location. Adin li yati, where (irterroga- 

live), Adin ti yan ti t^ibtieof Whfre is the 

lobacco ? 
Yano^ Place or country where one is a native of (sec 

iaga) . 
Yeg, To bring (passive verb), y^gmo ti tibm. Bring 

me the book. 

yo. Your (plural), 

Yvcan. Hondy-bee. 

Yutn. To close the mouth, 

Vitmyutn. To make a bail of '^mon'sqinrla'^ or bailed rice £or 

eaiiiig. * 



INDEX 



Ability expressed by lh« passive verbal parlide -ma — — j llO. 
Ability tKprFised hy the active verbal particle m^ca , 88. 

Abstract Tiouns wi)h ca— — or ^wna—, 22, 

Abunflancy of a growth or natural product in a place denotdcj by the 

passive parljclts fo — -an, iOS. 
Accents, 17. 

Accents alTecled by cerlain verbal partidesn 18- 
Accidenlal atceitts, 17. 
Accomplish men I of purpose expressed hy tbe passive verbal particle 

mil- ,111. 

Acting a pari CKpressed. by tbe active verba] particle ag , 77. 

Active verbal parndes listed, SR 

Active verbs, 57. 

.Active verbs, characleri sties of, 57. 

Active \erbs, subject in iht nominative, 57. 

Adda and mran^ 68, 

Adda and noon used when the term "a little of" occurs in the 

prcdicELtion, 66. 

Adda wA u?Pd when tht object poss&ssed is qualified bi' an ad- 
jective, 69. 

Adin, a conlraction of adino, A2. 
Adm ti 3'flrt for odin, 42. 
A-djecliveiii 26. 
Adjcclivcs in en , 2S. 

Adjective:^ in tno , 28. 

A-djeclJves in *ia — -, 28, 

Adjtdtivcii in noca , 28. 

Adjectives in ifocii- — — wiib passives require the ligature, dS. 
Ad]cctivi:s in si , 29. 

Adjectives, posit inn of. 27. 

Adji'ciives reduplicated, with odda and joiin, wth sense of "only a 

iittle." 4S. 
Adjectivps, simple, list of, 26, 
Adjcclive^ used ag qualifiers of verbs, 44. 
Adjectives used impersonally with passives require the ligature, 65. 

Adverbial meaning con>'eyed ty certain particles, 44- 

Adverbial meaning in certain verbal roots, 44. 
Adverb?, 43, ■ ' 

Adverbs, independent, 48. 
Adverbs o£ time, 47, 

A^ , active verbal p.arlide, 73. 

Ag , cthtfr Uses of, 76. 

Aga , atiive verbal parlick used to express the reach of water 

on the budy in fording a stream, IcngtSi of garments, etc, 80. 

Agca . active verbal particle indicalitifi: the possession rf>f the same 

qualities, satne relations, etc., 80. 

Agcaca ■, active verbal particle denoling a common relationship 

beliveen three or morCf 80, 

As inn, active verbal particles used to denote reciprocity of ac- 
tion, 7S, 



164 IND-EX. 

/ig inn. wjth reduplication of the entire root used in cxprcasinjr 

rivafry belwctn thrive or mort, 78. 
Aspa . active verbal particle used for crtimHflttdirtg iht attiort of 

vtrbs in ag , 76. 

Agsin , active verbal panicle ustJ in expressing^ reciproi^ity in 

acUoai, 7S. 
Agsin — • — , mutations of the verb wilh, 78. 

Aguin , aclive veibal particle ui^ed to indicate pTCttnding, 79, 

Ammo, to know, 71. 

an. passive vcfbal garlic If used to express change, etc., 102. 

— an, pronoTiijiial sumxes, influence on, 3Sr 

— — uii rctaintd when the verb receives the verbal parlicle mn , 1T2, 

an used anmctimei instead of en, 37- 

And, how expressed, 54, 

Ania, what, 4L 

Aoan, -contrary of adda, not, 68. 

AQbin , noLins in (o express proprietorship or account ability, 23, 

Articles, 34. 

Asino, coittracled to asm, who, what, 40. 

Attribuiing^ or &ii&peciing CAprc&sed by the passive verbal particle 

ipa^-^, loa. 
Auj^eiiiatives, 22. 

Auxiliaries, 63. 

Auj<iliaries listed with adverbs^ 48. 

Ay with the active verbal parltde -um , to come, 72. 

Be, to, howr expressed, 65. 

Brief interval of action denoted by the active verbal particle mama ^ 

Brief interval of action denoted by the adiye t^rhal particle -um , 

87. 

Ca , noiini in, denoting rccentncas, 23. 

Ca an, passive verbal particles denoting the accomplishment of the 

end proposed, 105, 

Ca — —an, partids^a used to ^arm the true aupe^|ative^ Z2, 

Caano, when, of lime past, 63. 

Cada, conjunction ustd in enumerating individuaJs, 54. 

Ca— fn, pa*isive verbal particle used to express increase or diminu- 
tion, 102. 

Caniia , ancient use of in numL'rationj 35. 

Cano, Ihey say, 71. 

Cardinal numbtrs, 33. 

Casann for the interrngalive "how," 42, 

Cases of nouns, 22. 

Caubalion exprcss!-d by ihc active verbal particle tnaca , SS. 

Cayat. to will, to dej.ire, 71- 

Combination in passive verl)3 of subiect and objcclr when they are 

personal pronouns, 94. 

Common article, TA. 

Comparison, 30. 

Comparisons, paradigm cf, 22. 

Comparative by reduplication, 30. 

Cona, ta say, used with quotations, 70. 

Conditional Comparison^ 31, 

Conjoiiied aecion expressed by the use of th* active verbal particle 

maqui , 90, 
Conjunctions, 53. 

Consummation of rrsulr exprpssed by use of the passive verbal par- 
ticles ca an, 105. 



INDEX. 165 

Continuance of action £or slsted periods e"xpregsed by nae of the 

active verbal particle maffl , 90. 

Copula, no true expression for in Iloco, 66, 
Cua. use oF in. foTtning possessive pronouns, 39. 
Da and cada as conn-eclivesj 54. 

Da and tada- in plurals of arlklea and d^monSTTatlves, 26. 

Dacemi. dafaye, differexict between.^ 39, 

Dagusii, plural of the article, 24. 

Daiao^ imf»er5onal pronoun, 40. 

Daydi and dediay, that, 26. 

iyayia. that, 26. 

Day toy r "lis, 2S. 

Dccltnsiun of llie petsojiaT pronouns, 36. 

DeiVTon.siralives, 25. 

Dependence of verbs, 64^. 

Dcp-encient verbs with ligatures, 20. 

Derived adjectivesj 37, 

Dedre cx|iresscJ by the aclive verbal particles maqvi %tm, W, 

2)i ^ nnc^ alvi'avs wilh attached suffiises, 46. 

D i ■■ - same as aoan in nieani-ng, 46, 

Di ri:{]iiirts a euphonic "n" before ctriain suffiscs, 46, 

DiminuTivPS 22. 

DirceTion (Expressed by use of the active verbal particle agpn , 81. 

DT.'jea^e, lo have a, cKpressed by use nf |he aclive "verbal particle 

a^ , 17. 

Diitribi.ilii>n, Tht passive verbal panicle . an used Co indicate 

flharp in, 104. 
Diitributivfs, 36. 
Drr^&H etc , In pul on or wuar, exprcs&cd by uie of the acitvc verbal 

pariide a^— — , 77. 

Dual number, 39. 

F.fn. than, contraction of tigem. 31. 

Eniotiuti eKprtssed Ly the use of the particle na^/i , 28. 

Hlmphasls, when on personal pronouns, ihi: ici dependent form re- 

qnired, 37. 

Emphasli, when on the subject, ti or dagvifs required with the predi- 
cate. 

Jin and tnaf<an, to go, 72. 

fn, affverbial particle, .'^ame as the Spanish "ya/' 44. 

ILn, irrc^Iar verb, does not admit a connective ■with dependent verb*, 
65. 

■ Ert, passive verbal pardde, used to form active (Anglice) transitive 

verb^ 97 

^>f, pa?sivfr v^rbaf particle, influence on pronominal suflixea, 3S, 

en. passive verbal particle, special uses of, 98. 

-e». passive verbal particle, di&appears when the verb is affeeted 



b^ th-o verbal particle itta , 112. 

lEguipn^ent expressed by the use of the active verbal particle a^ 

or aglagui — — , 7S. 
T^Kcellence denoted by the verbal in -nm^ — , 88. 
ExeesB denoted by the uj?e cf ttaiab^s or ^apafaio, 29. 

Exclamatoty phrases in nag ■ ■■ ■ (fl«) fn, 3flv 

Ejtehisive 'Ve*' expressed by daiami, 39. 

JLxi&lencc expressed hy isdda, 69, 

Family, group, or town (inhabitants of), expressed by the use of the 

particles j^rfflo— iin, 106. 

Torniulas, 59. 
Fortnula? illustrated, 74. 



1 66 INDEX. 

Formulas mainly belong Co active verbs, 94. 

Formulas mostly passive as far as ihc subjtcl is concerned, 57. 

Formula^, cbjecCs of in the acqusativej S7, 

Formulas of the active verbal particle tf^ -, 7i. 

formulas of the passive vcrlial particle en taken from those of 

the active paTticles ftuMg — — , as — —, or -nm . 

Formulas of tlic vtrLdl particle ma same as those ol the active 

verbal particle tnocn , HI, 

Formulas of Ihe aotiv^' verbal i}ar[ij]k'£ ma^a , macapa , and" 

iH-acapag , f^. 

"Formulas oE lEie active verbal paHicTe taatn — -, S4. 

Formulas of the active verbal parti-cles >naina ai»d fnanta^ ^ 92_ 

Formulas nf [he active verbal parlide man , S5. 

Formulas of tht^ adive viTbal parlick man^ , fi3. 

Formulas of the active verbal particle rtitsqui , 9L 

KorniuJa? of the active verbal parttclt -um . 87, 

Frti^iKTitatives uniler the verbal particle mc have the particle 

itself recluplicate<l, 110. 
Gender how indicated^ 21. 
GeTundiveSj frsrmalion of, 62, 

Gerniidives- of verbs in the attivt vtrbal particle mang , K3, 

Gerundiveii, u&t of, 74. 

Giving, idea of eypressed by Ih^ use of the paiiiiive verbal particle- 

an with manit ut wilh a cardinal number, lIM. 

Gifing to buy eicpre^sed by the use of the active vcrbiil particles- 

mayig , mam , or intin , 86. 

Going to buy^ irregular verb ■'f^^" used to denote, 73. 

Grftmniaiical siructnr^, remarks on. 18. 

Gratis, asking; fur anything but fruilSj etc., ewpressed by ihe u^c^ 

of the active verbal particle tnaq-ut , 90. 

GraTis, asking for fruils, etc., bow exprcsatd with m^i^iir , 92. 

i , passive verbal particle; requiring generally ihat (he means of 

Ihe at:titici b^ Stated, IW. 
/ , passive verbal particle retained when the pgrijcle ftia ■ is also 

attached to the verb, HZ 
/ , passive verbal particle sometimes employed where tJie particles 

— ^ — cts or an would seem to lie preferable, 107. 

/ , passive verbal parljclej special uses uf, 107. 

/ , preterite of the active verbal paxticCe -liin- , ^. 

/ , ptissave particle, retained if (ht vert passes to an active form. 

107. 
/ ati^ pissive verbal particles indicaling the performance nf an ac- 

tion ill anolher's. slead, 10?. 
idi, when, auxitiar-y particle ol cirae past, 63, 
li , preterite oE the passive verbal particle i before an initUJ 

root vowel, 107. 
II , preterite nf the passive verba! particle i before an initial 

T in the root, 107. 
lTnp<:rativ(s, 62. 
Impersonally used adjectives, wilh active verbs dependent require "H" 

as a eonneetive, 65. 
Impersonal pronnuns^ 40, 
in , intercalated particle indicating "every" wilh divisions of 

time (hours, days, etc.), 47. 
It, Irregular verb "to go," same as 'Vm/' 73. 
/«^— , pftlerlle of the pdiSive verbal particle en, intercalaled 

after inilial vowel in root, 97. 
In , preterite of llic passive verbal particle i , 107. 



, INDEX, 167 

Inability from external cause expressed b>' ihe active verbal particle 

macapJig , 88. 

Iiiclu^ive "we" expres5d by dalayo, 39. 

Inrrea^e or diminution i^Kprcsstd by the pafisivt vi^rbal particles 

rii an. 10?. 

Inertfl^ing ur progrea&ive action tKpressT^d by the repetition of the 

verb in "ktm," thf particle "la" t>eing placed between. 88- 
Incrca^ing, changiriK. or diminishing, the objeel expressed by the usy 

ol Ihe passive verbal parlicle an^ ICMr 

Indefinite pronouns, 42. 

Independent noniinEitives of perficnal pTomJUniij 37", 

Infinitives, 62. 

In^gvet, use of in companion, A\. 

Inpo y preterite of the passive particle i/fo— . 108, 

Instrumtnl, formula o-f activt verbs in ag , 74. 

Instrument, actives in mam- -, 84, 

Instrument, actives in mamnji , 93. 

I n'itrument, actiires in man—-, 85. 

Instrument, actives in manf , 82, 

InEcniiivi:^, 43. 

Interjections, SS. 

Intcrrtj^ative pronouns, 40. 

Interrogative^ W'lh adverbial use, 44. 

Intono, !o!to, etc. (whenj, particles for futures and the subjunctive 

pr!:'%en[, 63, 
Introduction, 13, 

Ifia , pa^!>ivt verbal partkle detioTii^fi The pjaiin?^ of i>nc t^hlttt 

with reference tn Jinothtr, 108. 
Jpn — — , dislinctioii between it and fag fu, \Cl&. 

Ir -, prtttntc lA tht pa&sive verbal panicle j befort: ^u initial 

"r" in the root, 107. 

Irrcj^tlaj pltiral of adjectives, ^. 

I rregular verba., 70- 

It^d, to give, ?2. 

Hi. the, 24 

La. conlraccion of laeng, used with active verbs i:i -ttm to denote 

increatinig at^iun, Lhe verb beiiifi repealed after la, S8. 

f-acsi, ten 'thousand, Sanscrit in origin, 33. 

Laeng, 011 ly, 47. 

Llgalure, Ifi. 

Ligalure employed as a relative. 40. 

Ligalure, usts of, 19. 

/-riifj, derivatic-n nf, 33. 

M<t , particle used in the formation of adjective, 28. 

Ma^^^—. verbal partidt having bolh an acli-vc (when intranisilive) 

and 3 pas-sivp (when tran^ilive)^ use, llO, 
Ma , verbal particle used to indicate the aecomplishment of pnr- 

po5e intended, 111. ' 

Ma jw, passive verbal particles used to indicate that an action or 

^tate ha^ rcaehed the limit, 112. 
MoiCG — -, active verbal particle used to express ability, 88. 
Mam- , ii&ed instead of the active verbal particle mang before roots 

heeinning with "b" or "p" 84. 
Manm— — or mafaag , active verbal particles with the idea of 

making, coraptlling, !:Ic., 92. 

Mamin , adverbial sense of, 45, 

Mamiii- , particle having a preterite form inaviin') used with 

numerals, H 



168 



IKDEX, 



Man, an eKplelive, 45. 

Man—^, ust;d iiiiicacl of the active verbal particle mani before 

roots beginning with 'd," "j/^ or "'," S5. 

MitKg , aciive verbal particlE u?ed in the formation of irandHve 

verbs, 82. 

Afanj;— — -, niulalioii of roots in "c" and "qu" with, 83. 

Manner of acliun, subsidiary words required, 76. 

Mattu, what, hnw msriy, 41. 

Mapati, etymolofiically aaaociated with the irregular verb "jrrt," 72. 

Mitqui , active verbal particle used lo indicate concert or associa- 
tion nf .action, 90. 

Mitquipa^ , active verbal particle used to indicate association wilh 

uthtti who are actTng togelher, 90. 

Maqxti um, aciive verbal pari id e used in expressing a sirong 

desire, 9Z 

Modes and tenses of verbs, 6Z. 

Mutations of Iclli^rs, 16, 

Mi!J3ttOTi^ df the passive verbal pa.rlicl« — — en and —-an with cer- 
tain proiioniina] suffixes, 62. 

Miitual relation ihip eKpresse't by (he tisc of the active verhal parlLcle 
^S—, 78, 

aa y adjectives in, 28, 

Na , preterite of rhe verbal particle ma — — , 110. 

Na an. prelerile of Ihe passive verbal particles ca an, when 

accompli iihtnenl nf purpose is lo be indicated, 106. 

Na£ii , adjectives in, 2B. 

A^ii^ , pretorile ciF the active verbat particte Of^ — , ?4. 

^ag (an) fn, n^cd in ej^clsmatory phra&ca with adfeclives, 55, 

Naiahei atid napahh, used adverbially, 45. 

Namin — ■ — , preterite of WQJHfn , 34. 

Nafaldl'-^ and nal^ihcs with meaning of "tco," "exre^sivply," etc., 29. 

Nature, ^anl^ of expressed by the active verbal particle maca , 90. 

Negative a<1verhs, 46, 

Negative forms of passives with personal pronouns, 95. 

Nes^tive imperativei of verbs in ma require Ihe reduplication of the 
particle itself, 110. 

Negative predicaEionE wliore pETEonal pronouns are tiBod as ihc E^ub- 
jecl, and affect tlie predicahOTi, 67. 

Neuter verbs in mn. 111. 

Nicta, panicle us-cd aii an auxili.ary for the subjiiuclivej (S4. 

Ng£m used for "than" in conipariBons, 31. 

Ni , always a prefis, someiimca u^ed a^ the preleriie of pa^sive^ in 

an, 103. 

Ni, )he, proper artiete, 35. 

No cuma, free particles used to form Ihe subj iinctiive, 64. 

No cof»a no, particles used fo form ihe siibjungtive, 54. 

Nouns, 21. 

Number htiw expTe&^pd, 2!_ 

Number of individuals raised lo a certain limit e^tpressed by the u?e 

of the passive verbal particles ca an. 106, 

Number of objects it is desired to purchase ^xfifessed by Ihe active 

verbal particle ma^a , 90, 

Number of persons who can be acciiiniiiodBlcd in a certain space, 

eiC; enpres*ied by the active particle moca , 90- 

Niimber of verbs, ho^v indicated, 62. 

Numeral adverbs formed with mamin, nomui, 34, 

Numerals, 33, 

Numftflls, use of in the form of verbs, 35. 



IWDEX. 165 

Numerals wiih the passive verbal particle an. to express the idea 

of giving, 104. 
J^upay, used in forming ihe subjunctive. 64. 
Object the principal detenninant of passive forxns^ 60. 

"Only'' expressed by taeng or ia, 30. 

^'Onli'" expressed by reduplicatJon, 45. 

Opialivc expressed by the use of the particles sapay coma ta, 64, 

Ordinal?, 35. 

Onhographyj 15. 

■Ownerfhipn noiins dencling formed by the use of Ihe particle aquiK——, 

I*a , pas&ivd verbal particle for commanding the aelion of verba 

in " — en. 100, 
Pa ATT, partii:lcs for commanding the action of passive verba in 

F'ag , aetive verbal particle indicating the use for W'bich a ihiiig 

is intended, SL 
Paga , active ve.rbal pariick ej;prtssiiig how far en the body cloth- 
ing or ^aEcr in a slrtam may reachn SO. 
Pag. — -(TH or ps-^—en^ partides us&d To indicate the commanding of 

the action of passive verbs in en, 100. 

Pag en gt pa £h_, used wi[h: Ihe idea of compelling, lOL 

FQg ?n or pa ^n, with ihe meaning 'Do you tbink 1 have no 

(cars, tyti, ttc.) ?'', 103. 
•Fai. pntpa. poj— ■— an. particles for commandinE Iho action of passives 

in I , ipa , or j on, 109. 

Paqttin -en, passive particlea u^ed instead of iPa to indicate 

the differentialioti or placing of one object with reference to the 

rest of a group, 108. 
Passing of pasaivea in en to ta^ng -, ag , or -vm- — , for 

formulas, 97. 
Passing of passives in pag en and pa — --£n to wiiiHfl^— ^— , 

•mama , or agpo , 1(S. 

Passive particles listed, 61. 
Passive verbs, subject in the genitive, 60. 
Passive verba sometimes a.&sunie active forms, 94. 
Penult, accent on, 17, 

Person commanded in ag , ?5. 

Personal pronouns, 36, ■ 
Person of verbs, 62. 

Pina , prttdTitc of the passive particle pa -, 100, 

Finn- r preterite of the passive particles pa — —-ep, 100. 

Pina an, preterite of the passive partiicles pa ■■- an, lOS, 

Pinag- — -. preteriEe of the passive particles pag^—^n, lOO. 
Place, formula of in active verbs in a£- -■■■, 74. 

Place, actives in nl3M , 89. 

Place, actives in mam , 84. 

Place, actives in mamag , 9J. ' 

Fiace, actives in pian , fiS. 

Place, actives in mong- , 82. 

Place, actives in maqui , 91. 

Place,, actives in -bhi , 87- 

Placing one object -ftith reference to anather CKpressed by the passive 

-verbal particle an, IC13, 

Playing games expressed by the active verbal particle og , 77. 

Plurals oi aaiegtives, 27- 

Plural pronoun used with code in the enumeration of several individ- 

■uals, even thouah the person be in the sioaular, 54. 



170 INDEX. 

Plurals, irregular cf nouns^ 22, 

Position expressed hy the use of odda^ 68. 

Possessive pronouns, 39. 

PrtpositioEi^, 50. 

Prepositions expressed by the use of certain noyns wi[h ifi, S2. 

Pri?j>D&itiiirs, idea oi contained in the abliqiie cas^s cf the ankles^ 

demon sirati-ves, and the ptri^onal pronouns, 24. 
PrcpOfiilions implied by certain verbal panicles, 52. 

Prq>tisi:ioii5, independentf 51. 

Prepoiiitionii in verbal form, 52, 

Prepositions bieni in ccrlain verba! formulas, 50- 

Pri^sent Iciiat. 62. 

Preterite?, how indicated, 62. 

Probl frunn sutcilied work denoteil by the passive verbal nanicie - — ■ an 

ms. 

Pronominal STiffiKca, 36. 

Prononiiiial 5Tjffix.e*, iLiLilations of, 3E. 

Pronorainal suffi^ea, ui^es of, 3S. 

pronouns, 3fJ. 

Proper article, 2S. 

Putling a tiling to an improper use, or to a iise ior which it was nol 

intended, csprtssed by the passive: verbal particle i>fl ■, IDS. 

Quanliiy, if a^sodalfd with possps^ioii. "(j" u^ed instead of "odda"' 

in predications, 70. 
Que». use* of, 5'J. 

Questions, indeptndenl pronouns used in, 37. 
Quef, and, used a.|so for ''tban" insteail of ugfm, !?], 

Qver u.st:d to conn^c^ clauses and predications, 5S. 

Quina — — , aljstract nouns forme<l with, 22. 

Quimi , pri?ieriie of passive verbal particles i:o fH, I0i2. 

Qtiiaa -on, preterite of fo an^ passive vtrbal panicle, used wbeif 

a number for a certain work 15 raised to a special limit, 105- 
Radical accents. 17. 
"Recently," how expressed, 4A. 

Receulneaa of action denoted by the active verbal pairtick epaa^ , 81. 

Recentness- of action or production with nouns -or ydjectives es- 

prei^scd by the partiele fa , 2J. 

Reciprocity of action denoted by thi^ acHvc verbal particle tf^jjR^—^ 7S_ 
ReJuplication of the entire rool with the aclive verbal particle n£ 

to expre.ss reciprinzilyj 78. 
Reduplication of iioims Co form the plural, 21. 
Reduplication of the "n^'^ of the active verbal particle mang where 

ati initial "<;■" or "jft^" has been suppressed after that particle, 8^. 

Refiexive vefbs formed by the passive particle mtj- — , 111. 

Reflexi"ve verbs forniejl by the active verbal particle 'Umi , 86- 

Regulaa- and irregular plurals of nouns, 22, 

Tlelstiv^ pronoun eNj>ressed by the ligature, 20. 

Relative pronouns, 40. 

Rivalry expressed by use of the active verbal particle esasin- — witTr 

reduplication of the first syllable, 79, 
Sa always used as a suffix to tnditate the subju-nctive, 49. 
Saiiii always requires the ligature, 66. 

Saan or di uicd in negative predications, 66. 

Sag . a partick used in trading or barreringf 34. 

Sanga — -, particle itidicaling units of tens, hundreds, etc., measure^ 

etc., 33. 
Sania an, particles used in forming group-nouns (school, crew, 

faniilj, etc.), 106, 



7NDEX. IJI 

Sapay coma ia, particles used to indicate thfr optativct 64. 

Searching fo-r giaaa, i^ane, elt„ enpress^d by rhe use of the aclive 

verbal particles mung , warn — • — , or mmn , 86, 

S(?cUTing a man or animal by some pari of the body e?:pressed by the- 

uw of the passive particles pfl— — on, lOS. 
Seeding or planting expressed by ihe use of the passive verbal par-- 

tide fiH, 104. 

Seeking uf hunting expressed by ihe use of the active verbal partiele- 

ag . 7^. 

Si , prefix with redupLication of root u^ed to dsTjote equipment, 29„ 

Snaring:, trap-piue", etc., animals, birds, fis-h, denoted by the us-e of the 

pa^aive verbal particle an, lOS. 

Spanish "isSmo" expressed by ing^uet, 31. 

Spanish r-cflcxivea answer often to our pa^^ve forms, 86. 

Subject of pa^iRive verbs g^^^^ive, 60, 

Subject of passive verbs, if a personal pronoun, the objecl being a. 

pronoun in the [bird person, and tbe negative "di " being tiscd, 

IS in ihe nominative, 97. 
Sub]i:cl ptrsonal pronoun, with personal pronoun affecting the predi-- 

cale, forms employed, 67. 
Subjt^ct principal determinant of active forma, 3^> 
Subjects of most formtilas in the genitive, 60, 
Subjectii with pos^cj&sives aitaj^htd require the ariiole "fi" in ihc 

predication, 66. 
Subjunctives dependent on verbs require the lig-ature as a connective,, 

Sumansca . use of in comparison, Jl. 

SupcrlEitive dtgree, 32. 

Suppression of 'V or "qn" initial after the active verbal partide- 

wnit^ , S3. 

Suspecting, accusing, etc,^ expressed by the use of the passive verbal' 

particle i^u , lOS. 

SvinptrimSj to- feelj expressed by the nse of the passive verbal particle' 

'^ — ^n. 98. 
Syncopdlion of the root in forming adjectives with the partide*^ 

ca or nura- ■ ■■. 29- 

SyticOT>aiion5 with ajid cf perscnsl prono^ms. 37. 

Syncopations witb the passive verbal particle tna , 110, 

Ttmpdrary possessor in the dative with adda, 69. 

Tenses of verbi, 62, 

That, forms of, 26- 

The, forms of, 24. 

This, 25. 

Ti used as a connective between an active depen-feni on a passive 
verb, 6S. 

Ti used as a connective between active verbs dependent on adjectives 
in naio- , and on negative imperatives, t5. , 

Ti, uses of, 24, 

Tie, hind, or secure hy some part of [he body a man or animal, ex- 
pressed by the use of Ihe passive verbal particle pa- att, 105. 

Time, formula of wiith adive verbs in. ag , 75. 

Time, adives in maca , S9. 

Time, acti-ves in tnam , 84. 

Titne, actives in mamag , 93. 

Time, actives in maa , E.5. 

Time, adives in martg , -83. 

Time, actives in magui , 51. 

to, future su£lix, 63, 



47^ INDEX, 

Tfly, this, 25. 

True a<lvtrb£, A6. 

True dual 36. 

-urn , active verba] particle used to denote the acquisition, also 

to foTm neuter and intransilivt verbs, 86. 
-wm wj:h verbals and the formtila of time requires the rediip!ica- 

tion of the first syllabi* of the root, 8?. 
■Umay does not admit a connective with dependent verbsj 65. 
■Unay used to form the superlative, 32. 

Units of meaauretnenl expressed b>' the patticle sanga , 23. 

-Uray used to form Ihe ptesenl subjunctive, 64. 

Usirig tools, etc., expressed by the use of the active verbal particle 

og' ; 77. 

Vet^l nouns, 24. 

Verbal particles with adverbial aneanings, 44. 

Verbals in the active particle ag , 75. 

"Verbals in maca , 90. 

Verbals in mara , 84. 

Verbals in maW' ■, S5. 

Verbals in tna tig • •• , ^. 

Verbals in maqui , 91. 

Verbals in -t*m , 88, 

Verbs, 57. 

Verbs how classified^ 57. 

Verbs of the same class TeqUirfi ihe ligature htf^fe the second if 

dependenl, 65. 
"Wait until/' etc.^ expressed by the use of the passive parlidl*i 

pag en or pa en, 10^ 

We, exclus-ive and inclusive, 39. 

Wf, three forms of, 3fi, 

What is the name of, asin for persons, ania for tbings^ 40. 



THE uNfvnsmr of Michigan 

GRADUATE UMURY 



DATE DUE 



i^r^^ism t:' 



"S?^ 






MAY 5 



1981 




II 




3 9015 00576 1492 



ii- 



^- ■ \ . V 






VTPi^^^T 



U!S ^At\ 


,H 


'Tl 


J 


^iTO ONLY TO 
OWNING LIBRARY 




wF THE BUx. 

_ DO NOT PLACE 
CODE LAB^ 


1 

• 
• 

> 

i 
1 

^ ■ 
■ 



^^ f :. 



KiAimmbm 



.'ftt. 



1 



^iS^i\mM^!^m^)^M 



k 

]h] 

:" 
11' 

P 

rjr 






-,■' T 



^^.■■■.■:^^i:?'=^^f 






muiumi^ ■i jiaiLX ii t 






h .,j^^^i];i.-'i.iij.y'i^r,r:. 



I- M^<, 



l-^^■": 



■■ii'-n'i.i: -f)! 



:'::;:.;; ;::;^;;::,^^^^^^^ 



ir ■ I - 



-JiTir. .:...-:' 



■-il 



"I - , 'I . I 



^^ilWi;&-:.,:f;;rf.;te'!i4;:f^^^^^^^^ 



<i rih, 

I - . '-^llrJ'll 



r ^'..a'.l ;'■'''.■-'., 'i'!'!!^i \:-:]\l',"-" "' '." ' 



lih- 



'1--.^ . ■;,; 



l!^i5^.;:';;iii'::.i:r:,.'Sp!:'Ui 



i;m.^r|,;;^.;r■:^■--■i-■■■■..^=:;^■:■■ 






,h'--ri, 



I,' !■ 



^f.ir'^,,i!!..,:l|Ji;.ri,-|.p, 



f* lu- 



ll.. IN." 



M'l -, - . 
.1:- lijiin^ii. 



■j-."i: ^-"i..ii-r,. i^ 



n 



• . if], 
-'"Li^i^r^?;: 



ir ■:!; 



i-Af\.i^-.:\i:i- 



'^i'^ ''V|i. 



.JlUlm- - . ] 



.'j:Ni--.j,iir 



. I' 



[ 









■ -:■!■' J. !■". . . - ^.' ■.-: .|..„i-,hiJ '.' •- -= -J^! ' 

■■■■r.-V: ■■;.■- -■■■.■ J'. i;'':^r[;H^'.':i™' 
-■ '■. i,':::,rr;, J i^r.i' ■■'" ■ ^- - : \-'l --i-- ■ •'.-I-- 

- -- '."V.il.-IVnii FJ:?,i,.,..^r':i.L,, 



^r.ir|J''vii. 1; 



,i";j'- .;-i.i 
■iV- ■►".. "'.'!■ 



■;-. ■■■!:?■? 



■'f::,' r 



I. 'L.-rJil '•-'. 






I 



1:1 lj 



m 
^ iji 



"i'|. i]r 
- '■-'-■■'I. 



l^■i^.,■^^/';!^„^. 



hi-i.rj Cl'-ia-.-, 



'""'Sii^iJ'":!; ]r'ii'i: 



.!:■:";■;[!)??? 



■■■.■[;- .TJ 



im^''^'imm^':rft 



-4:- 1-' 



'n-P....|/,,..;,> 



w- 



llihi 



■1 . ir 



lWii--'-\.-i'.i- 



-■^'rB^0}■^^iWi(m'^■7M 



.-■ .-'-■l:!l-^"":.H'-:i,.' -,:;;■ ■■;"■'";-'■ ''•'i-\:\:: """fi"' ;V-.,"" 1 ;i,--.:=" vr '! 

^' -.■.;:.;:.:,. ■-!-:-';;■ ni !;':':? "^'^ ■■^' J ip ■, ■i^.fjji ,^ -/;J. ■:.■■: -IT' ■ LiA.; - ■— : 






:'i]f<-' . !!■ 



jri 



■r-uj 



'iuj:- :•■ 



:; '"■■=;■ '''i^ 

. .,-JFi":.ifli" 



jS^'^^^iiS! 




.1 ,'-r:.'L/;i 






'ii^i'j-.-ii'i.i 



•\tT^:i\iT- ••'-!'' • I i;r ir'r - . ,.- r : JF17 , ;^':d.i''l'' 



li-ir'B'^l^^ii-ii 



:^'i^i; 



-l, ...; 



■i?|^'i||ir 



I iiHii nn i .ii i 'nj 'it"'— iMtlii- 



tMM\fim^^m^^'-^i^,^^-m:}ci 



mmm 



7!^; 




>■ LM JT 



T" J' V..-—.--.
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "A Study of the Iloco Language"

See other formats
